What is Aptus Startbooster?
Aptus Startbooster is a concentrated organic root and vegetative growth stimulator. It is designed to support root development, root hairs, vegetative growth and beneficial microbial activity around the root zone.
248 products
248 products
Sort by:
£1.00
Unit price per£1.00
Unit price perA highly concentrated organic root and growth stimulator that supports vigorous root development, vegetative growth and beneficial microbial activity at just 2.5ml per 10L.
Aptus Startbooster is a 100% biological root and vegetative growth stimulator designed to get young plants established quickly and support strong development before flowering. Its concentrated formula combines organic nitrogen chelated with L-amino acids, beneficial microlife biomass, humic acid and high-grade fulvic acid.
Rather than simply supplying more mineral fertiliser, Startbooster works around the root zone as well as within the plant. L-amino acids provide organic nitrogen and biostimulation, while the microbial biomass helps break down nutrients and supports a healthy biological environment around developing roots.
Humic and fulvic components complement this activity around the root zone. Aptus specifically identifies improved water retention, root-zone conditioning and cation and anion exchange among the functions of the humic acid in Startbooster.
The standard dose is only 2.5ml per 10 litres of water. This means the compact 50ml bottle provides enough concentrate for approximately 200 litres of nutrient solution at the normal application rate.
Why choose Aptus Startbooster?
What is Aptus Startbooster suitable for?
Startbooster is primarily intended for the establishment and vegetative stages, when developing a healthy root system and strong plant structure is a priority. Use it throughout vegetative growth alongside an appropriate NPK feeding programme.
Aptus continues Startbooster into the beginning of flowering, but only briefly. In its UK feeding programme, Startbooster is used for the first watering during early flowering and is then withdrawn as the crop moves into active flowering.
Startbooster also has specific applications for propagation and transplant establishment. Aptus publishes a separate dilution for feeding new clones and a stronger root-dip solution for transplanting.
It can be used alongside Aptus All-in-One Liquid or another suitable NPK base fertiliser. Aptus also states that Startbooster can be used on pre-fertilised soil without an additional vegetative fertiliser where the growing medium already contains sufficient base nutrition.
How to use Aptus Startbooster
For normal feeding, use 2.5ml of Startbooster per 10 litres of water, equivalent to 0.25ml/L or a 1:4000 dilution. Use throughout vegetative development and for the first watering as the crop enters early flowering.
For 10L of nutrient solution, use 2.5ml. For 50L, use 12.5ml. For 100L, use 25ml. At this rate, a 50ml bottle prepares approximately 200 litres of nutrient solution.
When mixing a feed solution, add the base NPK nutrients first and measure the EC. Add Startbooster afterwards and mix thoroughly.
For new clones, Aptus recommends a separate dilution of 1ml per litre of water. This is a specific propagation application and should not be confused with the normal 0.25ml/L feeding rate.
For transplanting, Aptus recommends dipping the roots in a solution mixed at 10ml per litre of water. Again, this is a specific root-dip treatment rather than the normal reservoir dosage.
Startbooster is an organic product. Do not leave mixed Startbooster standing in a reservoir for longer than 2 – 3 days, as biological activity can lead to organic biofilm developing within the tank and irrigation equipment.
When Startbooster is applied through drip irrigation, use Aptus System-Clean alongside it to help reduce the risk of organic build-up and blocked drippers.
Aptus Startbooster 50ml product details
| Product | Aptus Startbooster |
|---|---|
| Product type | Organic root & growth stimulator |
| Product size | 50ml |
| Format | Highly concentrated liquid |
| Formulation | 100% biological |
| Standard application rate | 2.5ml per 10L |
| Standard rate per litre | 0.25ml/L |
| Standard dilution | 1:4000 |
| Main application stage | Establishment & vegetative growth |
| Early flowering | Use for the first watering in early flowering |
| Key components | Organic nitrogen chelated with L-amino acids, microlife biomass, humic acid & fulvic acid |
| Humic acid source | Leonardite |
| 10L solution | 2.5ml |
| 50L solution | 12.5ml |
| 100L solution | 25ml |
| Approximate solution from 50ml | 200L at the standard rate |
| New clone application | 1ml/L |
| Transplant root dip | 10ml/L |
| Mixing order | Add after the NPK base nutrients & after measuring EC |
| Reservoir guidance | Do not leave mixed Startbooster in the reservoir for longer than 2 – 3 days |
| Drip irrigation | Use alongside Aptus System-Clean to help prevent organic biofilm & blocked irrigation lines |
Aptus Startbooster FAQs
What is Aptus Startbooster?
Aptus Startbooster is a concentrated organic root and vegetative growth stimulator. It is designed to support root development, root hairs, vegetative growth and beneficial microbial activity around the root zone.
Is Aptus Startbooster organic?
Aptus describes Startbooster as a 100% biological product containing active organic ingredients.
What is in Aptus Startbooster?
Startbooster contains organic nitrogen chelated with L-amino acids, microlife biomass produced through controlled fermentation of selected strains, humic acid from Leonardite and high-grade fulvic acid.
What does Aptus Startbooster do?
Startbooster supports the development of roots, root hairs, stems and vegetative plant tissue. Its organic components also help condition the root zone and support beneficial microbial populations.
How much Aptus Startbooster should I use?
For normal feeding, use 2.5ml per 10 litres of water. This is equivalent to 0.25ml/L or a dilution of 1:4000.
How much Startbooster do I need for 50 litres?
Use 12.5ml of Aptus Startbooster for 50 litres of nutrient solution at the standard application rate.
How much Startbooster do I need for 100 litres?
Use 25ml of Startbooster for a 100L reservoir at the standard rate.
How much nutrient solution will 50ml of Aptus Startbooster make?
At the standard 0.25ml/L application rate, a 50ml bottle treats approximately 200 litres of nutrient solution.
When should I use Aptus Startbooster?
Use Startbooster during establishment and vegetative growth. The Aptus UK feeding programme also uses it for the first watering during early flowering before withdrawing it for the remainder of flowering.
Can Aptus Startbooster be used for clones?
Yes. Aptus recommends a 1:1000 dilution for feeding new clones, which is equivalent to 1ml of Startbooster per litre of water.
Can Aptus Startbooster be used when transplanting?
Yes. Aptus recommends a separate root-dip treatment for transplanting, using 10ml of Startbooster per litre of water.
Is Aptus Startbooster a base nutrient?
No. Startbooster is primarily a root and growth biostimulant. For normal cultivation, use it alongside an appropriate NPK base fertiliser.
Can Startbooster be used with another brand of base nutrient?
Yes. The Aptus UK programme allows Startbooster to be used alongside Aptus All-in-One Liquid or another suitable base NPK fertiliser.
Can Startbooster be used with pre-fertilised soil?
Yes. Aptus states that Startbooster can be used on pre-fertilised soil without an additional vegetative fertiliser where the growing medium already provides the required base nutrition.
When should Startbooster be added to the nutrient solution?
Add the base NPK fertiliser first and measure the EC. Add Startbooster afterwards and mix the solution thoroughly.
Can Aptus Startbooster be used in drip irrigation?
Yes, but Startbooster is organic and can contribute to biofilm inside irrigation equipment. Aptus therefore recommends using System-Clean alongside Startbooster in drip irrigation systems.
How long can mixed Startbooster stay in a reservoir?
Aptus recommends keeping Startbooster in a mixed reservoir for no longer than 2 – 3 days. Longer storage increases the risk of organic biofilm and blocked irrigation lines.
Why can Startbooster create biofilm in a reservoir?
Startbooster contains biological material, including spore-forming bacteria. Once mixed with water these organisms become active, and bacterial activity can produce biofilm. This biological activity is useful around the root zone but undesirable inside tanks and irrigation lines.
Can Aptus Startbooster burn young plants?
Aptus states that the organic nitrogen supplied through L-amino acids supports vegetative growth without the normal risk of fertiliser burn associated with excessive mineral nutrient concentration. The standard feeding rate should still be followed for routine use.
£20.00
Unit price per£20.00
Unit price perA highly concentrated organic root and growth stimulator that supports vigorous root development, vegetative growth and beneficial microbial activity at just 2.5ml per 10L.
Aptus Startbooster is a 100% biological root and vegetative growth stimulator developed to help plants establish a strong foundation before flowering. Its concentrated formulation combines organic nitrogen chelated with L-amino acids, beneficial microlife biomass, humic acid and high-grade fulvic acid.
Startbooster works both with the plant and around its root zone. It encourages root and root-hair development while supporting stems and vegetative plant tissue, helping crops establish the structure needed for productive later growth.
Its L-amino acids provide organic nitrogen and biostimulation while supporting beneficial bacterial populations. The microlife biomass helps break down nutrients within the growing medium, while humic acid contributes to water retention, root-zone conditioning and nutrient exchange.
Startbooster is exceptionally concentrated. The standard Aptus application rate is only 2.5ml per 10 litres of water, giving the 500ml bottle enough concentrate to prepare approximately 2,000 litres of nutrient solution.
Why choose Aptus Startbooster?
What is Aptus Startbooster suitable for?
Startbooster is primarily designed for propagation, establishment and vegetative development, when building a healthy root system and strong plant structure is a priority.
During normal crop feeding, use Startbooster throughout vegetative growth alongside an appropriate NPK fertiliser. The Aptus UK feeding programme then carries Startbooster into early flowering for the first watering only, after which it is withdrawn as the crop moves further into flowering.
Startbooster also has dedicated applications for new clones and transplant establishment. These use different concentrations from the normal reservoir rate, allowing the same product to support crops from propagation through established vegetative development.
It can be incorporated into the wider Aptus feeding programme or used alongside another suitable liquid NPK base fertiliser. On pre-fertilised growing media, Aptus also allows Startbooster to be used without an additional vegetative fertiliser where the medium already supplies sufficient base nutrition.
How to use Aptus Startbooster
For normal feeding, use 2.5ml of Startbooster per 10 litres of water, equivalent to 0.25ml/L or a 1:4000 dilution. Use throughout vegetative development and for the first watering as the crop enters early flowering.
For 10L of nutrient solution, use 2.5ml. For 50L, use 12.5ml. For 100L, use 25ml. For a 500L reservoir, use 125ml. For 1,000L, use 250ml.
At the standard 0.25ml/L rate, a 500ml bottle prepares approximately 2,000 litres of nutrient solution.
When preparing the nutrient solution, add the base NPK fertiliser first and measure the EC. Add Startbooster afterwards and mix thoroughly.
For new clones, Aptus recommends a separate dilution of 1ml per litre of water. This is a propagation-specific rate and should not be confused with the standard 0.25ml/L feeding rate.
During transplanting, Aptus recommends dipping the roots in a solution containing 10ml per litre of water. This stronger concentration is specifically for the root-dip treatment rather than routine reservoir feeding.
Startbooster is an organic product. Do not leave mixed Startbooster in a reservoir for longer than 2 – 3 days, as biological activity can contribute to organic biofilm and irrigation-line blockages.
When applying Startbooster through drip irrigation, use Aptus System-Clean alongside it to help keep drippers and irrigation lines clear.
Aptus Startbooster 500ml product details
| Product | Aptus Startbooster |
|---|---|
| Product type | Organic root & growth stimulator |
| Product size | 500ml |
| Format | Highly concentrated liquid |
| Formulation | 100% biological with active organic ingredients |
| Standard application rate | 2.5ml per 10L |
| Standard rate per litre | 0.25ml/L |
| Standard dilution | 1:4000 |
| Main application stage | Establishment & vegetative growth |
| Early flowering | Use for the first watering in early flowering |
| Key components | Organic nitrogen chelated with L-amino acids, microlife biomass, humic acid & fulvic acid |
| Humic acid source | Leonardite |
| 10L solution | 2.5ml |
| 50L solution | 12.5ml |
| 100L solution | 25ml |
| 500L solution | 125ml |
| 1,000L solution | 250ml |
| Approximate solution from 500ml | 2,000L at the standard rate |
| New clone application | 1ml/L |
| Transplant root dip | 10ml/L |
| Mixing order | Add after the NPK nutrients & after measuring EC |
| Reservoir guidance | Do not leave mixed Startbooster in the reservoir for longer than 2 – 3 days |
| Drip irrigation | Use alongside Aptus System-Clean to help manage organic biofilm & blocked irrigation lines |
Aptus Startbooster FAQs
What is Aptus Startbooster?
Aptus Startbooster is a highly concentrated biological root and vegetative growth stimulator. It is designed to encourage root development, root hairs, vegetative growth and beneficial microbial activity around the root zone.
Is Aptus Startbooster organic?
Aptus describes Startbooster as a 100% biological product containing active organic ingredients.
What is in Aptus Startbooster?
Startbooster contains organic nitrogen chelated with L-amino acids, microlife biomass produced through controlled fermentation of selected beneficial strains, humic acid from Leonardite and high-grade fulvic acid.
What does Aptus Startbooster do?
Startbooster supports root and root-hair development, stems and vegetative plant tissue while encouraging beneficial microbial activity around the root zone.
How much Aptus Startbooster should I use?
For normal feeding, use 2.5ml of Startbooster per 10 litres of water. This is equivalent to 0.25ml/L or a 1:4000 dilution.
How much Startbooster do I need for 50 litres?
Use 12.5ml of Startbooster for 50 litres of nutrient solution at the standard application rate.
How much Startbooster do I need for 100 litres?
Use 25ml of Startbooster for a 100L reservoir.
How much Startbooster do I need for a 500L reservoir?
Use 125ml of Startbooster for a 500L reservoir at the standard 0.25ml/L rate.
How much Startbooster do I need for a 1,000L reservoir?
Use 250ml of Startbooster for a 1,000L reservoir at the standard application rate.
How much nutrient solution will 500ml of Aptus Startbooster make?
At the standard 0.25ml/L application rate, a 500ml bottle treats approximately 2,000 litres of nutrient solution.
When should I use Aptus Startbooster?
Use Startbooster during establishment and vegetative development. Under the Aptus UK programme, it is also used for the first watering during early flowering before being withdrawn as the crop progresses into active flowering.
Can Aptus Startbooster be used for clones?
Yes. Aptus recommends a separate 1:1000 dilution for feeding new clones, equivalent to 1ml of Startbooster per litre of water.
Can I use Startbooster when transplanting?
Yes. Aptus recommends dipping the roots in a 1:100 solution when transplanting, equivalent to 10ml of Startbooster per litre of water.
Is Aptus Startbooster a base nutrient?
No. Startbooster is a root and growth biostimulant. For normal crop feeding it is used alongside an appropriate NPK base fertiliser.
Can Startbooster be used with another brand of base nutrient?
Yes. The Aptus UK programme permits the use of another suitable liquid NPK base fertiliser, so Startbooster does not depend on Aptus All-in-One Liquid being used as the base feed.
Can Startbooster be used with pre-fertilised soil?
Yes. Aptus states that on pre-fertilised soil, Startbooster can be used without an additional vegetative fertiliser where the growing medium already provides sufficient base nutrition.
When should Startbooster be added to the nutrient solution?
Add the NPK nutrients first and measure the EC. Add Startbooster afterwards and mix the nutrient solution thoroughly.
Can Aptus Startbooster be used in drip irrigation?
Yes, but Startbooster is organic and can increase the risk of organic build-up in drip systems. Aptus therefore instructs growers to use System-Clean alongside Startbooster in drip irrigation systems.
How long can mixed Startbooster stay in a reservoir?
Aptus recommends keeping Startbooster in a mixed reservoir for no longer than 2 – 3 days to reduce organic biofilm build-up and the risk of blocked irrigation lines.
What is the difference between Aptus Startbooster and Topbooster?
Startbooster is the Aptus root and vegetative growth stimulator, while Topbooster is the bloom and maturation stimulator used during flowering. They perform different roles at different stages of crop development.
£12.00
Unit price per£12.00
Unit price perA highly concentrated organic root and growth stimulator that supports vigorous root development, vegetative growth and beneficial microbial activity at just 2.5ml per 10L.
Aptus Startbooster is a 100% biological root and vegetative growth stimulator designed to help plants establish a strong, active root system and healthy vegetative structure. Its concentrated formula combines organic nitrogen chelated with L-amino acids, beneficial microlife biomass, humic acid from Leonardite and high-grade fulvic acid.
Startbooster works both around the root zone and within the plant. It encourages root and root-hair development while supporting stems and vegetative plant tissue, helping crops establish the structure they need before moving into active flowering.
The L-amino acids provide organic nitrogen and biostimulation while supporting beneficial bacterial populations. Microlife biomass helps break down nutrients around the roots, while humic acid supports water retention, root-zone conditioning and nutrient exchange.
With a standard application rate of only 2.5ml per 10 litres, Startbooster is extremely concentrated. A 250ml bottle provides enough concentrate to prepare approximately 1,000 litres of nutrient solution at the normal feeding rate.
Why choose Aptus Startbooster?
What is Aptus Startbooster suitable for?
Startbooster is primarily designed for propagation, establishment and vegetative development. These are the stages when establishing a healthy root system and strong vegetative structure is particularly important.
During normal crop feeding, use Startbooster throughout vegetative growth alongside an appropriate NPK fertiliser. The Aptus UK programme also carries Startbooster into early flowering for the first watering only, after which it is withdrawn as the crop moves into active flowering.
Startbooster also has dedicated applications for new clones and transplant establishment. Aptus specifies different concentrations for these uses, allowing the same product to support crops from propagation through established vegetative growth.
It can be incorporated into a complete Aptus feeding programme or used alongside another suitable liquid NPK base fertiliser. On pre-fertilised growing media, Aptus also allows Startbooster to be used without an additional vegetative fertiliser where sufficient base nutrition is already present.
How to use Aptus Startbooster
For normal feeding, use 2.5ml of Startbooster per 10 litres of water, equivalent to 0.25ml/L or a 1:4000 dilution. Use throughout vegetative development and for the first watering as the crop enters early flowering.
For 10L of nutrient solution, use 2.5ml. For 50L, use 12.5ml. For 100L, use 25ml. For a 500L reservoir, use 125ml. For 1,000L, use 250ml.
At the standard 0.25ml/L rate, a 250ml bottle prepares approximately 1,000 litres of nutrient solution.
When preparing the nutrient solution, add the NPK base nutrients first and measure the EC. Add Startbooster afterwards and mix thoroughly.
For new clones, Aptus recommends a separate dilution of 1ml per litre of water. This is a propagation-specific application rather than the normal reservoir feeding rate.
For transplanting, Aptus recommends dipping the roots in a solution containing 10ml per litre of water. This stronger concentration is specifically intended as a transplant root dip.
Startbooster is an organic product. Do not leave mixed Startbooster standing in a reservoir for longer than 2 – 3 days, as biological activity can contribute to organic biofilm and irrigation-line blockages.
When Startbooster is applied through drip irrigation, use Aptus System-Clean alongside it to help manage organic build-up and keep drippers and irrigation lines clear.
Aptus Startbooster 250ml product details
| Product | Aptus Startbooster |
|---|---|
| Product type | Organic root & growth stimulator |
| Product size | 250ml |
| Format | Highly concentrated liquid |
| Formulation | 100% biological with active organic ingredients |
| Standard application rate | 2.5ml per 10L |
| Standard rate per litre | 0.25ml/L |
| Standard dilution | 1:4000 |
| Main application stage | Establishment & vegetative growth |
| Early flowering | Use for the first watering in early flowering |
| Key components | Organic nitrogen chelated with L-amino acids, microlife biomass, humic acid & fulvic acid |
| Humic acid source | Leonardite |
| 10L solution | 2.5ml |
| 50L solution | 12.5ml |
| 100L solution | 25ml |
| 500L solution | 125ml |
| 1,000L solution | 250ml |
| Approximate solution from 250ml | 1,000L at the standard rate |
| New clone application | 1ml/L |
| Transplant root dip | 10ml/L |
| Mixing order | Add after the NPK nutrients & after measuring EC |
| Reservoir guidance | Do not leave mixed Startbooster in the reservoir for longer than 2 – 3 days |
| Drip irrigation | Use alongside Aptus System-Clean to help manage organic biofilm & blocked irrigation lines |
Aptus Startbooster FAQs
What is Aptus Startbooster?
Aptus Startbooster is a highly concentrated biological root and vegetative growth stimulator. It supports root development, root hairs, vegetative growth and beneficial microbial activity around the root zone.
Is Aptus Startbooster organic?
Aptus describes Startbooster as a 100% biological product made with active organic ingredients.
What is in Aptus Startbooster?
Startbooster contains organic nitrogen chelated with L-amino acids, microlife biomass from controlled fermentation of selected beneficial strains, humic acid from Leonardite and high-grade fulvic acid.
What does Aptus Startbooster do?
Startbooster encourages root and root-hair development while supporting stems and vegetative plant tissue. Its biological components also support microbial populations and nutrient availability around the root zone.
How much Aptus Startbooster should I use?
For normal feeding, use 2.5ml per 10 litres of water. This is equivalent to 0.25ml/L or a dilution of 1:4000.
How much Startbooster do I need for 50 litres?
Use 12.5ml of Aptus Startbooster for 50 litres of nutrient solution.
How much Startbooster do I need for 100 litres?
Use 25ml of Startbooster for a 100L reservoir at the standard rate.
How much Startbooster do I need for a 500L reservoir?
Use 125ml of Startbooster for a 500L reservoir at the standard application rate.
How much nutrient solution will 250ml of Aptus Startbooster make?
At the standard 0.25ml/L application rate, a 250ml bottle treats approximately 1,000 litres of nutrient solution.
When should I use Aptus Startbooster?
Use Startbooster during establishment and vegetative growth. Under the Aptus UK programme, it is also used for the first watering in early flowering before being withdrawn as the crop progresses further into bloom.
Can Aptus Startbooster be used for clones?
Yes. Aptus recommends a separate 1:1000 dilution for new clones, equivalent to 1ml of Startbooster per litre of water.
Can Aptus Startbooster be used when transplanting?
Yes. For transplanting, Aptus recommends dipping the roots in a 1:100 Startbooster solution, equivalent to 10ml per litre of water.
Is Aptus Startbooster a base nutrient?
No. Startbooster is a root and growth biostimulant. For normal crop feeding, use it alongside an appropriate NPK base fertiliser.
Can Startbooster be used with another brand of base nutrient?
Yes. The Aptus UK programme allows another suitable liquid NPK base fertiliser to be used, so Startbooster does not depend on Aptus All-in-One Liquid as the base feed.
Can Startbooster be used with pre-fertilised soil?
Yes. Aptus states that Startbooster can be used on pre-fertilised soil without an additional growth fertiliser where the growing medium already provides sufficient base nutrition.
When should Startbooster be added to the nutrient solution?
Add the NPK nutrients first and measure the EC. Add Startbooster afterwards and mix the solution thoroughly.
Can Aptus Startbooster be used in drip irrigation?
Yes, but because Startbooster is organic, Aptus recommends using System-Clean alongside it in drip irrigation systems to help manage organic build-up and blocked lines.
How long can mixed Startbooster stay in a reservoir?
Aptus recommends keeping Startbooster in a mixed reservoir for no longer than 2 – 3 days to reduce organic biofilm build-up and the risk of blocked irrigation lines.
What is the difference between Aptus Startbooster and Topbooster?
Startbooster focuses on roots, establishment and vegetative development. Topbooster is the Aptus bloom and maturation stimulator used once the crop moves further into flowering.
£8.44
Unit price per£8.44
Unit price perA highly concentrated mono-silicic acid plant enhancer that improves nutrient utilisation, strengthens plant structure and helps crops cope with environmental stress at just 1.5ml per 10L.
Aptus Regulator is a concentrated nutrition manager and anti-stress plant enhancer designed to improve the way plants absorb and utilise the nutrients already present in their feeding programme. Aptus describes it as the cornerstone of its plant nutrition system because it works alongside other nutrients rather than simply adding another conventional fertiliser to the reservoir.
The formula combines mono-silicic acid with boron and molybdenum. Mono-silicic acid acts as an efficient nutrient transporter, while boron supports calcium uptake and fibre production. Molybdenum plays an important role in nitrogen metabolism and the movement of nitrogen from older leaves towards developing growth.
Regulator also supports stronger cell structure and a tougher epidermal layer, helping produce sturdier plants and thicker stems. This structural support can help crops cope with environmental stresses including heat, wind and drought, as well as salinity caused by nutrient salt accumulation.
Because Regulator is exceptionally concentrated, only a very small amount is required. The standard rate is 1.5ml per 10 litres of water, giving a 50ml bottle enough concentrate to treat approximately 333 litres.
Why choose Aptus Regulator?
What is Aptus Regulator suitable for?
Regulator is designed to work throughout the crop cycle as part of an ongoing nutrition programme. Unlike products aimed solely at rooting or flowering, its role is to support nutrient utilisation, plant structure and stress tolerance as new plant tissue develops.
It is particularly useful where growers want stronger stems, more compact development and better control of excessive internodal stretching. Aptus also recommends Regulator where environmental conditions such as heat, wind or drought place additional stress on the crop.
Regulator can also be useful where nutrient availability is present but uptake is less efficient than expected. Rather than simply increasing fertiliser concentration, its mono-silicic acid-based formulation is designed to improve the bioavailability and utilisation of the existing nutrient programme.
Aptus recommends maintaining a continuous supply because silicon deposited into plant cell membranes remains there, while newly developing cells still require an ongoing supply as the plant continues to grow.
How to use Aptus Regulator
Use 1.5ml of Aptus Regulator per 10 litres of water, equivalent to 0.15ml/L or a dilution of approximately 1:6660.
For 10L of water, use 1.5ml. For 50L, use 7.5ml. For 100L, use 15ml. For a 250L reservoir, use 37.5ml.
At the standard 0.15ml/L rate, a 50ml bottle treats approximately 333 litres of water.
Always add Regulator first. Fill the reservoir with clean water, add the measured quantity of Regulator and mix thoroughly until it is evenly dispersed. Only then add base nutrients, boosters or other compatible crop inputs.
Accurate measurement is important because Regulator is highly concentrated. For very small reservoirs, Aptus states that one drop is approximately 0.05ml. This means a 1L solution requires approximately 0.15ml, or 3 drops, at the standard rate.
Keep the concentrate clean. Do not allow water or dirt to enter the bottle and use only clean, dry syringes, pipettes or measuring equipment when dispensing Regulator.
Aptus Regulator 50ml product details
| Product | Aptus Regulator |
|---|---|
| Product type | Nutrition manager & anti-stress plant enhancer |
| Product size | 50ml |
| Format | Highly concentrated liquid |
| Key silicon form | Mono-silicic acid |
| Other key elements | Boron (B) & molybdenum (Mo) |
| Standard application rate | 1.5ml per 10L |
| Application rate per litre | 0.15ml/L |
| Standard dilution | Approximately 1:6660 |
| Application stage | Throughout active plant development |
| 10L solution | 1.5ml |
| 50L solution | 7.5ml |
| 100L solution | 15ml |
| 250L solution | 37.5ml |
| Approximate coverage from 50ml | 333L at the standard rate |
| Small-volume measurement | Approximately 0.15ml or 3 drops per 1L |
| Mixing order | Add first to a reservoir filled with clean water, before nutrients, boosters or other compatible crop inputs |
| Primary functions | Nutrient utilisation, structural support, stress tolerance & compact plant development |
Aptus Regulator FAQs
What is Aptus Regulator?
Aptus Regulator is a highly concentrated nutrition manager and anti-stress plant enhancer. It is designed to improve nutrient uptake and utilisation while supporting stronger plant structure and greater tolerance to environmental stress.
What does Aptus Regulator contain?
Regulator contains mono-silicic acid as its key nutrient-transport component, together with boron and molybdenum.
Is Aptus Regulator a silicon supplement?
Regulator contains silicon in the form of mono-silicic acid, but its role extends beyond simply supplying silicon. Aptus positions it as a nutrition manager that supports nutrient uptake, plant structure and resistance to environmental stress.
What does mono-silicic acid do in Aptus Regulator?
Aptus describes mono-silicic acid as a nutrient transporter. It supports the absorption and utilisation of other nutrients while contributing to stronger cell structure.
Why does Aptus Regulator contain boron?
Boron supports calcium uptake and stimulates the production of plant fibres, contributing to stronger structural development.
Why does Aptus Regulator contain molybdenum?
Molybdenum plays an important role in nitrogen metabolism. Aptus explains that it supports the movement of nitrogen from older lower leaves towards newer developing foliage when required.
How much Aptus Regulator should I use?
Use 1.5ml of Regulator per 10 litres of water. This is equivalent to 0.15ml/L or approximately a 1:6660 dilution.
How much Aptus Regulator do I need for 50 litres?
Use 7.5ml of Regulator for 50 litres of water at the standard application rate.
How much Aptus Regulator do I need for 100 litres?
Use 15ml of Regulator for a 100L reservoir.
How much water will 50ml of Aptus Regulator treat?
At the standard 0.15ml/L rate, a 50ml bottle treats approximately 333 litres.
Should Aptus Regulator be added before nutrients?
Yes. This mixing order is important. Add Regulator to a reservoir filled with clean water first and mix thoroughly. Add the base fertiliser, boosters and other compatible products afterwards.
Can Aptus Regulator be used at every feeding?
Yes. Aptus recommends maintaining a continuous supply of Regulator as plants develop because silicon already deposited within cell membranes remains there, while newly formed cells still require an ongoing supply.
Does Aptus Regulator help plants cope with heat?
Yes. Aptus specifically recommends Regulator to help plants cope with environmental stresses such as excessive heat. The standard application rate is suitable for this purpose.
Can Aptus Regulator help with nutrient deficiencies?
Regulator can help where nutrients are already present but their availability or utilisation is limiting plant performance. Aptus notes that it can often help correct nutrient deficiencies by making existing nutrients more bioavailable.
Does Aptus Regulator reduce plant stretching?
Regulator can help control excessive internodal spacing and encourage more compact plant development. Aptus identifies internode management as one of the practical uses of the product.
Does Aptus Regulator help with salt stress?
Yes. Aptus identifies improved resistance to salinity caused by nutrient salt build-up as one of the benefits of Regulator.
Does Aptus Regulator reduce water loss?
Aptus states that Regulator helps reduce transpiration, which means reducing moisture loss through the leaves.
How do I measure Aptus Regulator for a small reservoir?
Because Regulator is extremely concentrated, use a clean, dry syringe or pipette for accurate measurement. Aptus also gives approximately 0.05ml per drop as a guide, so 1 litre of water requires around 3 drops at the standard rate.
£67.40
Unit price per£67.40
Unit price perA highly concentrated mono-silicic acid plant enhancer that improves nutrient utilisation, strengthens plant structure and helps crops cope with environmental stress at just 1.5ml per 10L.
Aptus Regulator is a concentrated nutrition manager and anti-stress plant enhancer designed to improve how efficiently plants absorb and utilise their existing nutrient programme. Rather than acting as another base fertiliser, it works alongside plant nutrition to support uptake, structural strength and more balanced crop development.
At the heart of Regulator is mono-silicic acid, combined with boron and molybdenum. Aptus describes mono-silicic acid as an efficient nutrient transporter, helping improve the absorption and bioavailability of other elements. Boron supports calcium uptake and fibre production, while molybdenum plays an important role in nitrogen metabolism and movement within the plant.
Regulator also supports stronger cell structure and a tougher epidermal layer, helping produce sturdier plants and thicker stems. This additional structural support can improve the plant's ability to cope with environmental pressures including temperature stress, wind and drought, while also increasing tolerance to salinity caused by nutrient salt build-up.
It is exceptionally concentrated. At the standard application rate of 1.5ml per 10 litres, a 500ml bottle provides enough Regulator to treat approximately 3,333 litres of water.
Why choose Aptus Regulator?
What is Aptus Regulator suitable for?
Regulator is designed for use throughout active crop development rather than being restricted to either vegetative growth or flowering. It can be used from vegetative development through transition, active flowering and maturation, with the Aptus UK programme stopping Regulator during the final flush.
It is particularly useful where growers want to improve nutrient efficiency and plant structure without simply increasing the concentration of their base fertiliser. Regulator helps make nutrients already present in the feeding programme more available for plant use.
Crops experiencing environmental pressure can also benefit from Regulator. Aptus specifically identifies temperature, wind and drought among the abiotic stresses it is designed to help plants withstand, alongside improved resistance to salinity caused by nutrient salt accumulation.
Regulator can also help manage excessive stretching. By supporting stronger cell structure and more controlled internodal development, it can encourage sturdier, more compact plants where environmental conditions or unbalanced nutrition are contributing to excessive vertical growth.
How to use Aptus Regulator
Use 1.5ml of Aptus Regulator per 10 litres of water, equivalent to 0.15ml/L or approximately a 1:6660 dilution.
For 10L of water, use 1.5ml. For 50L, use 7.5ml. For 100L, use 15ml. For a 500L reservoir, use 75ml. For 1,000L, use 150ml.
At the standard 0.15ml/L rate, a 500ml bottle treats approximately 3,333 litres.
Always add Regulator first. Fill the reservoir with clean water, add the measured quantity of Regulator and mix thoroughly until it is evenly dispersed. Add base fertilisers, boosters and other compatible crop inputs afterwards.
This mixing order matters. Aptus specifically instructs growers to mix Regulator into clean water before other fertilisers, boosters or crop-protection products so it can disperse correctly before the rest of the feeding programme is introduced.
Regulator is highly concentrated, so accurate measurement is important. Use a clean, dry syringe, pipette or measuring cup, and keep water or dirt out of the concentrate bottle.
Aptus Regulator 500ml product details
| Product | Aptus Regulator |
|---|---|
| Product type | Nutrition manager & anti-stress plant enhancer |
| Product size | 500ml |
| Format | Highly concentrated liquid |
| Key silicon form | Mono-silicic acid |
| Other key elements | Boron (B) & molybdenum (Mo) |
| Standard application rate | 1.5ml per 10L |
| Application rate per litre | 0.15ml/L |
| Standard dilution | Approximately 1:6660 |
| Application stages | Vegetative growth, transition, flowering & maturation |
| Final flush | Do not use during the flush stage in the Aptus UK feeding programme |
| 10L solution | 1.5ml |
| 50L solution | 7.5ml |
| 100L solution | 15ml |
| 500L solution | 75ml |
| 1,000L solution | 150ml |
| Approximate coverage from 500ml | 3,333L at the standard rate |
| Mixing order | Add first to a reservoir of clean water before fertilisers, boosters or other compatible crop inputs |
| Primary functions | Nutrient utilisation, plant structure, stress tolerance & controlled internodal development |
Aptus Regulator FAQs
What is Aptus Regulator?
Aptus Regulator is a highly concentrated nutrition manager and anti-stress plant enhancer. It is designed to improve nutrient uptake and utilisation while supporting stronger plant structure and greater tolerance to environmental stress.
Is Aptus Regulator a silicon supplement?
Regulator contains silicon in the form of mono-silicic acid, but its role is broader than simply supplying silicon. Aptus positions it as a nutrition manager that supports nutrient uptake, structural strength and plant resilience.
What does Aptus Regulator contain?
Regulator contains mono-silicic acid as its key nutrient-transport component, together with boron and molybdenum.
What does mono-silicic acid do?
Aptus describes mono-silicic acid as an efficient nutrient transporter. It helps improve the absorption and utilisation of other nutrients while contributing to stronger plant structure.
What does boron do in Aptus Regulator?
Boron supports calcium uptake and stimulates the production of plant fibres, helping support stronger structural development.
What does molybdenum do in Aptus Regulator?
Molybdenum is involved in nitrogen metabolism. Aptus explains that it helps move nitrogen from older lower leaves towards newer developing foliage when required.
How much Aptus Regulator should I use?
The standard rate is 1.5ml per 10 litres of water. This is equivalent to 0.15ml/L or approximately a 1:6660 dilution.
How much Aptus Regulator do I need for 50 litres?
Use 7.5ml of Regulator for 50 litres of water at the standard application rate.
How much Aptus Regulator do I need for 100 litres?
Use 15ml of Regulator for a 100L reservoir.
How much Aptus Regulator do I need for a 500L reservoir?
Use 75ml of Regulator for 500 litres of water at the standard rate.
How much Aptus Regulator do I need for 1,000 litres?
Use 150ml of Regulator for a 1,000L reservoir at the standard rate.
How much water will 500ml of Aptus Regulator treat?
At the standard 0.15ml/L application rate, a 500ml bottle treats approximately 3,333 litres of water.
Should Aptus Regulator be added before nutrients?
Yes. Add Regulator to a reservoir filled with clean water first and mix it thoroughly. Add base fertilisers, boosters and other compatible products afterwards.
When should I use Aptus Regulator?
The Aptus UK feeding programme uses Regulator throughout vegetative growth, transition, active flowering and maturation. It is withdrawn during the final flush.
Does Aptus Regulator help plants cope with heat and drought?
Yes. Aptus specifically identifies temperature, wind and drought among the environmental stresses Regulator is designed to help plants withstand.
Does Aptus Regulator help with nutrient uptake?
Yes. Improving nutrient uptake, absorption and utilisation is one of Regulator's main functions. Aptus also notes that it can help where existing nutrients are present but their bioavailability is limiting plant performance.
Can Aptus Regulator help reduce plant stretching?
Yes. Aptus identifies control of internodal spacing as one of Regulator's uses, particularly where temperature stress or unbalanced nutrition is contributing to excessive vertical growth.
Does Aptus Regulator help with salt stress?
Yes. Aptus states that Regulator increases plant resistance to salinity associated with nutrient salt build-up.
Does Aptus Regulator reduce transpiration?
Yes. Aptus lists reduced transpiration, meaning reduced moisture loss through the leaves, among the benefits of Regulator.
Can Aptus Regulator be used with other nutrients?
Yes. Regulator is designed to work alongside a wider nutrient programme. Always mix Regulator thoroughly into clean water first, then add the other fertilisers and boosters.
£32.17
Unit price per£32.17
Unit price perA highly concentrated mono-silicic acid plant enhancer designed to improve nutrient utilisation, strengthen plant structure and support crops through environmental stress.
Aptus Regulator is a concentrated nutrition manager and anti-stress plant enhancer designed to work alongside your existing feeding programme. Rather than simply adding more fertiliser, Regulator helps plants make more effective use of the nutrients already available to them.
Its formulation combines mono-silicic acid with boron and molybdenum. Mono-silicic acid acts as a nutrient transporter, helping improve nutrient absorption and bioavailability. Boron supports calcium uptake and fibre production, while molybdenum contributes to nitrogen metabolism within the plant.
Regulator also supports stronger cell structure and a tougher epidermal layer, helping plants develop thicker stems and greater structural strength. This makes it particularly useful where crops are exposed to environmental pressures such as temperature stress, wind, drought or nutrient salt accumulation.
A little goes a very long way. The standard Aptus dose is just 1.5ml per 10 litres of water, meaning this 250ml bottle can treat approximately 1,667 litres at the normal application rate.
Why choose Aptus Regulator?
What is Aptus Regulator suitable for?
Regulator is designed for use throughout active crop development. It can be incorporated into feeding programmes during vegetative growth, transition, active flowering and maturation, giving developing plant tissue a continuing supply as the crop progresses.
It is particularly useful for growers looking to improve nutrient efficiency and structural strength without simply increasing the concentration of the base feed. Its role as a nutrient manager makes Regulator relevant across a wide range of crop stages rather than restricting it to rooting or flowering alone.
Regulator is also useful where plants are experiencing environmental stress. Aptus specifically highlights temperature, wind and drought, along with salinity caused by nutrient salt accumulation.
Where excessive vertical growth is a problem, Regulator can also be used to help manage internodal spacing and encourage more compact development.
How to use Aptus Regulator
For standard feeding, use 1.5ml of Aptus Regulator per 10 litres of water. This is equivalent to 0.15ml/L or approximately a 1:6660 dilution.
For 10L of water, use 1.5ml. For 50L, use 7.5ml. For 100L, use 15ml. For 500L, use 75ml. For a 1,000L reservoir, use 150ml.
At the standard 0.15ml/L rate, a 250ml bottle treats approximately 1,667 litres of water.
Always add Regulator first. Fill the reservoir with clean water, measure the required amount of Regulator and mix it thoroughly until evenly dispersed. Add the base fertiliser, boosters and other compatible crop inputs afterwards.
Accurate measurement is important because Regulator is extremely concentrated. For smaller volumes, 1 litre requires just 0.15ml. Aptus gives approximately 0.05ml per drop as a small-volume guide, making the standard 1L dose approximately 3 drops.
Keep the concentrate clean and undiluted inside the bottle. Use clean, dry syringes, pipettes or measuring equipment and avoid allowing water or growing-medium particles to enter the container.
Aptus Regulator 250ml product details
| Product | Aptus Regulator |
|---|---|
| Product type | Nutrition manager & anti-stress plant enhancer |
| Product size | 250ml |
| Format | Highly concentrated liquid |
| Key silicon form | Mono-silicic acid |
| Other key elements | Boron (B) & molybdenum (Mo) |
| Standard application rate | 1.5ml per 10L |
| Application rate per litre | 0.15ml/L |
| Standard dilution | Approximately 1:6660 |
| Application stages | Vegetative growth, transition, flowering & maturation |
| Final flush | Not included during the flush stage in the Aptus UK feeding schedule |
| 10L solution | 1.5ml |
| 50L solution | 7.5ml |
| 100L solution | 15ml |
| 500L solution | 75ml |
| 1,000L solution | 150ml |
| Approximate coverage from 250ml | 1,667L at the standard rate |
| Small-volume measurement | 0.15ml per 1L, approximately 3 drops |
| Mixing order | Add first to clean water before fertilisers, boosters or other compatible crop inputs |
| Primary functions | Nutrient utilisation, structural support, stress tolerance & internodal management |
Aptus Regulator FAQs
What is Aptus Regulator?
Aptus Regulator is a highly concentrated nutrition manager and anti-stress plant enhancer. It supports nutrient uptake and utilisation while helping plants develop stronger structure and cope with environmental stress.
Is Aptus Regulator a silicon supplement?
Regulator contains silicon in the form of mono-silicic acid, but it is designed to do more than simply supply silicon. Aptus positions it as a nutrition manager that supports nutrient uptake, structural strength and plant resilience.
What does Aptus Regulator contain?
Aptus Regulator contains mono-silicic acid as its key nutrient-transport component, together with boron and molybdenum.
What does mono-silicic acid do in Aptus Regulator?
Mono-silicic acid acts as a nutrient transporter, helping improve the absorption, bioavailability and utilisation of other nutrients within the feeding programme.
How much Aptus Regulator should I use?
The standard application rate is 1.5ml per 10 litres of water, equivalent to 0.15ml/L.
How much Aptus Regulator do I need for 50 litres?
Use 7.5ml of Regulator for 50 litres of water at the standard application rate.
How much Aptus Regulator do I need for 100 litres?
Use 15ml of Regulator for 100 litres of water.
How much Aptus Regulator do I need for a 500L reservoir?
Use 75ml of Regulator for a 500L reservoir at the standard application rate.
How much water will 250ml of Aptus Regulator treat?
At the standard 0.15ml/L rate, a 250ml bottle treats approximately 1,667 litres of water.
Should Aptus Regulator be added before nutrients?
Yes. Always add Regulator to clean water first and mix thoroughly until evenly dispersed. Add base nutrients, boosters and other compatible products afterwards.
When should I use Aptus Regulator?
The Aptus UK feeding schedule uses Regulator during vegetative growth, early flowering, active flowering and maturation. It is not included during the final flush.
Does Aptus Regulator help plants cope with heat and drought?
Yes. Aptus specifically identifies temperature, wind and drought among the environmental stresses that Regulator is designed to help plants withstand.
Does Aptus Regulator improve nutrient uptake?
Yes. Improving the uptake, absorption and utilisation of nutrients is one of the main functions Aptus gives for Regulator.
Can Aptus Regulator help reduce plant stretching?
Yes. Regulator can help control excessive internodal spacing and encourage more compact plant development.
Does Aptus Regulator help with salt stress?
Yes. Aptus states that Regulator helps increase resistance to salinity associated with nutrient salt build-up.
Does Aptus Regulator reduce transpiration?
Yes. Reduced transpiration, meaning reduced moisture loss through the leaves, is one of the benefits Aptus lists for Regulator.
How do I measure Aptus Regulator for a small reservoir?
The standard rate is 0.15ml per litre. Aptus gives approximately 0.05ml per drop as a guide for small-volume measuring, making the standard dose for 1 litre approximately 3 drops. A clean syringe or pipette provides more repeatable measurement.
Can Aptus Regulator be used with other nutrients?
Yes. Regulator is designed to work alongside a wider nutrient programme. The important point is mixing order: Regulator goes into clean water first, followed by the other fertilisers and boosters.
£130.05
Unit price per£130.05
Unit price perA highly concentrated mono-silicic acid plant enhancer designed to improve nutrient utilisation, strengthen plant structure and help crops cope with environmental stress.
Aptus Regulator is a concentrated nutrition manager and anti-stress plant enhancer designed to work alongside an existing feeding programme. Rather than simply increasing nutrient strength, it helps plants make more effective use of the nutrition already available to them.
Its formulation combines mono-silicic acid with boron and molybdenum. Mono-silicic acid acts as a nutrient transporter, helping improve the absorption and bioavailability of other elements. Boron supports calcium uptake and fibre production, while molybdenum plays an important role in nitrogen metabolism and movement within the plant.
Regulator also supports stronger cell structure and a tougher epidermal layer, helping plants develop thicker stems and greater structural strength. This added resilience can help crops cope with environmental pressures such as temperature stress, wind and drought, as well as salinity associated with nutrient salt build-up.
Regulator is extremely concentrated. The standard Aptus rate is just 1.5ml per 10 litres of water, meaning a 1L bottle can treat approximately 6,667 litres at the normal application rate.
Why choose Aptus Regulator?
What is Aptus Regulator suitable for?
Regulator is designed for use throughout active crop development. The Aptus UK programme uses it during vegetative growth, transition into flowering, active flowering and maturation, making it a continuous part of the feeding programme rather than a stage-specific rooting or bloom additive.
It is particularly useful for growers looking to improve nutrient efficiency and plant structure without simply increasing the concentration of the base feed. By supporting nutrient bioavailability and uptake, Regulator helps plants make better use of the elements already available in the root zone.
Crops exposed to challenging environmental conditions can also benefit. Aptus specifically identifies temperature, wind and drought among the abiotic stresses Regulator helps plants withstand, alongside improved resistance to salinity associated with nutrient salt accumulation.
Regulator can also help manage internodal spacing. Where plants are stretching excessively, its effect on structural development can encourage shorter internodal distances and more compact growth.
How to use Aptus Regulator
For standard feeding, use 1.5ml of Aptus Regulator per 10 litres of water. This is equivalent to 0.15ml/L or approximately a 1:6660 dilution.
For 10L of water, use 1.5ml. For 50L, use 7.5ml. For 100L, use 15ml. For 500L, use 75ml. For a 1,000L reservoir, use 150ml.
At the standard 0.15ml/L application rate, a 1L bottle treats approximately 6,667 litres of water.
Always add Regulator first. Fill the reservoir with clean water, add the measured amount of Regulator and mix thoroughly until it is evenly dispersed. Add base fertilisers, boosters and other compatible crop inputs afterwards.
The mixing order is important. Regulator should be fully dispersed in clean water before the rest of the nutrient programme is introduced.
Regulator is highly concentrated, so measure accurately. Use clean, dry syringes, pipettes or measuring equipment and keep water, dirt and growing-medium particles out of the concentrate bottle.
Aptus Regulator 1L product details
| Product | Aptus Regulator |
|---|---|
| Product type | Nutrition manager & anti-stress plant enhancer |
| Product size | 1L |
| Format | Highly concentrated liquid |
| Key silicon form | Mono-silicic acid |
| Other key elements | Boron (B) & molybdenum (Mo) |
| Standard application rate | 1.5ml per 10L |
| Application rate per litre | 0.15ml/L |
| Standard dilution | Approximately 1:6660 |
| Application stages | Vegetative growth, transition, flowering & maturation |
| Final flush | Not included during the flush stage in the Aptus UK feeding schedule |
| 10L solution | 1.5ml |
| 50L solution | 7.5ml |
| 100L solution | 15ml |
| 500L solution | 75ml |
| 1,000L solution | 150ml |
| Approximate coverage from 1L | 6,667L at the standard rate |
| Mixing order | Add first to clean water before fertilisers, boosters or other compatible crop inputs |
| Primary functions | Nutrient utilisation, structural support, stress tolerance & internodal management |
Aptus Regulator FAQs
What is Aptus Regulator?
Aptus Regulator is a highly concentrated nutrition manager and anti-stress plant enhancer designed to improve nutrient uptake and utilisation while supporting stronger plant structure and greater tolerance to environmental stress.
Is Aptus Regulator a silicon supplement?
Regulator contains silicon in the form of mono-silicic acid, but its function extends beyond simply supplying silicon. It is designed to support nutrient transport, plant structure and stress tolerance throughout active crop development.
What does Aptus Regulator contain?
Aptus Regulator contains mono-silicic acid as its key nutrient-transport component, together with boron and molybdenum.
What does mono-silicic acid do in Aptus Regulator?
Mono-silicic acid acts as a nutrient transporter, helping improve the absorption, bioavailability and utilisation of other nutrients while supporting stronger plant structure.
Why does Aptus Regulator contain boron?
Boron supports calcium uptake and plant fibre production, contributing to stronger structural development.
Why does Aptus Regulator contain molybdenum?
Molybdenum is involved in nitrogen metabolism and helps support the movement of nitrogen from older leaves towards developing growth when required.
How much Aptus Regulator should I use?
The standard application rate is 1.5ml per 10 litres of water, equivalent to 0.15ml/L.
How much Aptus Regulator do I need for 50 litres?
Use 7.5ml of Regulator for 50 litres of water at the standard application rate.
How much Aptus Regulator do I need for 100 litres?
Use 15ml of Regulator for 100 litres of water.
How much Aptus Regulator do I need for a 500L reservoir?
Use 75ml of Regulator for a 500L reservoir at the standard application rate.
How much Aptus Regulator do I need for a 1,000L reservoir?
Use 150ml of Regulator for 1,000 litres of water at the standard application rate.
How much water will 1L of Aptus Regulator treat?
At the standard 0.15ml/L application rate, a 1L bottle treats approximately 6,667 litres of water.
Should Aptus Regulator be added before nutrients?
Yes. Always add Regulator to a reservoir filled with clean water first and mix thoroughly. Add base nutrients, boosters and other compatible crop inputs afterwards.
When should I use Aptus Regulator?
The Aptus UK feeding programme uses Regulator throughout vegetative growth, transition, active flowering and maturation. It is not included during the final flush.
Can Aptus Regulator be used throughout flowering?
Yes. The Aptus UK programme maintains the standard Regulator rate through early flowering, active flowering and maturation before withdrawing it for the flush.
Does Aptus Regulator improve nutrient uptake?
Yes. Improving nutrient absorption, bioavailability and utilisation is one of the main functions of Regulator. This can help plants make more effective use of nutrients already present in the feeding programme.
Does Aptus Regulator help plants cope with heat and drought?
Yes. Aptus specifically identifies temperature, wind and drought among the environmental stresses Regulator is designed to help plants withstand.
Can Aptus Regulator help reduce plant stretching?
Yes. Regulator can help control excessive internodal spacing and encourage more compact plant development.
Does Aptus Regulator help with salt stress?
Yes. Regulator is designed to increase plant resistance to salinity associated with nutrient salt accumulation.
Does Aptus Regulator reduce transpiration?
Yes. Aptus lists reduced transpiration, meaning reduced moisture loss through the leaves, among the benefits of Regulator.
Can Aptus Regulator be used with other nutrients and boosters?
Yes. Regulator is designed to work as part of a wider nutrient programme. Mix Regulator thoroughly into clean water first, then add the other fertilisers and compatible boosters.
£2.00
Unit price per£2.00
Unit price perA fast-acting foliar fertiliser that delivers essential microelements directly through the leaves while helping tackle nutrient deficiencies quickly.
Aptus NutriSpray is a concentrated foliar fertiliser formulated from natural surfactants, plant stimulators and essential microelements. Applied directly to the foliage, it provides an alternative route for plant nutrition when rapid nutrient availability is required.
Once sprayed, NutriSpray leaves an active natural coating containing microelements across the leaf surface. This coating continues to feed and support the foliage before naturally biodegrading within approximately 10 – 15 days.
This makes NutriSpray useful both as part of a planned foliar nutrition programme and when correcting deficiencies, particularly where nutrient availability through the growing medium has been restricted.
The concentrate is diluted at 2ml per litre of water, giving the 50ml bottle enough product to prepare approximately 25 litres of foliar spray.
Why choose Aptus NutriSpray?
What is Aptus NutriSpray suitable for?
NutriSpray is designed for foliar feeding, where nutrients are applied directly to the leaf surface rather than delivered solely through the root zone. This provides a useful additional route for nutrition when plants need a rapid supply of microelements.
It is particularly useful for correcting common nutrient deficiencies where nutrient lockout or restricted availability within the growing medium is preventing the root system from supplying the plant effectively.
NutriSpray can also be incorporated periodically into a wider Aptus nutrition programme for general foliar nutrition rather than waiting for a visible deficiency to develop.
The Aptus UK programme uses NutriSpray as a foliar application across vegetative development and flowering where required. Application timing should follow crop development and growing conditions rather than assuming every crop follows the same fixed number of weeks.
How to use Aptus NutriSpray
Always dilute NutriSpray before application. Mix 2ml of Aptus NutriSpray per 1 litre of water and apply the diluted solution across the leaf surface.
For 1L of foliar spray, use 2ml. For 5L, use 10ml. For 10L, use 20ml. For 25L, use 50ml.
A 50ml bottle therefore prepares approximately 25 litres of foliar spray at the standard Aptus application rate.
Apply the diluted solution evenly across the foliage. Good coverage of the leaf surface is more important than applying excessive quantities of spray.
NutriSpray can be used for general foliar nutrition or as a corrective treatment when nutrient availability through the root zone is restricted. Never apply the concentrate undiluted.
For indoor growing, apply foliar sprays with the grow lights switched off. Allow the foliage time to absorb the spray before returning plants to intense lighting.
Aptus NutriSpray 50ml product details
| Product | Aptus NutriSpray |
|---|---|
| Product type | Foliar-applied liquid fertiliser |
| Product size | 50ml |
| Application method | Foliar spray |
| Standard application rate | 2ml per 1L water |
| 1L spray solution | 2ml |
| 5L spray solution | 10ml |
| 10L spray solution | 20ml |
| 25L spray solution | 50ml |
| Approximate coverage from 50ml | 25L of foliar spray at the standard rate |
| Formulation | Natural surfactants, stimulators & microelements |
| Key formulation component | Horse chestnut extract |
| Primary uses | General foliar nutrition & rapid deficiency correction |
| Foliar coating | Active microelement-containing layer that biodegrades within approximately 10 – 15 days |
| Application stages | Vegetative development & flowering as required |
| Concentrate use | Always dilute with water before spraying |
Aptus NutriSpray FAQs
What is Aptus NutriSpray?
Aptus NutriSpray is a foliar-applied liquid fertiliser made from natural surfactants, stimulators and microelements. It is designed to supply foliar nutrition and help correct nutrient deficiencies quickly.
What does Aptus NutriSpray do?
NutriSpray supplies microelements directly through the foliage. It leaves an active nutrient-containing layer on the leaf surface, providing rapid foliar nutrition while helping address common deficiencies.
How much Aptus NutriSpray should I use?
Use 2ml of NutriSpray per litre of water. Always dilute the concentrate before applying it to plant foliage.
How much NutriSpray do I need for 5 litres of water?
Use 10ml of Aptus NutriSpray to prepare 5 litres of foliar spray.
How much NutriSpray do I need for 10 litres of water?
Use 20ml of NutriSpray to prepare 10 litres of foliar solution at the standard rate.
How much foliar spray does a 50ml bottle make?
At the standard rate of 2ml per litre, a 50ml bottle prepares approximately 25 litres of foliar spray.
Can Aptus NutriSpray help with nutrient deficiencies?
Yes. NutriSpray is specifically designed for both general foliar nutrition and deficiency correction. Foliar application can be particularly useful when nutrient availability through the growing medium has been restricted.
Can NutriSpray be used during nutrient lockout?
Yes. Aptus specifically identifies nutrient lockout in the growing medium as a situation where NutriSpray can be used to supply nutrients through the foliage.
How long does Aptus NutriSpray stay on the leaves?
NutriSpray forms an active coating on the leaf surface. Aptus states that this layer fully biodegrades within approximately 10 – 15 days.
Does Aptus NutriSpray need to be diluted?
Yes. Never use NutriSpray at full strength. Dilute it with water at the standard rate of 2ml per litre before spraying the foliage.
Is Aptus NutriSpray a root feed?
NutriSpray is specifically formulated as a foliar fertiliser. The diluted solution is sprayed over the foliage so its microelements can be absorbed through the leaves.
Can Aptus NutriSpray be used during vegetative growth?
Yes. NutriSpray can be used for foliar nutrition during vegetative development where required, including as part of the wider Aptus nutrition programme.
Can Aptus NutriSpray be used during flowering?
Yes. Aptus includes NutriSpray as a foliar treatment during flowering. Application should follow crop development and the appropriate feeding programme rather than assuming every crop has the same flowering duration.
Should I spray Aptus NutriSpray with grow lights on?
No. For indoor applications, apply NutriSpray with the grow lights switched off rather than spraying foliage under intense artificial lighting.
Does Aptus NutriSpray leave a residue on leaves?
NutriSpray deliberately forms an active natural coating containing microelements on the leaf surface. Aptus states that this layer naturally biodegrades within approximately 10 – 15 days.
Can Aptus NutriSpray replace my normal base fertiliser?
NutriSpray is best treated as a foliar nutrition and deficiency-correction product rather than a replacement for the crop's complete root-zone feeding programme.
£5.00
Unit price per£5.00
Unit price perA fast-acting foliar fertiliser that delivers essential microelements directly through the leaves while helping correct nutrient deficiencies quickly.
Aptus NutriSpray is a concentrated foliar fertiliser designed to supply essential microelements directly through the foliage. Its formulation combines natural surfactants, plant stimulators and micronutrients, providing growers with a quick and practical way to supplement plant nutrition without relying solely on uptake through the root zone.
Once sprayed across the foliage, NutriSpray leaves an active natural coating containing microelements on the leaf surface. This layer helps feed the plant while remaining on the foliage, before naturally biodegrading within approximately 10 – 15 days.
NutriSpray can be incorporated into a planned foliar nutrition programme or used when a crop develops a nutrient deficiency. Foliar application is particularly useful where nutrient lockout or poor root-zone availability is limiting the plant's ability to access the nutrition it needs.
The standard Aptus dilution is 2ml per litre of water, giving this 150ml bottle enough concentrate to prepare approximately 75 litres of foliar spray.
Why choose Aptus NutriSpray?
What is Aptus NutriSpray suitable for?
NutriSpray is designed for foliar feeding, delivering microelements directly to the leaves rather than relying entirely on root-zone uptake. This makes it useful both for routine foliar nutrition and situations where plants need a faster nutritional response.
It is particularly valuable when nutrient lockout or restricted nutrient availability in the growing medium is affecting crop performance. Foliar application gives the plant another route for accessing essential microelements while the underlying root-zone issue is addressed.
NutriSpray can also be used proactively as part of a wider crop nutrition programme. Aptus recommends foliar applications at intervals rather than treating it as a conventional product that is added to every reservoir.
For propagation work, Aptus also recommends spraying mother plants before taking cuttings and applying NutriSpray to cuttings weekly to provide available nutrients and maintain its protective foliar layer.
How to use Aptus NutriSpray
Always dilute NutriSpray before use. Mix 2ml of Aptus NutriSpray per 1 litre of water and spray evenly across the entire leaf surface.
For 1L of foliar spray, use 2ml. For 5L, use 10ml. For 10L, use 20ml. For 25L, use 50ml. For 50L, use 100ml. A full 150ml bottle prepares approximately 75L.
Apply enough diluted solution to achieve good, even coverage across the foliage. NutriSpray should never be applied undiluted.
For indoor crops, apply NutriSpray with the grow lights switched off. Aptus recommends waiting approximately 20 – 30 minutes after spraying before switching the lights back on to help avoid foliar burning.
For outdoor crops, Aptus recommends an initial application approximately one week after planting, followed by monthly applications through the active crop cycle.
Aptus NutriSpray 150ml product details
| Product | Aptus NutriSpray |
|---|---|
| Product type | Foliar-applied liquid fertiliser |
| Product size | 150ml |
| Application method | Foliar spray |
| Standard application rate | 2ml per 1L water |
| 1L spray solution | 2ml |
| 5L spray solution | 10ml |
| 10L spray solution | 20ml |
| 25L spray solution | 50ml |
| 50L spray solution | 100ml |
| Approximate coverage from 150ml | 75L of foliar spray at the standard rate |
| Formulation | Natural surfactants, plant stimulators & microelements |
| Microelements | Manganese (Mn), sulphur (S), zinc (Zn) & iron (Fe) |
| Plant extract | Horse chestnut extract |
| Primary uses | General foliar nutrition & rapid deficiency correction |
| Foliar coating | Active microelement-containing layer that biodegrades within approximately 10 – 15 days |
| Indoor application | Apply with grow lights switched off and allow approximately 20 – 30 minutes before switching lights back on |
| Outdoor application | Approximately one week after planting, then monthly through the active crop cycle |
| Concentrate use | Always dilute with water before spraying |
Aptus NutriSpray FAQs
What is Aptus NutriSpray?
Aptus NutriSpray is a foliar-applied liquid fertiliser made with natural surfactants, plant stimulators and essential microelements. It is designed for general foliar nutrition and rapid correction of nutrient deficiencies.
What nutrients are in Aptus NutriSpray?
NutriSpray contains the microelements manganese, sulphur, zinc and iron, alongside an organic surfactant and horse chestnut extract.
How much Aptus NutriSpray should I use?
Mix 2ml of Aptus NutriSpray with every 1 litre of water and spray the diluted solution evenly across the foliage.
How much foliar spray does 150ml of NutriSpray make?
A 150ml bottle makes approximately 75 litres of foliar spray at the standard rate of 2ml per litre.
Can Aptus NutriSpray help with nutrient deficiencies?
Yes. NutriSpray is designed for rapid deficiency correction as well as routine foliar nutrition. Applying nutrients through the foliage can provide a faster response than relying solely on root uptake.
Can NutriSpray be used during nutrient lockout?
Yes. Aptus specifically recommends NutriSpray for treating deficiencies where nutrient lockout in the growing medium is limiting availability through the roots.
How long does Aptus NutriSpray remain on the leaves?
NutriSpray creates an active layer containing microelements on the foliage. Aptus states that this layer naturally biodegrades within approximately 10 – 15 days.
Does Aptus NutriSpray need to be diluted?
Yes. NutriSpray should never be applied at full strength. Always dilute it at 2ml per litre of water before foliar application.
Should I use Aptus NutriSpray with grow lights on?
No. Apply NutriSpray with the grow lights switched off. Aptus recommends waiting approximately 20 – 30 minutes after spraying before switching the lights back on.
Can Aptus NutriSpray be used outdoors?
Yes. For outdoor crops, Aptus recommends spraying approximately one week after planting and then once a month through the active crop cycle.
Can Aptus NutriSpray be used on mother plants and cuttings?
Yes. Aptus recommends spraying mother plants approximately one week before taking cuttings. Cuttings can then be sprayed weekly to provide available foliar nutrients and maintain the protective layer on the foliage.
Is Aptus NutriSpray a root feed?
No. NutriSpray is specifically formulated for foliar application, allowing its microelements to be supplied through the leaf surface.
Can Aptus NutriSpray replace a complete base nutrient?
NutriSpray is a specialist foliar fertiliser rather than a complete replacement for the crop's normal root-zone nutrition programme.
£5.00
Unit price per£5.00
Unit price perA concentrated organic nitrogen and L-amino acid booster developed to support vigorous, compact plant growth throughout the vegetative stage.
Aptus N-Boost is a highly concentrated growth stimulator formulated for the period when plants have their greatest demand for nitrogen. It supplies organic nitrogen alongside L-amino acids, supporting vigorous vegetative development without simply relying on higher concentrations of conventional mineral feed.
The combination is designed to support strong, compact growth while encouraging biological activity around the root zone. Aptus also highlights improved sugar content and lower nitrate levels in the finished crop among the benefits of its organic nitrogen approach.
N-Boost is fully water-soluble and leaves no residue in irrigation systems. That makes it particularly useful for drip-fed and automated irrigation systems where growers want the benefits of an organic growth stimulator without introducing a product that is prone to leaving organic deposits in the lines.
Use N-Boost throughout vegetative growth at 3 – 5ml per 10 litres of water. At these rates, a 500ml bottle prepares approximately 1,000 – 1,667 litres of nutrient solution.
Why choose Aptus N-Boost?
What is Aptus N-Boost suitable for?
N-Boost is primarily designed for plants in active vegetative growth, when nitrogen demand is high and the crop is developing new leaves, stems and structural tissue.
It can be incorporated into a wider feeding programme when additional organic nitrogen and amino-acid support is required. Rather than treating every crop as having the same fixed number of growth weeks, application should follow the actual vegetative development of the crop.
N-Boost is especially useful in drip irrigation and automated watering systems. Aptus specifically recommends replacing Startbooster with N-Boost in drip systems where growers want to minimise the possibility of organic residues contributing to blocked irrigation lines.
Because N-Boost supplies additional nitrogen, it should be considered as part of the complete nutrition programme rather than added indiscriminately on top of an already nitrogen-rich feed. Aptus specifically advises against combining N-Boost and Startbooster where doing so would make the nitrogen level in the feeding programme too high.
How to use Aptus N-Boost
Use 3 – 5ml of Aptus N-Boost per 10 litres of water throughout active vegetative growth. This is equivalent to 0.3 – 0.5ml per litre.
At the lower 3ml/10L rate, use 15ml for 50L, 30ml for 100L, 150ml for 500L or 300ml for 1,000L.
At the higher 5ml/10L rate, use 25ml for 50L, 50ml for 100L, 250ml for 500L or 500ml for 1,000L.
A 500ml bottle therefore treats approximately 1,000 litres at 5ml per 10L or approximately 1,667 litres at 3ml per 10L.
Shake the bottle thoroughly before measuring. N-Boost is fully water-soluble and can be incorporated into irrigation programmes without leaving residue in the irrigation system.
In drip irrigation systems, N-Boost can be used in place of Startbooster where a fully water-soluble growth stimulant is preferred. Avoid combining N-Boost and Startbooster where the resulting nitrogen level would be excessive for the feeding programme.
Aptus N-Boost 500ml product details
| Product | Aptus N-Boost |
|---|---|
| Product type | Organic nitrogen & vegetative growth booster |
| Product size | 500ml |
| Key components | Organic nitrogen (N) & L-amino acids |
| Primary crop stage | Vegetative growth |
| Standard application rate | 3 – 5ml per 10L water |
| Rate per litre | 0.3 – 0.5ml/L |
| 10L solution | 3 – 5ml |
| 50L solution | 15 – 25ml |
| 100L solution | 30 – 50ml |
| 500L solution | 150 – 250ml |
| 1,000L solution | 300 – 500ml |
| Approximate coverage | 1,000 – 1,667L from 500ml, depending on application rate |
| Solubility | Fully water-soluble |
| Irrigation systems | Designed to leave no residue in irrigation or drip lines |
| Before use | Shake well |
| Primary functions | Organic nitrogen supply, vegetative growth support & biostimulation |
Aptus N-Boost FAQs
What is Aptus N-Boost?
Aptus N-Boost is a concentrated organic nitrogen and L-amino acid growth booster designed to support plants during active vegetative development.
What does Aptus N-Boost contain?
N-Boost contains organic nitrogen and L-amino acids. The combination provides nitrogen for vegetative development while the amino acids contribute to plant biostimulation and beneficial biological activity.
When should I use Aptus N-Boost?
Use N-Boost during active vegetative growth, when plants have a high demand for nitrogen and are developing leaves, stems and other vegetative tissue.
How much Aptus N-Boost should I use?
Aptus recommends 3 – 5ml per 10 litres of water during the vegetative growth phase. This is equivalent to 0.3 – 0.5ml per litre.
How much Aptus N-Boost do I need for 100 litres?
Use 30 – 50ml of N-Boost for 100 litres of water, depending on the required application rate.
How much Aptus N-Boost do I need for a 500L reservoir?
Use 150 – 250ml of N-Boost for a 500L reservoir.
How much water will 500ml of Aptus N-Boost treat?
A 500ml bottle treats approximately 1,000 litres at the higher 5ml per 10L rate, or approximately 1,667 litres at the lower 3ml per 10L rate.
Is Aptus N-Boost suitable for drip irrigation?
Yes. N-Boost is fully water-soluble and is designed to leave no residue in irrigation systems, making it particularly useful for drip-fed crops.
Does Aptus N-Boost clog irrigation lines?
N-Boost is specifically formulated to be fully water-soluble and leave no residue in irrigation lines. Aptus recommends it as an alternative to Startbooster in drip systems where preventing line blockage is a priority.
Can I use Aptus N-Boost with Startbooster?
Aptus advises against combining N-Boost with Startbooster where doing so would result in excessive nitrogen within the nutrition programme. In drip systems, N-Boost can be used instead of Startbooster.
Does Aptus N-Boost contain amino acids?
Yes. N-Boost contains L-amino acids, which support growth and biostimulation while helping encourage beneficial bacterial populations in the growing environment.
Is Aptus N-Boost water-soluble?
Yes. N-Boost is fully water-soluble and is designed not to leave residues within irrigation systems.
Do I need to shake Aptus N-Boost before use?
Yes. Shake N-Boost thoroughly before measuring and adding it to the feeding solution.
Can Aptus N-Boost be used throughout flowering?
N-Boost is primarily a vegetative growth product. Its purpose is to provide additional organic nitrogen during the stage when nitrogen demand is high, rather than acting as a general flowering booster.
What is the difference between Aptus N-Boost and Startbooster?
N-Boost focuses on organic nitrogen, L-amino acids and vegetative growth while remaining fully water-soluble. Startbooster is a broader biological root and growth stimulator containing ingredients such as humic and fulvic acids and biological components. For drip systems, Aptus specifically recommends N-Boost as the alternative where avoiding organic residue and potential line blockage is important.
£15.20
Unit price per£15.20
Unit price perA 100% organic mycorrhizal root inoculant designed to establish beneficial fungi around developing roots and improve access to water and nutrients.
Aptus Mycor Mix is a concentrated blend of beneficial mycorrhizal fungi for use when planting or transplanting. Applied directly into the planting hole, the fungal spores are positioned where they can establish a close relationship with the developing root system.
Mycorrhizal fungi work in partnership with plant roots. As the relationship develops, fungal structures effectively extend the area explored by the root system, helping the plant access water and nutrients from a greater volume of growing medium.
Aptus particularly highlights improved nutrient uptake, including phosphorus uptake, as a key benefit of Mycor Mix. The manufacturer also states that established mycorrhizae can dramatically increase the effective reach of the root system.
Unlike a liquid additive that is repeatedly added to the reservoir, Mycor Mix is applied just once. Use 1g per plant directly in the planting hole so the inoculant sits close to the roots from the beginning.
Why choose Aptus Mycor Mix?
What is Aptus Mycor Mix suitable for?
Mycor Mix is intended for use when establishing plants in a suitable growing medium. It is particularly useful during planting and transplanting, when the inoculant can be placed directly beneath or around the root system.
This direct application matters because mycorrhizal fungi need access to living roots to establish their beneficial relationship with the plant. Positioning Mycor Mix in the planting hole gives the spores immediate proximity to the developing root system.
It is a strong addition to soil-based and biologically active growing programmes where growers want to establish beneficial root-zone life from the beginning. Aptus includes Mycor Mix within both its organic and commercial Super Soil programmes.
Mycor Mix is especially relevant where improved root exploration and nutrient uptake are priorities. Rather than supplying a large quantity of nutrients itself, it helps establish the biological relationship that allows the root system to access resources from a wider area of the growing medium.
How to use Aptus Mycor Mix
Apply 1g of Aptus Mycor Mix per plant. Use it once when planting or transplanting.
Prepare the planting hole and place 1g of Mycor Mix directly into the hole before positioning the plant. Place the roots so they come into close contact with the treated area, then fill around the plant with the growing medium as normal.
Direct root contact is important. Mycor Mix is designed to establish a biological relationship between the mycorrhizal fungi and the plant's root system, so placing it close to the roots is preferable to spreading it indiscriminately through a large volume of growing medium.
Mycor Mix is a one-time inoculation rather than a product that needs to be continually added throughout vegetative growth or flowering.
At the standard 1g-per-plant rate, a 100g pouch provides approximately 100 individual plant applications.
Aptus Mycor Mix 100g product details
| Product | Aptus Mycor Mix |
|---|---|
| Product type | Mycorrhizal root inoculant |
| Product size | 100g |
| Format | Dry microbial inoculant |
| Biological component | Blend of beneficial mycorrhizal fungi |
| Organic status | 100% organic |
| Application rate | 1g per plant |
| Application method | Place directly into the planting hole before planting or transplanting |
| Application frequency | Once |
| Approximate applications | 100 plants from a 100g pouch at the standard rate |
| Primary function | Root-zone inoculation & improved nutrient uptake |
| Key nutrient benefit | Supports nutrient uptake, particularly phosphorus |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 100g |
Aptus Mycor Mix FAQs
What is Aptus Mycor Mix?
Aptus Mycor Mix is a 100% organic root inoculant containing a blend of beneficial mycorrhizal fungi. It is applied directly at planting or transplanting to establish mycorrhizae around the plant's roots.
What do mycorrhizal fungi do?
Mycorrhizal fungi form a beneficial relationship with plant roots. Their fungal structures extend into the surrounding growing medium, effectively increasing the area from which the plant can access water and nutrients.
How much Aptus Mycor Mix should I use?
Use 1g of Mycor Mix per plant. Aptus recommends placing it directly into the planting hole before planting or transplanting.
How many plants will 100g of Aptus Mycor Mix treat?
At the standard rate of 1g per plant, a 100g pouch provides approximately 100 individual plant applications.
When should I use Aptus Mycor Mix?
Use Mycor Mix when planting or transplanting. Applying it at this stage allows the fungal inoculant to make direct contact with the developing root system.
How often should I apply Aptus Mycor Mix?
Aptus specifies a single application. Apply 1g per plant directly into the planting hole rather than repeatedly adding it throughout the crop cycle.
Does Aptus Mycor Mix need to touch the roots?
Yes. Mycor Mix is intended to be placed directly in the planting hole so the beneficial fungi have immediate access to the root system. Close root contact helps the mycorrhizal relationship establish effectively.
Does Aptus Mycor Mix improve phosphorus uptake?
Yes. Improved nutrient uptake is one of the main purposes of Mycor Mix, with Aptus specifically highlighting phosphorus uptake as an important benefit.
Is Aptus Mycor Mix organic?
Yes. Aptus describes Mycor Mix as 100% organic.
Is Aptus Mycor Mix a fertiliser?
Mycor Mix is better described as a biological root inoculant rather than a conventional fertiliser. Its role is to introduce beneficial mycorrhizal fungi that work alongside the root system and improve access to nutrients already available in the growing medium.
Can Aptus Mycor Mix help root development?
Yes. Mycor Mix extends the effective reach of the root system through its beneficial fungal network, increasing the area available for water and nutrient uptake.
Can Aptus Mycor Mix be used when transplanting?
Yes. Transplanting is an ideal time to apply Mycor Mix because the inoculant can be positioned directly around the exposed root system before the plant is settled into its new growing medium.
Do I add Aptus Mycor Mix to the nutrient reservoir?
No. The standard Aptus application is 1g per plant placed directly into the planting hole. Mycor Mix is intended for direct substrate and root-zone inoculation rather than routine reservoir dosing.
What is the difference between Aptus Mycor Mix and Micromix?
Mycor Mix is focused on establishing beneficial mycorrhizal fungi around the root system. Aptus Micromix products are broader microbial inoculants intended to establish beneficial soil-borne microlife. They perform related root-zone roles but are different products with different application methods.
£10.80
Unit price per£10.80
Unit price perA 100% organic microbial inoculant designed to establish beneficial microlife in the growing medium and support a healthier, more active root zone.
Aptus Micromix Soil is a concentrated dry microbial inoculant containing a carefully selected mixture of beneficial microorganisms and stimulants. It is designed to introduce beneficial microlife directly into the growing medium, helping create better biological conditions around developing roots.
Commercial growing substrates are often processed or sterilised to remove potentially harmful organisms. While this produces a clean growing medium, it can also remove much of the beneficial microlife that would naturally occupy the root zone. Micromix Soil allows growers to deliberately reintroduce beneficial microorganisms when preparing substrate or transplanting.
Once established, these beneficial populations help create a more favourable environment around the roots. Aptus states that enzymes produced by beneficial bacteria help break down accumulated nutrient salts, while healthy populations of beneficial microorganisms help protect the root system from undesirable microorganisms.
Micromix Soil can be mixed throughout the growing medium at 0.5 – 1g per litre of substrate or applied more precisely at 1g per planting hole before planting or transplanting.
Why choose Aptus Micromix Soil?
What is Aptus Micromix Soil suitable for?
Micromix Soil is particularly useful when preparing fresh growing media or transplanting young plants. These are ideal opportunities to introduce beneficial microorganisms because the product can be distributed throughout the substrate or positioned directly around the developing root zone.
It is well suited to growers who want to establish beneficial biology in substrates that may contain relatively little active microlife. Rather than waiting for microbial populations to develop naturally, Micromix Soil provides a deliberate inoculation at the beginning of the crop.
Aptus recommends Micromix Soil during plant establishment and vegetative growth to support healthier young plants and root development. It can also be used with different types of growing substrate, making it suitable for a wide range of container and substrate-based growing programmes.
Micromix Soil and Mycor Mix perform different jobs. Mycor Mix supplies beneficial mycorrhizal fungi that establish a symbiotic relationship with roots, while Micromix Soil supplies a broader mixture of beneficial microorganisms and stimulants intended to establish healthy soil-borne microlife. The two products can therefore form complementary parts of a biologically active root-zone programme.
How to use Aptus Micromix Soil
When preparing growing media, mix 0.5 – 1g of Aptus Micromix Soil per litre of substrate. Distribute the powder evenly through the medium before planting.
At the lower rate, use 5g for 10L, 25g for 50L or 50g for 100L of substrate. At the higher rate, use 10g for 10L, 50g for 50L or 100g for 100L.
Alternatively, apply 1g directly into each planting hole before planting or transplanting. This method places the beneficial microbial inoculant immediately around the developing root zone without requiring it to be mixed through the entire volume of substrate.
When using the planting-hole method, a 100g pouch provides approximately 100 individual 1g applications.
Micromix Soil is the substrate-applied version of the Aptus Micromix system. Where further inoculation is required after establishment, Aptus recommends an optional application of Micromix Drip after approximately 21 days.
Aptus Micromix Soil 100g product details
| Product | Aptus Micromix Soil |
|---|---|
| Product type | Beneficial microbial substrate inoculant |
| Product size | 100g |
| Format | Dry powder |
| Contains | Selected microorganisms & stimulants |
| Organic status | 100% organic |
| Substrate application rate | 0.5 – 1g per 1L of substrate |
| Planting-hole application | 1g per planting hole before planting or transplanting |
| 10L substrate | 5 – 10g |
| 50L substrate | 25 – 50g |
| 100L substrate | 50 – 100g |
| Approximate planting-hole applications | 100 plants from a 100g pouch at 1g per plant |
| Optional follow-up | Micromix Drip after approximately 21 days |
| Primary functions | Establishing beneficial microlife, supporting roots & improving root-zone conditions |
Aptus Micromix Soil FAQs
What is Aptus Micromix Soil?
Aptus Micromix Soil is a 100% organic dry microbial inoculant containing selected beneficial microorganisms and stimulants. It is designed to establish beneficial microlife within the growing medium and around the root system.
What does Aptus Micromix Soil do?
Micromix Soil helps establish a healthy population of beneficial microorganisms in the root zone. Aptus states that these microorganisms support rooting and growth, help protect roots from harmful microorganisms and produce enzymes that break down accumulated nutrient salts.
How much Aptus Micromix Soil should I use?
Mix 0.5 – 1g per litre of growing substrate. Alternatively, apply 1g directly into each planting hole before planting or transplanting.
How much Micromix Soil do I need for 50 litres of substrate?
For 50 litres of substrate, use 25 – 50g of Micromix Soil depending on the chosen application rate.
How much Micromix Soil do I need for 100 litres of substrate?
Use 50 – 100g of Micromix Soil for 100 litres of growing medium.
How many plants will 100g of Aptus Micromix Soil treat?
When applying 1g directly into each planting hole, a 100g pouch provides approximately 100 plant applications.
When should I apply Aptus Micromix Soil?
Micromix Soil is particularly useful when preparing substrate and during planting or transplanting. Applying it at this stage establishes beneficial microlife close to young and developing roots.
Can Aptus Micromix Soil be mixed into growing media?
Yes. Aptus recommends mixing 0.5 – 1g per litre directly through the substrate. It can also be applied at 1g per planting hole if a more targeted application is preferred.
Is Aptus Micromix Soil organic?
Yes. Aptus describes Micromix Soil as 100% organic.
Does Aptus Micromix Soil contain beneficial bacteria?
Micromix Soil contains a selected mixture of beneficial microorganisms and stimulants. Aptus specifically describes enzymes produced by beneficial bacteria as part of the way the product works within the growing medium.
What is the difference between Aptus Micromix Soil and Micromix Drip?
Micromix Soil is designed to be mixed directly into substrate or placed in the planting hole. Micromix Drip is mixed with water and applied through irrigation or watering. Aptus recommends Micromix Drip as an optional follow-up approximately 21 days after the initial Micromix Soil treatment.
What is the difference between Aptus Micromix Soil and Mycor Mix?
Micromix Soil supplies a mixture of beneficial microorganisms and stimulants to establish healthy soil-borne microlife. Mycor Mix specifically contains beneficial endomycorrhizal fungi that establish a symbiotic relationship with plant roots. They are different biological products and perform complementary roles within the root zone.
Does Aptus Micromix Soil help with nutrient salt build-up?
Aptus states that enzymes produced by beneficial bacteria help decompose accumulated nutrient salts within the growing medium, making this one of the functions of the beneficial microbial population established by Micromix.
Can Aptus Micromix Soil help young plants establish?
Yes. Aptus recommends Micromix Soil during the growth phase to support healthier young plants and better establishment. Introducing beneficial microlife early helps create a more favourable biological environment around developing roots.
Do I put Aptus Micromix Soil in the nutrient tank?
No. Micromix Soil is the substrate-applied version. Mix it directly through the growing medium or place it in the planting hole. For a water-applied microbial treatment, Aptus produces Micromix Drip.
£10.80
Unit price per£10.80
Unit price perA 100% organic microbial inoculant that mixes with irrigation water to establish and maintain beneficial microlife around the root zone.
Aptus Micromix Drip is a concentrated microbial powder developed for growers who want to introduce beneficial microorganisms through watering or irrigation. Unlike Micromix Soil, which is mixed directly into the growing medium, Micromix Drip dissolves in water so established plants can be inoculated without disturbing the substrate.
The formulation combines selected beneficial microorganisms with stimulants, including polysaccharides that help stimulate microbial activity. Aptus selects the microorganisms according to their function and treats them to remain stable during storage, allowing them to become active after application.
Establishing a healthy microbial population can improve conditions around the roots. Aptus explains that enzymes produced by beneficial bacteria help decompose accumulated nutrient salts, while a healthy population of beneficial microorganisms helps protect the root system from undesirable microorganisms.
Micromix Drip is mixed at 1g per litre of water and applied to the substrate by irrigation or pouring. A 100g pouch therefore prepares approximately 100 litres of microbial solution at the standard application rate.
Why choose Aptus Micromix Drip?
What is Aptus Micromix Drip suitable for?
Micromix Drip is designed for introducing and maintaining beneficial microbial populations in the growing medium through irrigation or hand watering. This makes it particularly useful once plants are already established and mixing a dry inoculant throughout the substrate is no longer practical.
It can be used with different growing substrates and is especially useful where growers want to support a biologically active root zone without disturbing established plants.
Micromix Drip can also follow an initial application of Micromix Soil. Aptus recommends Micromix Soil when preparing substrate or planting, with Micromix Drip available as the water-applied treatment for maintaining beneficial microlife later.
It is not a conventional base fertiliser. Its primary purpose is to introduce and stimulate beneficial microorganisms within the root environment, complementing the plant's normal nutrition programme rather than replacing it.
How to use Aptus Micromix Drip
Mix 1g of Aptus Micromix Drip per 1 litre of water. Stir the solution thoroughly until the powder is completely dissolved, then apply the prepared solution to the growing medium through irrigation or normal watering.
For 10L of water, use 10g. For 25L, use 25g. For 50L, use 50g. A full 100g pouch prepares approximately 100L of solution.
Aptus recommends applying Micromix Drip at the start of the microbial treatment programme and repeating approximately every 30 days where continued inoculation is required.
If Micromix Soil has already been incorporated into the growing medium at planting or transplanting, Micromix Drip can be used as a later water-applied treatment to maintain beneficial microbial activity without disturbing the substrate.
Always mix the powder thoroughly before application so that Micromix Drip is fully dispersed throughout the water.
Aptus Micromix Drip 100g product details
| Product | Aptus Micromix Drip |
|---|---|
| Product type | Beneficial microbial inoculant |
| Product size | 100g |
| Format | Water-soluble microbial powder |
| Contains | Selected microorganisms & microbial stimulants |
| Organic status | 100% organic |
| Application rate | 1g per 1L water |
| 10L solution | 10g |
| 25L solution | 25g |
| 50L solution | 50g |
| 100L solution | 100g |
| Approximate coverage | 100L of solution from a 100g pouch |
| Application method | Irrigation or pouring onto the substrate |
| Application frequency | At the start of treatment and approximately every 30 days where required |
| Primary function | Introducing & stimulating beneficial root-zone microlife |
Aptus Micromix Drip FAQs
What is Aptus Micromix Drip?
Aptus Micromix Drip is a 100% organic microbial inoculant supplied as a powder that dissolves in water. It introduces selected beneficial microorganisms and stimulants to the growing medium through irrigation or hand watering.
What does Aptus Micromix Drip do?
Micromix Drip helps establish and maintain beneficial microlife around the root zone. This supports rooting and growth while creating a healthier biological environment within the substrate.
How much Aptus Micromix Drip should I use?
Mix 1g of Micromix Drip per litre of water. Stir thoroughly until the powder is completely dissolved before applying the solution to the growing medium.
How much Micromix Drip do I need for 10 litres of water?
Use 10g of Micromix Drip for 10 litres of water.
How much Micromix Drip do I need for 50 litres?
Use 50g of Micromix Drip for 50 litres of water.
How much solution does 100g of Aptus Micromix Drip make?
At the standard rate of 1g per litre, a 100g pouch prepares approximately 100 litres of microbial solution.
How often should I use Aptus Micromix Drip?
Aptus recommends applying Micromix Drip at the start of treatment and repeating approximately every 30 days where continued microbial inoculation is required.
Can Aptus Micromix Drip be used through irrigation?
Yes. Micromix Drip is specifically designed to be mixed with water and delivered to the substrate through irrigation or normal watering.
Does Aptus Micromix Drip need to dissolve before use?
Yes. Add 1g per litre of water and stir thoroughly until the Micromix Drip powder is completely dissolved before applying the solution.
Is Aptus Micromix Drip a fertiliser?
Micromix Drip is better described as a microbial inoculant rather than a conventional base fertiliser. Its main purpose is to establish and stimulate beneficial microlife in the root zone.
Is Aptus Micromix Drip organic?
Yes. Aptus describes Micromix as 100% organic.
Does Aptus Micromix Drip help with nutrient salt build-up?
Yes. Aptus states that enzymes produced by beneficial bacteria help decompose accumulated nutrient salts within the growing medium.
What is the difference between Aptus Micromix Soil and Micromix Drip?
Micromix Soil is mixed directly through the growing medium or placed in the planting hole, making it ideal when preparing substrate or transplanting. Micromix Drip is dissolved in water and applied through irrigation or watering, making it better suited to treating established plants and maintaining beneficial microlife later.
Can Micromix Drip be used after Micromix Soil?
Yes. Micromix Drip is designed to complement the substrate-applied Micromix Soil treatment. Once plants are established, Micromix Drip provides a straightforward way to introduce further beneficial microorganisms through watering without disturbing the root zone.
What is the difference between Aptus Micromix Drip and Mycor Mix?
Micromix Drip introduces a mixture of beneficial microorganisms and stimulants through irrigation water. Mycor Mix is a different product based on beneficial mycorrhizal fungi and is applied directly around the roots at planting. They perform different but complementary biological roles within the root zone.
£5.00
Unit price per£5.00
Unit price perA highly concentrated enzyme treatment that helps keep roots and growing media clean, breaks down dead organic matter and reduces the build-up of nutrient salts.
Aptus Enzym+ is a powerful blend of enzymes developed to maintain a cleaner, more efficient root environment. Rather than adding more conventional plant nutrition, it works on organic residues and accumulated nutrient salts within the root zone, helping plants make better use of the nutrition already available.
The formula combines cellulase and beta-glucanase enzyme complexes with polysaccharides and manganese. Cellulase helps break down cellulose and dead plant material that can accumulate around roots, while beta-glucanase helps transform precipitated nutrient salts into forms that are available to the plant.
Keeping this material under control helps maintain cleaner root surfaces and supports efficient nutrient absorption. Aptus also uses Enzym+ to help stabilise EC within the growing medium and reduce the nutrient salt accumulation that can contribute to nutrient lockout.
Enzym+ is suitable for routine use throughout the crop cycle and is particularly valuable for growers looking to maintain their growing media over longer periods or reuse suitable media across multiple crop cycles.
Why choose Aptus Enzym+?
What is Aptus Enzym+ suitable for?
Enzym+ is designed for maintaining a clean and efficient root environment throughout plant development. It is particularly useful in intensive feeding programmes where nutrient salts and organic residues can gradually accumulate within the growing medium.
As roots naturally develop and age, dead root material and other organic matter can remain within the substrate. The cellulase component of Enzym+ helps break down this plant material, keeping the area around active roots cleaner and supporting efficient nutrient absorption.
It is also useful where nutrient salts have accumulated or precipitated in the growing medium. Beta-glucanase helps transform these deposits into plant-available nutrients, while the overall formulation helps stabilise EC within the substrate.
Growers who reuse suitable growing media can incorporate Enzym+ into their management programme. Aptus recommends flushing the medium between crop cycles to remove dead plant material and nutrient salts, with Enzym+ helping the clean-up process.
How to use Aptus Enzym+
Aptus provides two application methods depending on how frequently Enzym+ is being used.
At every watering: use 2.5ml per 10L of water. This is equivalent to 0.25ml per litre or a dilution of approximately 1:4000.
Once per week: use 5ml per 10L of water. This is equivalent to 0.5ml per litre or a dilution of approximately 1:2000.
When using the every-watering rate, use 12.5ml for 50L, 25ml for 100L, 125ml for 500L or 250ml for 1,000L.
When using Enzym+ once weekly, use 25ml for 50L, 50ml for 100L, 250ml for 500L or 500ml for 1,000L.
Shake Enzym+ thoroughly before use. Prepare the nutrient solution first, then add Enzym+ last, preferably immediately before watering.
Do not leave a prepared reservoir containing nutrients and Enzym+ standing for more than two days. The enzymes act rapidly in solution and extended reservoir storage can affect nutrient availability.
Aptus Enzym+ 250ml product details
| Product | Aptus Enzym+ |
|---|---|
| Product size | 250ml |
| Product format | Concentrated liquid enzyme treatment |
| Enzyme complexes | Cellulase & beta-glucanase |
| Other components | Polysaccharide sugar complexes & manganese (Mn) |
| Every-watering rate | 2.5ml per 10L water (0.25ml/L) |
| Weekly rate | 5ml per 10L water (0.5ml/L) |
| Every-watering dilution | 1:4000 |
| Weekly dilution | 1:2000 |
| Coverage at 2.5ml per 10L | Approximately 1,000L from 250ml |
| Coverage at 5ml per 10L | Approximately 500L from 250ml |
| Mixing order | Add last to the prepared nutrient solution, preferably immediately before watering |
| Reservoir guidance | Do not leave mixed with nutrients for more than 2 days |
| Before use | Shake well |
| Primary functions | Root cleaning, organic residue breakdown, nutrient salt management & EC stabilisation in the growing medium |
Aptus Enzym+ FAQs
What is Aptus Enzym+?
Aptus Enzym+ is a concentrated enzyme treatment for maintaining cleaner roots and growing media. It helps break down dead organic material and accumulated nutrient salts while supporting nutrient availability and stable root-zone conditions.
What enzymes are in Aptus Enzym+?
Enzym+ contains cellulase and beta-glucanase enzyme complexes. It also contains polysaccharide sugar complexes and manganese.
What does cellulase do in Aptus Enzym+?
Cellulase breaks down cellulose from plant material that can accumulate around roots. This helps keep root surfaces cleaner and supports efficient nutrient absorption.
What does beta-glucanase do in Aptus Enzym+?
Aptus states that beta-glucanase helps transform precipitated nutrient salts into plant-available nutrients, helping manage salt accumulation within the growing medium.
How much Aptus Enzym+ should I use?
Use 2.5ml per 10 litres of water when applying Enzym+ at every watering. If using it once per week instead, use 5ml per 10 litres.
How much Aptus Enzym+ do I need for 100 litres?
Use 25ml per 100 litres at the every-watering rate, or 50ml per 100 litres when applying Enzym+ once weekly.
How much water does 250ml of Aptus Enzym+ treat?
A 250ml bottle treats approximately 1,000 litres at the 2.5ml-per-10L every-watering rate, or approximately 500 litres at the 5ml-per-10L weekly rate.
When should I add Aptus Enzym+ to my nutrient solution?
Add Enzym+ last, after preparing the rest of the nutrient solution. Aptus recommends adding it preferably just before watering.
Can I leave Aptus Enzym+ in a nutrient reservoir?
Avoid leaving Enzym+ mixed with nutrients for more than two days. The enzymes work rapidly in solution, and prolonged storage can cause nutrient degradation and affect nutrient availability.
Does Aptus Enzym+ help with nutrient salt build-up?
Yes. Enzym+ helps transform accumulated or precipitated nutrient salts into plant-available forms and helps prevent excessive salt accumulation within the growing medium.
Does Aptus Enzym+ stabilise EC?
Yes. Aptus specifically identifies stabilising EC within the growing medium as one of the functions of Enzym+.
Can Aptus Enzym+ help prevent nutrient lockout?
Enzym+ helps reduce the accumulation of excess nutrient salts within the growing medium, which can contribute to nutrient lockout. Keeping roots and the substrate cleaner also supports more efficient nutrient absorption.
Can I reuse growing media with Aptus Enzym+?
Aptus recommends Enzym+ as part of a growing-medium reuse programme where the medium has remained healthy and suitable for reuse. Between crop cycles, the medium should be flushed and cleaned of old root material and accumulated nutrient salts.
Does Aptus Enzym+ contain beneficial bacteria?
Enzym+ is an enzyme treatment rather than a microbial inoculant. Its formulation contains enzyme complexes, polysaccharides and manganese, with the latter components also helping support existing beneficial microlife in the growing medium.
Should Aptus Enzym+ be shaken before use?
Yes. Shake Enzym+ well before measuring and adding it to the nutrient solution.
£23.45
Unit price per£23.45
Unit price perA highly concentrated enzyme treatment that helps keep roots and growing media clean, breaks down dead organic matter and reduces the build-up of nutrient salts.
Aptus Enzym+ is a concentrated enzyme treatment developed to maintain a cleaner, more efficient root environment throughout the crop cycle. It works on dead organic material and accumulated nutrient salts within the growing medium, helping plants make better use of the nutrition already available around their roots.
The formula combines cellulase and beta-glucanase enzyme complexes with polysaccharides and manganese. Cellulase helps break down cellulose and dead plant material around the root zone, while beta-glucanase helps transform precipitated nutrient salts into forms that are available to the plant.
This enzymatic action helps keep root surfaces cleaner and supports efficient nutrient absorption. Aptus also recommends Enzym+ for helping stabilise EC within the growing medium and reducing the accumulation of nutrient salts that can contribute to nutrient lockout.
The 1L bottle is particularly practical for larger reservoirs and regular-use feeding programmes. At the standard every-watering rate of 2.5ml per 10L, one litre of Enzym+ is enough to prepare approximately 4,000 litres of solution.
Why choose Aptus Enzym+?
What is Aptus Enzym+ suitable for?
Enzym+ is designed for maintaining a cleaner and more efficient root environment throughout plant development. It is particularly useful in intensive nutrition programmes where dead organic matter and nutrient salts can gradually accumulate within the growing medium.
As roots naturally develop and age, dead root material remains within the substrate. The cellulase component of Enzym+ helps break down this cellulose-rich plant material, helping keep the area surrounding active roots cleaner.
Enzym+ also targets precipitated nutrient salts. Its beta-glucanase enzyme complex helps transform these deposits into plant-available nutrients, while the overall treatment helps stabilise EC within the growing medium.
The 1L format is well suited to larger gardens, grow rooms and commercial horticultural applications where enzyme treatments are used routinely. It provides considerably more reservoir coverage than smaller bottles while retaining the same concentrated dosing rate.
Enzym+ can also be incorporated into growing-medium management between crop cycles. Where a substrate remains healthy and suitable for reuse, Aptus recommends cleaning out old plant material and accumulated nutrient salts before replanting.
How to use Aptus Enzym+
Aptus provides two application rates depending on how frequently Enzym+ is being used.
At every watering: use 2.5ml per 10L of water. This is equivalent to 0.25ml per litre or a dilution of approximately 1:4000.
Once per week: use 5ml per 10L of water. This is equivalent to 0.5ml per litre or a dilution of approximately 1:2000.
At the every-watering rate, use 12.5ml for 50L, 25ml for 100L, 125ml for 500L or 250ml for 1,000L.
At the once-weekly rate, use 25ml for 50L, 50ml for 100L, 250ml for 500L or 500ml for 1,000L.
Shake the bottle thoroughly before measuring. Prepare the nutrient solution first and add Enzym+ last, preferably immediately before watering.
Do not leave a prepared nutrient solution containing Enzym+ standing for more than two days. For best results, prepare only the volume required for the immediate irrigation period.
Aptus Enzym+ 1L product details
| Product | Aptus Enzym+ |
|---|---|
| Product size | 1L |
| Product format | Concentrated liquid enzyme treatment |
| Enzyme complexes | Cellulase & beta-glucanase |
| Other components | Polysaccharide sugar complexes & manganese (Mn) |
| Every-watering rate | 2.5ml per 10L water (0.25ml/L) |
| Weekly rate | 5ml per 10L water (0.5ml/L) |
| Every-watering dilution | 1:4000 |
| Weekly dilution | 1:2000 |
| Coverage at 2.5ml per 10L | Approximately 4,000L from 1L |
| Coverage at 5ml per 10L | Approximately 2,000L from 1L |
| Mixing order | Add last to the prepared nutrient solution, preferably immediately before watering |
| Reservoir guidance | Do not leave mixed with nutrients for more than 2 days |
| Before use | Shake well |
| Primary functions | Root cleaning, organic residue breakdown, nutrient salt management & EC stabilisation in the growing medium |
Aptus Enzym+ FAQs
What is Aptus Enzym+?
Aptus Enzym+ is a concentrated enzyme treatment designed to keep roots and growing media cleaner. It helps break down dead plant material and accumulated nutrient salts while supporting nutrient availability and stable root-zone conditions.
What enzymes are in Aptus Enzym+?
Enzym+ contains cellulase and beta-glucanase enzyme complexes. The formulation also contains polysaccharide sugar complexes and manganese.
What does cellulase do in Aptus Enzym+?
Cellulase helps break down cellulose from dead plant and root material. This helps keep the area around active roots cleaner and supports efficient nutrient absorption.
What does beta-glucanase do in Aptus Enzym+?
Aptus uses beta-glucanase to help transform precipitated nutrient salts into forms that are available to plants, helping manage salt accumulation within the growing medium.
How much Aptus Enzym+ should I use?
Use 2.5ml per 10 litres of water when applying Enzym+ at every watering. If using it once per week instead, increase the rate to 5ml per 10 litres.
How much Aptus Enzym+ do I need for 100 litres?
Use 25ml per 100 litres at the every-watering rate, or 50ml per 100 litres for a once-weekly application.
How much Aptus Enzym+ do I need for a 1,000 litre reservoir?
Use 250ml for a 1,000 litre reservoir at the every-watering rate. For a once-weekly treatment, use 500ml per 1,000 litres.
How much water will 1L of Aptus Enzym+ treat?
A 1L bottle treats approximately 4,000 litres at the standard 2.5ml-per-10L every-watering rate. At the higher 5ml-per-10L weekly rate, it treats approximately 2,000 litres.
When should Aptus Enzym+ be added to the nutrient solution?
Prepare the nutrient solution first and add Enzym+ last. Aptus recommends adding it preferably just before watering.
Can Aptus Enzym+ be left in a nutrient reservoir?
Do not leave Enzym+ mixed with nutrients for more than two days. The enzymes act rapidly once added to the solution, so freshly prepared solution is preferable.
Does Aptus Enzym+ help with nutrient salt build-up?
Yes. Enzym+ helps transform accumulated or precipitated nutrient salts into plant-available forms and helps prevent excessive salt accumulation within the growing medium.
Does Aptus Enzym+ help stabilise EC?
Yes. Aptus identifies stabilising EC within the growing medium as one of the functions of Enzym+.
Can Aptus Enzym+ help with nutrient lockout?
Enzym+ helps manage the accumulation of nutrient salts that can contribute to nutrient lockout. Its enzyme action also helps keep root surfaces cleaner, supporting efficient nutrient absorption.
Can Aptus Enzym+ be used throughout the crop cycle?
Yes. Enzym+ is suitable for routine root-zone maintenance throughout plant development. Choose either the every-watering or once-weekly application method rather than combining both rates.
Can Aptus Enzym+ be used when reusing growing media?
Yes. Enzym+ can form part of the cleaning process for suitable growing media between crop cycles by helping break down old organic material and accumulated nutrient salts before replanting.
Should Aptus Enzym+ be shaken before use?
Yes. Shake the bottle well before measuring Enzym+ and adding it to the prepared nutrient solution.
£1.00
Unit price per£1.00
Unit price perA highly concentrated 0-35-23 PK bloom enhancer designed to supply additional phosphorus and potassium during the demanding late stages of flowering.
Aptus Breakout Powder is a concentrated mineral flowering supplement developed for crops with a high demand for phosphorus and potassium as flowering progresses towards maturation. Its 0-35-23 analysis delivers a substantial PK input alongside magnesium, sulphur and additional calcium.
Phosphorus plays an important role in flower development, photosynthesis and the production of sugars and oils. Potassium supports the movement of sugars and nutrients through plant tissues and activates enzymes involved in flower development, while magnesium and calcium support processes including chlorophyll production, phosphorus transport and strong plant structure.
Breakout Powder is fully water-soluble, including in cold water, making it straightforward to incorporate into nutrient solutions. Aptus recommends it for hydroponic systems, while the product can also be used across different growing media as part of an appropriate flowering nutrition programme.
This is a concentrated late-flowering supplement rather than a base nutrient. It is designed to provide the extra PK required as established flowers move through their final development and maturation stages.
Why choose Aptus Breakout Powder?
What is Aptus Breakout Powder suitable for?
Breakout Powder is intended for established flowering crops approaching their final stages of flower development and maturation. It provides concentrated phosphorus and potassium when demand for these elements is high, rather than being used throughout the entire crop cycle.
It is particularly useful for growers who want a concentrated mineral PK supplement that dissolves cleanly into the nutrient solution. Aptus describes the product as compatible with different cultivation systems and specifically highlights its suitability for hydroponics.
Breakout Powder can be used alongside an appropriate base nutrient. Aptus uses All-in-One Liquid as the base feed in its own Breakout Powder programme, establishing the base nutrient solution before adding the PK supplement.
Because Breakout Powder already delivers a strong concentration of flowering nutrients, Aptus advises against combining it with additional bloom stimulators. This helps avoid unnecessarily stacking several concentrated flowering products within the same nutrient programme.
How to use Aptus Breakout Powder
Breakout Powder is intended for the late flowering and maturation stages, rather than vegetative growth or the entire flowering period.
At the beginning of the late-flowering treatment period, use 100g per 100L of water. This is equivalent to 1g per litre.
As the crop moves through the subsequent late-flowering and maturation stage, Aptus increases the rate to 200g per 100L, equivalent to 2g per litre.
When following the Aptus programme, first prepare the base nutrient solution to approximately EC 1.2, then add Breakout Powder.
Mix thoroughly until the powder has completely dissolved. Breakout Powder is highly water-soluble and can dissolve even in cold water.
At the initial 1g/L rate, a 100g pouch treats 100L of nutrient solution. At the higher 2g/L late-flowering rate, a 100g pouch treats 50L.
Do not combine Breakout Powder with additional bloom stimulators. Monitor the crop and nutrient solution carefully when introducing a concentrated PK supplement, particularly where the existing base nutrition already contributes a significant EC.
Aptus Breakout Powder 100g product details
| Product | Aptus Breakout Powder |
|---|---|
| Product size | 100g |
| Product format | Concentrated water-soluble mineral powder |
| NPK | 0-35-23 |
| Magnesium (Mg) | 2% |
| Sulphur (S) | 3% |
| Also contains | Calcium |
| Primary function | PK bloom enhancement during late flowering & maturation |
| Initial late-flowering rate | 100g per 100L (1g/L) |
| Subsequent late-flowering rate | 200g per 100L (2g/L) |
| Coverage at 1g/L | Approximately 100L from 100g |
| Coverage at 2g/L | Approximately 50L from 100g |
| Aptus base EC guidance | Approximately EC 1.2 before adding Breakout Powder |
| Solubility | 100% water-soluble, including in cold water |
| Suitable stage | Late flowering & maturation |
Aptus Breakout Powder FAQs
What is Aptus Breakout Powder?
Aptus Breakout Powder is a highly concentrated mineral PK bloom enhancer. It supplies phosphorus and potassium alongside magnesium, sulphur and additional calcium for use during late flowering and maturation.
What is the NPK of Aptus Breakout Powder?
Aptus Breakout Powder has an NPK analysis of 0-35-23. It also contains 2% magnesium and 3% sulphur, with additional calcium included in the formulation.
When should I use Aptus Breakout Powder?
Breakout Powder is designed for late flowering and maturation. It is not intended as an all-cycle nutrient or vegetative growth supplement.
How much Aptus Breakout Powder should I use?
Aptus Holland recommends beginning the late-flowering treatment at 100g per 100 litres of water, equivalent to 1g/L. The rate then increases to 200g per 100 litres, or 2g/L, as the crop progresses through the subsequent late-flowering and maturation stage.
How much water does 100g of Aptus Breakout Powder treat?
At 1g/L, a 100g pouch treats approximately 100 litres of nutrient solution. At the higher 2g/L rate, the same pouch treats approximately 50 litres.
Is Aptus Breakout Powder a PK booster?
Yes. Breakout Powder is a concentrated phosphorus and potassium bloom enhancer with an NPK analysis of 0-35-23.
Does Aptus Breakout Powder contain calcium and magnesium?
Yes. Aptus states that Breakout Powder includes additional calcium and magnesium alongside its concentrated phosphorus and potassium content.
Does Aptus Breakout Powder contain sulphur?
Yes. The current Aptus Holland analysis lists sulphur at 3%, alongside 2% magnesium.
Does Aptus Breakout Powder dissolve in cold water?
Yes. Aptus describes Breakout Powder as 100% water-soluble and specifically states that it dissolves even in cold water.
Can Aptus Breakout Powder be used in hydroponics?
Yes. Aptus specifically identifies Breakout Powder as suitable for hydroponic systems, and its fully water-soluble mineral formulation makes it straightforward to incorporate into nutrient solutions.
Is Aptus Breakout Powder a base nutrient?
No. Breakout Powder is a concentrated PK bloom supplement rather than a complete base nutrient. It is intended to supplement an appropriate flowering nutrition programme during the later stages of bloom.
Can I use other bloom boosters with Aptus Breakout Powder?
Aptus advises against adding additional bloom stimulators while using Breakout Powder. The product already provides a highly concentrated flowering nutrient input.
Why does Aptus Breakout Powder contain phosphorus?
Phosphorus is involved in photosynthesis and energy transfer and plays an important role in flower development and the production of sugars and oils.
Why does Aptus Breakout Powder contain potassium?
Potassium supports the transport of sugars and nutrients through plant tissues and activates enzymes involved in flower development. It also plays an important role in carbohydrate and sugar production.
Should I check EC when using Aptus Breakout Powder?
Yes. Breakout Powder is highly concentrated. Aptus Holland bases its programme on a base nutrient solution of approximately EC 1.2 before the powder is added, so EC should be monitored when preparing the final nutrient solution.
£357.12
Unit price per£357.12
Unit price perA highly concentrated silicon additive providing silicon in a stable, plant-available form to support stronger stems and leaves, efficient nutrient uptake and improved resilience to environmental stress.
Atami B'cuzz Silic Boost is a concentrated silicon plant additive designed to supplement a regular crop nutrition programme. Although silicon is naturally abundant in soils, much of it is present in forms that plants cannot readily absorb. Silic Boost provides silicon in a stable and plant-available form, allowing it to be incorporated easily into a controlled feeding programme.
Silicon helps reinforce plant structures by becoming incorporated into plant tissues and cell walls. Atami highlights its role in strengthening the outer layers of leaves and stems, helping to produce stronger and thicker stems while supporting plants through demanding growing conditions.
Atami also identifies improved nutrient uptake as an important benefit of Silic Boost. By supporting nutrient absorption and distribution, silicon can help plants make more effective use of the nutrition supplied through the normal feeding programme.
Silic Boost is extremely concentrated, with a recommended application rate of only 0.1ml per litre. At this rate, the 5L container provides enough concentrate to prepare approximately 50,000 litres of working solution, making it particularly suitable for larger reservoirs and professional growing environments.
Why choose Atami B'cuzz Silic Boost?
When should Atami Silic Boost be used?
Atami recommends using Silic Boost from the growth stage onwards until the beginning of the ripening stage. Application should follow the actual development of the crop rather than relying unnecessarily on fixed calendar weeks.
Introducing plant-available silicon during active vegetative development supports the formation of stronger plant structures as new leaves, stems and branches are produced. Continued application as the crop develops maintains the supply of silicon during periods of rapid growth and increasing structural demand.
Silic Boost can be particularly useful for crops exposed to demanding environmental conditions. Atami identifies silicon's role in helping plants cope with abiotic stresses such as heat and drought, while reinforcement of plant tissues can also help reduce excessive water loss.
It can be incorporated into controlled nutrient programmes for a wide variety of crops. Atami gives examples including cucumbers, tomatoes, strawberries, sunflower sprouts and basil.
How to use Atami B'cuzz Silic Boost
Add 0.1ml of Silic Boost per litre of water or nutrient solution. Atami recommends regular application from the growth stage onwards until the beginning of the ripening stage.
For 10L of solution, use 1ml. For 50L, use 5ml. For 100L, use 10ml. For a 500L reservoir, use 50ml. For a 1,000L reservoir, use 100ml.
At the recommended 0.1ml/L application rate, a full 5L container can prepare approximately 50,000 litres of working solution.
Silic Boost can be incorporated into the normal root-feeding programme. Atami also identifies Silic Boost as suitable for foliar application at 0.1ml/L.
Because Silic Boost is extremely concentrated, accurate measurement is important. A suitable clean measuring syringe, pipette or dosing system is particularly useful when preparing smaller quantities of solution.
Why use silicon for plants?
Silicon is one of the most abundant elements found naturally in soil, but much of the silicon present is not readily available for plant uptake. Silic Boost addresses this by supplying silicon in a stable form that plants can access through a managed feeding programme.
Once absorbed, silicon can accumulate within plant tissues and reinforce cell walls. This contributes to stronger leaves and stems and can help plants maintain their structure as they develop.
Atami also explains that silicon can reinforce the plant cuticle, helping to reduce water loss through evaporation. This can be particularly valuable where plants experience environmental stresses such as high temperatures or periods of reduced water availability.
Silicon should therefore be viewed as a supplement to a complete crop nutrition programme rather than a replacement for the essential macro and micronutrients required for normal plant growth.
Atami B'cuzz Silic Boost 5L product details
| Product | Atami B'cuzz Silic Boost |
|---|---|
| Product type | Concentrated silicon plant additive |
| Product size | 5L |
| Format | Liquid concentrate |
| Key element | Silicon (Si) in a stable, plant-available form |
| Application rate | 0.1ml/L |
| Application stage | From active growth until the beginning of ripening |
| Application frequency | Regular application throughout the recommended crop stages |
| Root application | Suitable |
| Foliar application | Suitable at 0.1ml/L |
| 10L solution | 1ml |
| 50L solution | 5ml |
| 100L solution | 10ml |
| 500L solution | 50ml |
| 1,000L solution | 100ml |
| Approximate solution from 5L | 50,000L at 0.1ml/L |
| Key benefits | Stronger plant structure, improved nutrient uptake & increased resilience to abiotic stress |
| Example crops | Cucumbers, tomatoes, strawberries, sunflower sprouts, basil & other fruit, vegetable and herb crops |
| Available Atami sizes | 50ml, 100ml, 250ml, 500ml, 1L & 5L |
Atami B'cuzz Silic Boost 5L FAQs
What is Atami B'cuzz Silic Boost?
Atami B'cuzz Silic Boost is a highly concentrated silicon additive that provides silicon in a stable, plant-available form. It is designed to supplement a normal nutrient programme and support plant strength, nutrient uptake and resilience to environmental stress.
What does Silic Boost do for plants?
Silic Boost supplies plant-available silicon that can reinforce plant tissues. Atami highlights stronger leaves and stems, improved nutrient uptake and increased resilience to abiotic stress among its principal benefits.
Does silicon make plant stems stronger?
Yes. Silicon can accumulate within plant tissues and reinforce cell walls. Atami specifically highlights stronger and thicker stems as one of the benefits associated with Silic Boost.
Can Atami Silic Boost improve nutrient uptake?
Yes. Atami identifies improved nutrient absorption and distribution as an important benefit of Silic Boost, helping plants make effective use of the nutrition supplied through the normal feeding programme.
Can Silic Boost help plants cope with heat and drought?
Silicon can support plant resilience to abiotic environmental stresses such as heat and drought. It can also reinforce plant tissues and the cuticle, helping plants manage water loss under demanding growing conditions.
How much Atami Silic Boost should I use per litre?
Atami recommends using Silic Boost at 0.1ml per litre of water or nutrient solution. Because the product is highly concentrated, accurate measurement is important.
When should I use Atami Silic Boost?
Atami recommends using Silic Boost from the active growth stage onwards until the crop reaches the beginning of ripening. Application should follow crop development rather than relying on the same fixed calendar schedule for every plant.
Can Atami Silic Boost be used as a foliar spray?
Yes. Atami identifies B'cuzz Silic Boost as suitable for foliar application at a dilution rate of 0.1ml per litre of water.
Can Atami Silic Boost be used with normal plant nutrients?
Yes. Silic Boost is designed as a supplementary silicon additive and can be incorporated into a wider crop nutrition programme. It does not replace the base fertiliser required to supply the crop's essential nutrients.
Is Atami Silic Boost a fertiliser?
Silic Boost is best regarded as a specialist silicon supplement rather than a complete base fertiliser. It supplies plant-available silicon and should be used alongside an appropriate crop nutrition programme.
Why use a silicon additive if silicon occurs naturally in soil?
Silicon is naturally abundant, but much of the silicon found in soils is present in forms that plants cannot readily absorb. Silic Boost provides silicon in a stable form designed to be available for plant uptake.
What crops can Atami Silic Boost be used on?
Silic Boost can be used across a wide range of crops. Atami gives examples including cucumbers, tomatoes, strawberries, sunflower sprouts and basil, making it relevant to fruit, vegetable and herb production.
Can Silic Boost be used throughout the entire crop cycle?
Atami recommends application from the growth stage until the beginning of ripening. Once the crop moves beyond the recommended application stage, Silic Boost does not need to be continued simply to maintain an all-cycle schedule.
Why is Atami Silic Boost so concentrated?
The standard application rate is only 0.1ml/L. This means relatively small quantities are required even for large reservoirs, making accurate dosing important and the 5L format particularly practical for high-volume cultivation.
£31.50
Unit price per£31.50
Unit price perA highly concentrated 4-14-4 root stimulator combining mineral nutrition, biostimulants and bio-minerals to support rapid root development, stronger early growth and increased plant resilience.
Atami Rootbastic is a premium concentrated root stimulator developed specifically for the crucial early stages of crop development. Its unusually high concentration of phosphorus, combined with additional mineral nutrition, trace elements and biostimulant components, provides targeted support while plants establish their root systems.
Rootbastic stands apart from many conventional rooting additives because it has a substantial NPK analysis of 4-14-4 W/W. Atami highlights phosphorus as particularly important within the formula because of its role in energy transport and storage and its contribution to essential cellular structures during active plant development.
Alongside its mineral nutrition, Rootbastic contains a concentrated combination of biostimulants and bio-minerals. Atami identifies improved root development, greater resistance to root disease and increased resilience to environmental stress among the principal benefits of the product.
Rootbastic is designed for a short, intensive programme during early crop development. Application begins at only 0.1ml/L and gradually increases to 0.3ml/L, making the 500ml bottle extremely concentrated and economical in use.
Why choose Atami Rootbastic?
When should Atami Rootbastic be used?
Rootbastic is intended for the early rooting and growth stages when the plant is actively establishing its root system. Atami describes the product as being highly effective during the first three weeks of the growth cycle.
Rather than viewing Rootbastic as an all-cycle additive, it is best treated as a concentrated early-stage treatment. The application rate increases progressively as the root system develops, beginning at 0.1ml/L before increasing to 0.2ml/L and finally 0.3ml/L.
This progressive approach provides increasing levels of Rootbastic as the young plant becomes established without immediately introducing the maximum concentration.
Rootbastic is suitable for cultivation in soil, coco coir and hydroponic systems. It can be incorporated into a wider crop nutrition programme during the period when strong root establishment is the priority.
How to use Atami Rootbastic
Shake well before use. Add Rootbastic to the normal nutrient solution during the early rooting and growth phase.
Begin at 0.1ml/L during the first stage of the programme. Increase to 0.2ml/L during the second stage and then to 0.3ml/L during the third stage as root development progresses.
At the initial 0.1ml/L rate, use 1ml for 10L, 5ml for 50L, 10ml for 100L, 50ml for 500L and 100ml for a 1,000L reservoir.
At 0.2ml/L, use 2ml for 10L, 10ml for 50L, 20ml for 100L, 100ml for 500L and 200ml for a 1,000L reservoir.
At the maximum 0.3ml/L rate, use 3ml for 10L, 15ml for 50L, 30ml for 100L, 150ml for 500L and 300ml for a 1,000L reservoir.
Rootbastic increases the EC of the base nutrient solution. EC should therefore be monitored after Rootbastic has been incorporated and the overall nutrient strength adjusted according to the crop, growing medium and stage of development.
Why is phosphorus important during root development?
Rootbastic contains considerably more phosphorus than many conventional root stimulators. Atami highlights phosphorus because it plays a fundamental role in the transport and storage of energy within plants.
Energy captured through photosynthesis is stored and transferred through compounds such as ATP, allowing energy to be moved to areas of active development. Phosphorus is also an important component of cellular structures and DNA.
Rootbastic combines this phosphorus-rich mineral nutrition with trace elements, biostimulants and bio-minerals to create a concentrated formula aimed specifically at the establishment of a healthy root system.
Establishing an extensive root system early in the crop cycle gives the plant a larger foundation through which water and mineral nutrition can subsequently be absorbed as above-ground growth increases.
Atami Rootbastic 500ml product details
| Product | Atami Rootbastic |
|---|---|
| Product type | Highly concentrated root stimulator & root booster |
| Product size | 500ml |
| Format | Liquid concentrate |
| NPK | 4-14-4 W/W |
| Formula | Mineral nutrition, biostimulants & bio-minerals |
| Application stage | Early rooting & growth phase |
| Initial application rate | 0.1ml/L |
| Intermediate application rate | 0.2ml/L |
| Maximum application rate | 0.3ml/L |
| Standard programme | 0.1ml/L → 0.2ml/L → 0.3ml/L during the first three stages of early growth |
| 10L solution | 1–3ml depending on development stage |
| 50L solution | 5–15ml depending on development stage |
| 100L solution | 10–30ml depending on development stage |
| 500L solution | 50–150ml depending on development stage |
| 1,000L solution | 100–300ml depending on development stage |
| Approximate solution from 500ml | 5,000L at 0.1ml/L, 2,500L at 0.2ml/L or approximately 1,667L at 0.3ml/L |
| Effect on EC | Increases the EC of the base nutrient solution |
| Soil | Suitable |
| Coco coir | Suitable |
| Hydroponics | Suitable |
| Available Atami sizes | 50ml, 100ml, 250ml, 500ml & 1250ml |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 500ml bottles |
Atami Rootbastic 500ml FAQs
What is Atami Rootbastic?
Atami Rootbastic is a highly concentrated liquid root stimulator formulated to support rapid root development during the early stages of crop growth. It combines mineral nutrition with biostimulants and bio-minerals.
What does Atami Rootbastic do?
Rootbastic is designed to stimulate strong early root development and support plant establishment. Atami also identifies increased resistance to root disease and improved resilience to environmental stress among its benefits.
What is the NPK of Atami Rootbastic?
Atami Rootbastic has an NPK analysis of 4-14-4 W/W, giving it a particularly high phosphorus concentration for a root stimulator.
Why does Rootbastic contain so much phosphorus?
Phosphorus plays an important role in plant energy transfer and storage and is also involved in essential cellular structures. Rootbastic uses a phosphorus-rich formula to provide targeted nutritional support during intensive early root development.
When should I use Atami Rootbastic?
Rootbastic is designed for the early rooting and growth phase while the plant is establishing its root system. It is an intensive early-stage product rather than an additive intended for continuous use throughout the entire crop cycle.
How much Atami Rootbastic should I use per litre?
Start at 0.1ml/L during the first stage of the programme, increase to 0.2ml/L during the second stage and then use 0.3ml/L during the third stage of early growth.
Can Atami Rootbastic be used throughout the whole crop cycle?
Rootbastic is primarily designed for early root establishment. Once the intensive rooting programme is complete, crop nutrition should progress according to the plant's next stage of development rather than continuing Rootbastic unnecessarily throughout the entire cycle.
Can Atami Rootbastic be used in coco?
Yes. Rootbastic is suitable for coco coir cultivation and can be incorporated into an appropriate coco nutrient programme during early crop development.
Can Atami Rootbastic be used in hydroponics?
Yes. Rootbastic is suitable for hydroponic cultivation as well as coco and soil-based growing programmes.
Can Atami Rootbastic be used in soil?
Yes. Rootbastic can be used with soil-grown plants during early establishment when additional support for root development is required.
Does Rootbastic increase EC?
Yes. Atami specifically states that Rootbastic increases the EC of the base nutrient solution. Overall EC should therefore be checked after Rootbastic has been added rather than treating it as an EC-neutral additive.
Can I use Rootbastic alongside my base nutrients?
Yes. Rootbastic is a concentrated early-stage supplement rather than a complete standalone crop nutrition programme. Its NPK contribution and effect on EC should be taken into account when combining it with the base nutrient.
Do I need to shake Atami Rootbastic before use?
Yes. Atami instructs growers to shake Rootbastic well before use to ensure the concentrated liquid is properly mixed before measuring.
Can Rootbastic help support root health?
Yes. In addition to stimulating root development, Atami identifies increased resistance to root diseases and environmental stresses among the benefits associated with Rootbastic.
How many 500ml bottles are in a full case of Atami Rootbastic?
A full outer case contains 12 x 500ml bottles. Individual 500ml bottles can still be ordered separately.
£28.56
Unit price per£28.56
Unit price perA highly concentrated 4-14-4 root stimulator combining mineral nutrition, biostimulants and bio-minerals to support rapid root development, stronger early growth and increased plant resilience.
Atami Rootbastic is a premium concentrated root stimulator developed specifically for the crucial early stages of crop development. Its unusually high concentration of phosphorus, combined with additional mineral nutrition, trace elements and biostimulant components, provides targeted support while plants establish their root systems.
Rootbastic stands apart from many conventional rooting additives because it has a substantial NPK analysis of 4-14-4 W/W. Atami highlights phosphorus as particularly important within the formula because of its role in energy transport and storage and its contribution to essential cellular structures during active plant development.
Alongside its mineral nutrition, Rootbastic contains a concentrated combination of biostimulants and bio-minerals. Atami identifies improved root development, greater resistance to root disease and increased resilience to environmental stress among the principal benefits of the product.
Rootbastic is designed for a short, intensive programme during early crop development. Application begins at only 0.1ml/L and gradually increases to 0.3ml/L, making the 250ml bottle extremely concentrated and economical in use.
Why choose Atami Rootbastic?
When should Atami Rootbastic be used?
Rootbastic is intended for the early rooting and growth stages when the plant is actively establishing its root system. Atami describes the product as being particularly effective during the first three weeks of the growth cycle.
Rather than viewing Rootbastic as an all-cycle additive, it is best treated as a concentrated early-stage treatment. The application rate increases progressively as the root system develops, beginning at 0.1ml/L before increasing to 0.2ml/L and finally 0.3ml/L.
This progressive approach provides increasing levels of Rootbastic as the young plant becomes established without immediately introducing the maximum concentration.
Rootbastic is suitable for cultivation in soil, coco coir and hydroponic systems. It can be incorporated into a wider crop nutrition programme during the period when strong root establishment is the priority.
How to use Atami Rootbastic
Shake well before use. Add Rootbastic to the normal nutrient solution during the early rooting and growth phase.
Begin at 0.1ml/L during the first stage of the programme. Increase to 0.2ml/L during the second stage and then to 0.3ml/L during the third stage as root development progresses.
At the initial 0.1ml/L rate, use 1ml for 10L, 5ml for 50L, 10ml for 100L, 50ml for 500L and 100ml for a 1,000L reservoir.
At 0.2ml/L, use 2ml for 10L, 10ml for 50L, 20ml for 100L, 100ml for 500L and 200ml for a 1,000L reservoir.
At the maximum 0.3ml/L rate, use 3ml for 10L, 15ml for 50L, 30ml for 100L, 150ml for 500L and 300ml for a 1,000L reservoir.
Rootbastic increases the EC of the base nutrient solution. EC should therefore be monitored after Rootbastic has been incorporated and the overall nutrient strength adjusted according to the crop, growing medium and stage of development.
Why is phosphorus important during root development?
Rootbastic contains considerably more phosphorus than many conventional root stimulators. Atami highlights phosphorus because it plays a fundamental role in the transport and storage of energy within plants.
Energy captured through photosynthesis is stored and transferred through compounds such as ATP, allowing energy to be moved to areas of active development. Phosphorus is also an important component of cellular structures and DNA.
Rootbastic combines this phosphorus-rich mineral nutrition with trace elements, biostimulants and bio-minerals to create a concentrated formula aimed specifically at the establishment of a healthy root system.
Establishing an extensive root system early in the crop cycle gives the plant a larger foundation through which water and mineral nutrition can subsequently be absorbed as above-ground growth increases.
Atami Rootbastic 250ml product details
| Product | Atami Rootbastic |
|---|---|
| Product type | Highly concentrated root stimulator & root booster |
| Product size | 250ml |
| Format | Liquid concentrate |
| NPK | 4-14-4 W/W |
| Formula | Mineral nutrition, biostimulants & bio-minerals |
| Application stage | Early rooting & growth phase |
| Initial application rate | 0.1ml/L |
| Intermediate application rate | 0.2ml/L |
| Maximum application rate | 0.3ml/L |
| Standard programme | 0.1ml/L → 0.2ml/L → 0.3ml/L during the first three stages of early growth |
| 10L solution | 1–3ml depending on development stage |
| 50L solution | 5–15ml depending on development stage |
| 100L solution | 10–30ml depending on development stage |
| 500L solution | 50–150ml depending on development stage |
| 1,000L solution | 100–300ml depending on development stage |
| Approximate solution from 250ml | 2,500L at 0.1ml/L, 1,250L at 0.2ml/L or approximately 833L at 0.3ml/L |
| Effect on EC | Increases the EC of the base nutrient solution |
| Soil | Suitable |
| Coco coir | Suitable |
| Hydroponics | Suitable |
| Available Atami sizes | 50ml, 100ml, 250ml, 500ml & 1250ml |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 250ml bottles |
Atami Rootbastic 250ml FAQs
What is Atami Rootbastic?
Atami Rootbastic is a highly concentrated liquid root stimulator formulated to support rapid root development during the early stages of crop growth. It combines mineral nutrition with biostimulants and bio-minerals.
What does Atami Rootbastic do?
Rootbastic is designed to stimulate strong early root development and support plant establishment. Atami also identifies increased resistance to root disease and improved resilience to environmental stress among its benefits.
What is the NPK of Atami Rootbastic?
Atami Rootbastic has an NPK analysis of 4-14-4 W/W, giving it a particularly high phosphorus concentration for a root stimulator.
Why does Rootbastic contain so much phosphorus?
Phosphorus plays an important role in plant energy transfer and storage and is involved in essential cellular structures. Rootbastic uses a phosphorus-rich formula to provide targeted nutritional support during intensive early root development.
When should I use Atami Rootbastic?
Rootbastic is designed for the early rooting and growth phase while the plant is establishing its root system. It is an intensive early-stage product rather than an additive intended for continuous use throughout the entire crop cycle.
How much Atami Rootbastic should I use per litre?
Start at 0.1ml/L during the first stage of the programme, increase to 0.2ml/L during the second stage and then use 0.3ml/L during the third stage of early growth.
Can Atami Rootbastic be used throughout the whole crop cycle?
Rootbastic is primarily designed for early root establishment. Once the intensive rooting programme is complete, crop nutrition should progress according to the plant's next stage of development rather than continuing Rootbastic unnecessarily throughout the entire cycle.
Can Atami Rootbastic be used in coco?
Yes. Rootbastic is suitable for coco coir cultivation and can be incorporated into an appropriate coco nutrient programme during early crop development.
Can Atami Rootbastic be used in hydroponics?
Yes. Rootbastic is suitable for hydroponic cultivation as well as coco and soil-based growing programmes.
Can Atami Rootbastic be used in soil?
Yes. Rootbastic can be used with soil-grown plants during early establishment when additional support for root development is required.
Does Rootbastic increase EC?
Yes. Atami specifically states that Rootbastic increases the EC of the base nutrient solution. Overall EC should therefore be checked after Rootbastic has been added rather than treating it as an EC-neutral additive.
Can I use Rootbastic alongside my base nutrients?
Yes. Rootbastic is a concentrated early-stage supplement rather than a complete standalone crop nutrition programme. Its NPK contribution and effect on EC should be taken into account when combining it with the base nutrient.
Do I need to shake Atami Rootbastic before use?
Yes. Atami instructs growers to shake Rootbastic well before use to ensure the concentrated liquid is properly mixed before measuring.
Can Rootbastic help support root health?
Yes. In addition to stimulating root development, Atami identifies increased resistance to root diseases and environmental stresses among the benefits associated with Rootbastic.
How many 250ml bottles are in a full case of Atami Rootbastic?
A full outer case contains 12 x 250ml bottles. Individual 250ml bottles can still be ordered separately.
£99.80
Unit price per£99.80
Unit price perA highly concentrated 4-14-4 root stimulator combining mineral nutrition, biostimulants and bio-minerals to support rapid root development, stronger early growth and increased plant resilience.
Atami Rootbastic is a premium concentrated root stimulator developed specifically for the crucial early stages of crop development. Its unusually high concentration of phosphorus, combined with additional mineral nutrition, trace elements and biostimulant components, provides targeted support while plants establish their root systems.
Rootbastic stands apart from many conventional rooting additives because it has a substantial NPK analysis of 4-14-4 W/W. Atami highlights phosphorus as particularly important within the formula because of its role in energy transport and storage and its contribution to essential cellular structures during active plant development.
Alongside its mineral nutrition, Rootbastic contains a concentrated combination of biostimulants and bio-minerals. Atami identifies improved root development, greater resistance to root disease and increased resilience to environmental stress among the principal benefits of the product.
Rootbastic is designed for a short, intensive programme during early crop development. Application begins at only 0.1ml/L and gradually increases to 0.3ml/L. The larger 1.25L format provides a substantial amount of concentrate for growers running larger reservoirs or treating greater crop areas.
Why choose Atami Rootbastic?
When should Atami Rootbastic be used?
Rootbastic is intended for the early rooting and growth stages when the plant is actively establishing its root system. Atami describes the product as being particularly effective during the first three weeks of the growth cycle.
Rather than viewing Rootbastic as an all-cycle additive, it is best treated as a concentrated early-stage treatment. The application rate increases progressively as the root system develops, beginning at 0.1ml/L before increasing to 0.2ml/L and finally 0.3ml/L.
This progressive approach provides increasing levels of Rootbastic as the young plant becomes established without immediately introducing the maximum concentration.
Rootbastic is suitable for cultivation in soil, coco coir and hydroponic systems. It can be incorporated into a wider crop nutrition programme during the period when strong root establishment is the priority.
How to use Atami Rootbastic
Shake well before use. Add Rootbastic to the normal nutrient solution during the early rooting and growth phase.
Begin at 0.1ml/L during the first stage of the programme. Increase to 0.2ml/L during the second stage and then to 0.3ml/L during the third stage as root development progresses.
At the initial 0.1ml/L rate, use 1ml for 10L, 5ml for 50L, 10ml for 100L, 50ml for 500L and 100ml for a 1,000L reservoir.
At 0.2ml/L, use 2ml for 10L, 10ml for 50L, 20ml for 100L, 100ml for 500L and 200ml for a 1,000L reservoir.
At the maximum 0.3ml/L rate, use 3ml for 10L, 15ml for 50L, 30ml for 100L, 150ml for 500L and 300ml for a 1,000L reservoir.
Rootbastic increases the EC of the base nutrient solution. EC should therefore be monitored after Rootbastic has been incorporated and the overall nutrient strength adjusted according to the crop, growing medium and stage of development.
Why is phosphorus important during root development?
Rootbastic contains considerably more phosphorus than many conventional root stimulators. Atami highlights phosphorus because it plays a fundamental role in the transport and storage of energy within plants.
Energy captured through photosynthesis is stored and transferred through compounds such as ATP, allowing energy to be moved to areas of active development. Phosphorus is also an important component of cellular structures and DNA.
Rootbastic combines this phosphorus-rich mineral nutrition with trace elements, biostimulants and bio-minerals to create a concentrated formula aimed specifically at the establishment of a healthy root system.
Establishing an extensive root system early in the crop cycle gives the plant a larger foundation through which water and mineral nutrition can subsequently be absorbed as above-ground growth increases.
Atami Rootbastic 1.25L product details
| Product | Atami Rootbastic |
|---|---|
| Product type | Highly concentrated root stimulator & root booster |
| Product size | 1.25L |
| Format | Liquid concentrate |
| NPK | 4-14-4 W/W |
| Formula | Mineral nutrition, biostimulants & bio-minerals |
| Application stage | Early rooting & growth phase |
| Initial application rate | 0.1ml/L |
| Intermediate application rate | 0.2ml/L |
| Maximum application rate | 0.3ml/L |
| Standard programme | 0.1ml/L → 0.2ml/L → 0.3ml/L during the first three stages of early growth |
| 10L solution | 1–3ml depending on development stage |
| 50L solution | 5–15ml depending on development stage |
| 100L solution | 10–30ml depending on development stage |
| 500L solution | 50–150ml depending on development stage |
| 1,000L solution | 100–300ml depending on development stage |
| Approximate solution from 1.25L | 12,500L at 0.1ml/L, 6,250L at 0.2ml/L or approximately 4,167L at 0.3ml/L |
| Effect on EC | Increases the EC of the base nutrient solution |
| Soil | Suitable |
| Coco coir | Suitable |
| Hydroponics | Suitable |
| Available Atami sizes | 50ml, 100ml, 250ml, 500ml & 1.25L |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 1.25L bottles |
Atami Rootbastic 1.25L FAQs
What is Atami Rootbastic?
Atami Rootbastic is a highly concentrated liquid root stimulator formulated to support rapid root development during the early stages of crop growth. It combines mineral nutrition with biostimulants and bio-minerals.
What does Atami Rootbastic do?
Rootbastic is designed to stimulate strong early root development and support plant establishment. Atami also identifies increased resistance to root disease and improved resilience to environmental stress among its benefits.
What is the NPK of Atami Rootbastic?
Atami Rootbastic has an NPK analysis of 4-14-4 W/W, giving it a particularly high phosphorus concentration for a root stimulator.
Why does Rootbastic contain so much phosphorus?
Phosphorus plays an important role in plant energy transfer and storage and is involved in essential cellular structures. Rootbastic uses a phosphorus-rich formula to provide targeted nutritional support during intensive early root development.
When should I use Atami Rootbastic?
Rootbastic is designed for the early rooting and growth phase while the plant is establishing its root system. It is an intensive early-stage product rather than an additive intended for continuous use throughout the entire crop cycle.
How much Atami Rootbastic should I use per litre?
Start at 0.1ml/L during the first stage of the programme, increase to 0.2ml/L during the second stage and then use 0.3ml/L during the third stage of early growth.
Can Atami Rootbastic be used throughout the whole crop cycle?
Rootbastic is primarily designed for early root establishment. Once the intensive rooting programme is complete, crop nutrition should progress according to the plant's next stage of development rather than continuing Rootbastic unnecessarily throughout the entire cycle.
Can Atami Rootbastic be used in coco?
Yes. Rootbastic is suitable for coco coir cultivation and can be incorporated into an appropriate coco nutrient programme during early crop development.
Can Atami Rootbastic be used in hydroponics?
Yes. Rootbastic is suitable for hydroponic cultivation as well as coco and soil-based growing programmes.
Can Atami Rootbastic be used in soil?
Yes. Rootbastic can be used with soil-grown plants during early establishment when additional support for root development is required.
Does Rootbastic increase EC?
Yes. Atami specifically states that Rootbastic increases the EC of the base nutrient solution. Overall EC should therefore be checked after Rootbastic has been added rather than treating it as an EC-neutral additive.
Can I use Rootbastic alongside my base nutrients?
Yes. Rootbastic is a concentrated early-stage supplement rather than a complete standalone crop nutrition programme. Its NPK contribution and effect on EC should be taken into account when combining it with the base nutrient.
Do I need to shake Atami Rootbastic before use?
Yes. Atami instructs growers to shake Rootbastic well before use to ensure the concentrated liquid is properly mixed before measuring.
Is the 1.25L Rootbastic suitable for larger growing systems?
Yes. The formulation and application rates are the same as the smaller Rootbastic sizes, but the 1.25L bottle is particularly convenient for larger reservoirs, higher plant numbers and growers using the product regularly across multiple crops.
How many 1.25L bottles are in a full case of Atami Rootbastic?
A full outer case contains 12 x 1.25L bottles. Individual 1.25L bottles can still be ordered separately.
£10.42
Unit price per£10.42
Unit price perA highly concentrated 4-14-4 root stimulator combining mineral nutrition, biostimulants and bio-minerals to support rapid root development, stronger early growth and increased plant resilience.
Atami Rootbastic is a premium concentrated root stimulator developed specifically for the crucial early stages of crop development. Its unusually high concentration of phosphorus, combined with additional mineral nutrition, trace elements and biostimulant components, provides targeted support while plants establish their root systems.
Rootbastic stands apart from many conventional rooting additives because it has a substantial NPK analysis of 4-14-4 W/W. Atami highlights phosphorus as particularly important within the formula because of its role in energy transport and storage and its contribution to essential cellular structures during active plant development.
Alongside its mineral nutrition, Rootbastic contains a concentrated combination of biostimulants and bio-minerals. Atami identifies improved root development, greater resistance to root disease and increased resilience to environmental stress among the principal benefits of the product.
Rootbastic is designed for a short, intensive programme during early crop development. Application begins at only 0.1ml/L and gradually increases to 0.3ml/L, making even the compact 100ml bottle capable of treating a substantial volume of nutrient solution.
Why choose Atami Rootbastic?
When should Atami Rootbastic be used?
Rootbastic is intended for the early rooting and growth stages when the plant is actively establishing its root system. Atami describes the product as being particularly effective during the first three weeks of the growth cycle.
Rather than viewing Rootbastic as an all-cycle additive, it is best treated as a concentrated early-stage treatment. The application rate increases progressively as the root system develops, beginning at 0.1ml/L before increasing to 0.2ml/L and finally 0.3ml/L.
This progressive approach provides increasing levels of Rootbastic as the young plant becomes established without immediately introducing the maximum concentration.
Rootbastic is suitable for cultivation in soil, coco coir and hydroponic systems. It can be incorporated into a wider crop nutrition programme during the period when strong root establishment is the priority.
How to use Atami Rootbastic
Shake well before use. Add Rootbastic to the normal nutrient solution during the early rooting and growth phase.
Begin at 0.1ml/L during the first stage of the programme. Increase to 0.2ml/L during the second stage and then to 0.3ml/L during the third stage as root development progresses.
At the initial 0.1ml/L rate, use 1ml for 10L, 5ml for 50L, 10ml for 100L, 50ml for 500L and 100ml for a 1,000L reservoir.
At 0.2ml/L, use 2ml for 10L, 10ml for 50L, 20ml for 100L, 100ml for 500L and 200ml for a 1,000L reservoir.
At the maximum 0.3ml/L rate, use 3ml for 10L, 15ml for 50L, 30ml for 100L, 150ml for 500L and 300ml for a 1,000L reservoir.
Rootbastic increases the EC of the base nutrient solution. EC should therefore be monitored after Rootbastic has been incorporated and the overall nutrient strength adjusted according to the crop, growing medium and stage of development.
Why is phosphorus important during root development?
Rootbastic contains considerably more phosphorus than many conventional root stimulators. Atami highlights phosphorus because it plays a fundamental role in the transport and storage of energy within plants.
Energy captured through photosynthesis is stored and transferred through compounds such as ATP, allowing energy to be moved to areas of active development. Phosphorus is also an important component of cellular structures and DNA.
Rootbastic combines this phosphorus-rich mineral nutrition with trace elements, biostimulants and bio-minerals to create a concentrated formula aimed specifically at the establishment of a healthy root system.
Establishing an extensive root system early in the crop cycle gives the plant a larger foundation through which water and mineral nutrition can subsequently be absorbed as above-ground growth increases.
Atami Rootbastic 100ml product details
| Product | Atami Rootbastic |
|---|---|
| Product type | Highly concentrated root stimulator & root booster |
| Product size | 100ml |
| Format | Liquid concentrate |
| NPK | 4-14-4 W/W |
| Formula | Mineral nutrition, biostimulants & bio-minerals |
| Application stage | Early rooting & growth phase |
| Initial application rate | 0.1ml/L |
| Intermediate application rate | 0.2ml/L |
| Maximum application rate | 0.3ml/L |
| Standard programme | 0.1ml/L → 0.2ml/L → 0.3ml/L during the first three stages of early growth |
| 10L solution | 1–3ml depending on development stage |
| 50L solution | 5–15ml depending on development stage |
| 100L solution | 10–30ml depending on development stage |
| 500L solution | 50–150ml depending on development stage |
| 1,000L solution | 100–300ml depending on development stage |
| Approximate solution from 100ml | 1,000L at 0.1ml/L, 500L at 0.2ml/L or approximately 333L at 0.3ml/L |
| Effect on EC | Increases the EC of the base nutrient solution |
| Soil | Suitable |
| Coco coir | Suitable |
| Hydroponics | Suitable |
| Available Atami sizes | 50ml, 100ml, 250ml, 500ml & 1.25L |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 100ml bottles |
Atami Rootbastic 100ml FAQs
What is Atami Rootbastic?
Atami Rootbastic is a highly concentrated liquid root stimulator formulated to support rapid root development during the early stages of crop growth. It combines mineral nutrition with biostimulants and bio-minerals.
What does Atami Rootbastic do?
Rootbastic is designed to stimulate strong early root development and support plant establishment. Atami also identifies increased resistance to root disease and improved resilience to environmental stress among its benefits.
What is the NPK of Atami Rootbastic?
Atami Rootbastic has an NPK analysis of 4-14-4 W/W, giving it a particularly high phosphorus concentration for a root stimulator.
Why does Rootbastic contain so much phosphorus?
Phosphorus plays an important role in plant energy transfer and storage and is involved in essential cellular structures. Rootbastic uses a phosphorus-rich formula to provide targeted nutritional support during intensive early root development.
When should I use Atami Rootbastic?
Rootbastic is designed for the early rooting and growth phase while the plant is establishing its root system. It is an intensive early-stage product rather than an additive intended for continuous use throughout the entire crop cycle.
How much Atami Rootbastic should I use per litre?
Start at 0.1ml/L during the first stage of the programme, increase to 0.2ml/L during the second stage and then use 0.3ml/L during the third stage of early growth.
Can Atami Rootbastic be used throughout the whole crop cycle?
Rootbastic is primarily designed for early root establishment. Once the intensive rooting programme is complete, crop nutrition should progress according to the plant's next stage of development.
Can Atami Rootbastic be used in coco?
Yes. Rootbastic is suitable for coco coir cultivation and can be incorporated into an appropriate coco nutrient programme during early crop development.
Can Atami Rootbastic be used in hydroponics?
Yes. Rootbastic is suitable for hydroponic cultivation as well as coco and soil-based growing programmes.
Can Atami Rootbastic be used in soil?
Yes. Rootbastic can be used with soil-grown plants during early establishment when additional support for root development is required.
Does Rootbastic increase EC?
Yes. Rootbastic increases the EC of the base nutrient solution, so overall EC should be checked after it has been added and the complete nutrient solution adjusted where necessary.
Can I use Rootbastic alongside my base nutrients?
Yes. Rootbastic is a concentrated early-stage supplement rather than a complete standalone crop nutrition programme. Its NPK contribution and effect on EC should be taken into account when combining it with the base nutrient.
Do I need to shake Atami Rootbastic before use?
Yes. Shake Rootbastic well before use to ensure the concentrated liquid is properly mixed before measuring and adding it to the nutrient solution.
Is the 100ml Rootbastic suitable for smaller growing systems?
Yes. The 100ml bottle contains the same concentrated Rootbastic formulation as the larger sizes but is particularly practical for smaller reservoirs, lower plant numbers or growers who require relatively small quantities of root stimulator.
How many 100ml bottles are in a full case of Atami Rootbastic?
A full outer case contains 12 x 100ml bottles. Individual 100ml bottles can still be ordered separately.
£331.08
Unit price per£331.08
Unit price perA highly concentrated PK 10-20 flowering and fruiting booster with twice as much potassium as phosphorus, developed to support firm, dense flowers and fruits during the final stages of crop production.
Atami Rokzbastic is a powerful late-stage flowering additive formulated for crops with high phosphorus and potassium requirements. With a PK analysis of 10-20 W/W, Rokzbastic provides a distinctive phosphorus-to-potassium ratio of 1:2, supplying twice as much potassium as phosphorus.
This potassium-rich formulation has been developed specifically for the later flowering, fruiting and ripening stages. Atami highlights the high potassium concentration for its role in supporting firmer flowers and fruits, making Rokzbastic particularly relevant to productive crops with longer flowering phases or increased potassium demand.
Rokzbastic is highly concentrated and is applied at only 0.5-1ml per litre. It is suitable for soil, coco coir and hydroponic cultivation and can be incorporated alongside an appropriate base nutrient during the final stages of crop development.
The 5.5L format is particularly well suited to larger reservoirs and professional growing environments. At the lower 0.5ml/L application rate, one 5.5L container can prepare up to approximately 11,000 litres of nutrient solution.
Why choose Atami Rokzbastic?
When should Atami Rokzbastic be used?
Rokzbastic is intended for the later flowering, fruiting and ripening stages when crop demand shifts towards final flower and fruit development. Atami recommends using it during approximately the final 4 to 6 weeks of the flowering phase.
As with any crop-stage programme, actual plant development should take priority over rigid calendar weeks. Crops with different flowering or fruiting periods will reach the appropriate Rokzbastic stage at different times.
Rokzbastic is particularly suited to plants with a longer flowering period or crops requiring additional potassium during final development. Its PK 10-20 analysis provides twice as much potassium as phosphorus, giving it a distinctly different nutritional profile from more evenly balanced PK flowering additives.
It can be used with soil, coco and hydroponic growing methods and is suitable for both manual and automatic irrigation systems when incorporated appropriately into the nutrient programme.
How to use Atami Rokzbastic
Use Rokzbastic at 0.5-1ml per litre of water or nutrient solution during the later flowering, fruiting and ripening stages. Incorporate it alongside the appropriate base nutrient programme rather than using it as a standalone complete fertiliser.
At 0.5ml/L, use 5ml for 10L, 25ml for 50L, 50ml for 100L, 250ml for 500L and 500ml for a 1,000L reservoir.
At the maximum 1ml/L rate, use 10ml for 10L, 50ml for 50L, 100ml for 100L, 500ml for 500L and 1L for a 1,000L reservoir.
At the recommended application range, a 5.5L container prepares approximately 5,500-11,000 litres of nutrient solution, depending on whether Rokzbastic is being used at 1ml/L or 0.5ml/L.
Rokzbastic increases the EC of the base nutrient solution. Monitor EC after adding Rokzbastic and adjust the overall nutrient strength according to the crop, growing medium and stage of development.
Extra care should be taken when combining Rokzbastic with other products containing high levels of phosphorus and potassium. Excessive PK supplementation can increase the risk of overfertilisation, so the complete nutrient programme and final EC should always be considered.
Why does Rokzbastic use a PK 10-20 ratio?
Rokzbastic has been formulated with a 1:2 phosphorus-to-potassium ratio. This means the proportion of potassium is twice that of phosphorus, giving Rokzbastic a different nutritional profile from many conventional flowering boosters.
Phosphorus and potassium both play important roles during reproductive crop development. Phosphorus is involved in processes including energy transfer, while potassium contributes to numerous physiological functions associated with crop development and quality.
Atami places particular emphasis on the elevated potassium concentration in Rokzbastic, linking the PK 10-20 formulation with the development of firmer flowers and fruits.
This makes Rokzbastic particularly suited to the later stages of productive crops where the objective is to support final flower or fruit development rather than continued vegetative growth.
Atami Rokzbastic 5.5L product details
| Product | Atami Rokzbastic |
|---|---|
| Product type | Concentrated flowering & fruiting PK booster |
| Product size | 5.5L |
| Format | Liquid concentrate |
| PK analysis | PK 10-20 W/W |
| Phosphorus : potassium ratio | 1:2 |
| Application rate | 0.5-1ml/L |
| Application stage | Late flowering, fruiting & ripening |
| Typical application period | Final 4-6 weeks of flowering, according to crop development |
| 10L solution | 5-10ml |
| 50L solution | 25-50ml |
| 100L solution | 50-100ml |
| 500L solution | 250-500ml |
| 1,000L solution | 500ml-1L |
| Approximate solution from 5.5L | 5,500-11,000L at 1-0.5ml/L |
| Effect on EC | Increases the EC of the base nutrient solution |
| Soil | Suitable |
| Coco coir | Suitable |
| Hydroponics | Suitable |
| Irrigation | Suitable for manual & automatic irrigation systems |
| Available Atami sizes | 50ml, 100ml, 325ml, 1.25L, 5.5L & 10L |
| Outer case quantity | 4 x 5.5L containers |
Atami Rokzbastic 5.5L FAQs
What is Atami Rokzbastic?
Atami Rokzbastic is a highly concentrated PK flowering and fruiting booster formulated for the later stages of crop development. It has a PK analysis of 10-20 W/W and contains twice as much potassium as phosphorus.
What does Atami Rokzbastic do?
Rokzbastic provides concentrated phosphorus and potassium during late flowering, fruiting and ripening. Atami developed its potassium-rich formula to support firm, dense flowers and fruits and final crop development.
What is the PK ratio of Rokzbastic?
Rokzbastic has a PK analysis of 10-20 W/W. Its phosphorus-to-potassium ratio is 1:2, meaning the proportion of potassium is twice that of phosphorus.
When should I use Atami Rokzbastic?
Rokzbastic is intended for the later flowering, fruiting and ripening stages. Atami recommends using it during approximately the final 4 to 6 weeks of flowering, with actual crop development determining the appropriate starting point.
How much Atami Rokzbastic should I use per litre?
Atami recommends 0.5-1ml of Rokzbastic per litre of water or nutrient solution. The appropriate concentration should be selected according to crop requirements and the overall strength of the nutrient programme.
Is Rokzbastic suitable for long-flowering crops?
Yes. Atami specifically highlights Rokzbastic for plants with longer flowering phases or increased potassium requirements during final flower and fruit development.
Can Rokzbastic be used with base nutrients?
Yes. Rokzbastic is a flowering and fruiting supplement rather than a complete standalone fertiliser and is designed to be incorporated alongside an appropriate base nutrient programme.
Can Rokzbastic be used with other PK boosters?
Care is required when combining multiple high-PK products. The combined phosphorus and potassium contribution can substantially increase nutrient strength, so EC and the complete feeding programme should be considered to avoid overfertilisation.
Does Atami Rokzbastic increase EC?
Yes. Atami states that Rokzbastic increases the EC of the base nutrient solution. Check EC after adding Rokzbastic and adjust the overall nutrient concentration where necessary.
Can Atami Rokzbastic be used in coco?
Yes. Rokzbastic is suitable for coco coir cultivation and can be incorporated into an appropriate coco feeding programme during flowering and fruit development.
Can Atami Rokzbastic be used in hydroponics?
Yes. Atami identifies Rokzbastic as suitable for hydroponic cultivation as well as soil and coco.
Can Atami Rokzbastic be used in soil?
Yes. Rokzbastic can be incorporated into soil-based crop nutrition programmes during the appropriate flowering, fruiting and ripening stages.
What is the difference between Rokzbastic and Rootbastic?
Rootbastic is an early-stage root stimulator designed to support root establishment, whereas Rokzbastic is a high-PK product intended for later flowering, fruiting and ripening. They perform very different roles within the crop cycle.
What is the difference between Rokzbastic and Bloombastic?
Both are concentrated flowering products, but they have different PK profiles. Rokzbastic has a PK 10-20 analysis with a strong emphasis on potassium, while Bloombastic has a more balanced PK 14-15 analysis. Rokzbastic is therefore particularly focused on high potassium demand and final flower or fruit firmness.
Is the 5.5L Rokzbastic suitable for professional growing?
Yes. The 5.5L format is particularly practical for larger reservoirs, higher-volume crop production and professional growing environments where Rokzbastic is required across substantial areas or multiple irrigation cycles.
£28.59
Unit price per£28.59
Unit price perA highly concentrated PK 10-20 flowering and fruiting booster with twice as much potassium as phosphorus, developed to support firm, dense flowers and fruits during the final stages of crop production.
Atami Rokzbastic is a powerful late-stage flowering additive formulated for crops with high phosphorus and potassium requirements. With a PK analysis of 10-20 W/W, Rokzbastic provides a distinctive phosphorus-to-potassium ratio of 1:2, supplying twice as much potassium as phosphorus.
This potassium-rich formulation has been developed specifically for the later flowering, fruiting and ripening stages. Atami highlights the high potassium concentration for its role in supporting firmer flowers and fruits, making Rokzbastic particularly relevant to productive crops with longer flowering phases or increased potassium demand.
Rokzbastic is highly concentrated and is applied at only 0.5-1ml per litre. It is suitable for soil, coco coir and hydroponic cultivation and can be incorporated alongside an appropriate base nutrient during the final stages of crop development.
The compact 325ml format provides the same concentrated Rokzbastic formulation as the larger containers while being particularly practical for smaller reservoirs, lower plant numbers or growers wanting to introduce Rokzbastic into their flowering programme without purchasing a larger pack.
Why choose Atami Rokzbastic?
When should Atami Rokzbastic be used?
Rokzbastic is intended for the later flowering, fruiting and ripening stages when crop demand shifts towards final flower and fruit development. Atami recommends using it during approximately the final 4 to 6 weeks of the flowering phase.
Actual crop development should take priority over rigid calendar weeks. Different crops and varieties can have substantially different flowering and fruiting periods, so Rokzbastic should be introduced when the crop reaches the appropriate stage of reproductive development.
Rokzbastic is particularly suited to plants with a longer flowering period or crops requiring additional potassium during final development. Its PK 10-20 analysis provides twice as much potassium as phosphorus, giving it a distinctly different nutritional profile from more evenly balanced PK flowering additives.
It can be used with soil, coco and hydroponic growing methods and incorporated into the existing nutrient programme during the appropriate stage of crop development.
How to use Atami Rokzbastic
Use Rokzbastic at 0.5-1ml per litre of water or nutrient solution during the later flowering, fruiting and ripening stages. Incorporate it alongside the appropriate base nutrient programme rather than using it as a standalone complete fertiliser.
At 0.5ml/L, use 5ml for 10L, 25ml for 50L, 50ml for 100L, 250ml for 500L and 500ml for a 1,000L reservoir.
At the maximum 1ml/L rate, use 10ml for 10L, 50ml for 50L, 100ml for 100L, 500ml for 500L and 1L for a 1,000L reservoir.
At the recommended application range, a 325ml bottle prepares approximately 325-650 litres of nutrient solution, depending on whether Rokzbastic is applied at 1ml/L or 0.5ml/L.
Rokzbastic increases the EC of the base nutrient solution. Monitor EC after adding Rokzbastic and adjust the overall nutrient strength according to the crop, growing medium and stage of development.
Extra care should be taken when combining Rokzbastic with other products containing high levels of phosphorus and potassium. Excessive PK supplementation can increase the risk of overfertilisation, so the complete nutrient programme and final EC should always be considered.
Why does Rokzbastic use a PK 10-20 ratio?
Rokzbastic has been formulated with a 1:2 phosphorus-to-potassium ratio. This means the proportion of potassium is twice that of phosphorus, giving Rokzbastic a different nutritional profile from many conventional flowering boosters.
Phosphorus and potassium both play important roles during reproductive crop development. Phosphorus contributes to processes including energy transfer, while potassium is involved in numerous physiological functions associated with crop development and quality.
Atami places particular emphasis on the elevated potassium concentration in Rokzbastic, linking the PK 10-20 formulation with the development of firmer flowers and fruits.
This makes Rokzbastic particularly suited to the later stages of productive crops where the objective is to support final flower or fruit development rather than continued vegetative growth.
Atami Rokzbastic 325ml product details
| Product | Atami Rokzbastic |
|---|---|
| Product type | Concentrated flowering & fruiting PK booster |
| Product size | 325ml |
| Format | Liquid concentrate |
| PK analysis | PK 10-20 W/W |
| Phosphorus : potassium ratio | 1:2 |
| Application rate | 0.5-1ml/L |
| Application stage | Late flowering, fruiting & ripening |
| Typical application period | Final 4-6 weeks of flowering, according to crop development |
| 10L solution | 5-10ml |
| 50L solution | 25-50ml |
| 100L solution | 50-100ml |
| 500L solution | 250-500ml |
| 1,000L solution | 500ml-1L |
| Approximate solution from 325ml | 325-650L at 1-0.5ml/L |
| Effect on EC | Increases the EC of the base nutrient solution |
| Soil | Suitable |
| Coco coir | Suitable |
| Hydroponics | Suitable |
| Available Atami sizes | 50ml, 100ml, 325ml, 1.25L, 5.5L & 10L |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 325ml bottles |
Atami Rokzbastic 325ml FAQs
What is Atami Rokzbastic?
Atami Rokzbastic is a highly concentrated PK flowering and fruiting booster formulated for the later stages of crop development. It has a PK analysis of 10-20 W/W and contains twice as much potassium as phosphorus.
What does Atami Rokzbastic do?
Rokzbastic supplies concentrated phosphorus and potassium during late flowering, fruiting and ripening. Atami developed its potassium-rich formulation to support firm flowers and fruits and final crop development.
What is the PK ratio of Atami Rokzbastic?
Rokzbastic has a PK analysis of 10-20 W/W. This gives it a phosphorus-to-potassium ratio of 1:2, with twice as much potassium as phosphorus.
When should I use Atami Rokzbastic?
Rokzbastic is intended for the later flowering, fruiting and ripening stages. Atami recommends using it during approximately the final 4 to 6 weeks of flowering, with actual crop development determining the appropriate starting point.
How much Atami Rokzbastic should I use per litre?
Atami recommends 0.5-1ml of Rokzbastic per litre of water or nutrient solution. The appropriate concentration should take account of crop requirements and the overall strength of the complete nutrient programme.
Is Rokzbastic suitable for long-flowering crops?
Yes. Rokzbastic is particularly relevant to crops with longer flowering phases or increased potassium requirements during final flower and fruit development.
Can Rokzbastic be used with base nutrients?
Yes. Rokzbastic is a flowering and fruiting supplement rather than a complete standalone fertiliser and should be incorporated alongside an appropriate base nutrient programme.
Can Rokzbastic be used with other PK boosters?
Care is required when combining high-PK products. Their combined phosphorus and potassium contribution can substantially increase nutrient strength, so the complete feed programme and EC should be considered to avoid excessive fertilisation.
Does Atami Rokzbastic increase EC?
Yes. Rokzbastic increases the EC of the base nutrient solution. Check the final EC after adding Rokzbastic and adjust the overall nutrient concentration where necessary.
Can Atami Rokzbastic be used in coco?
Yes. Rokzbastic is suitable for coco coir cultivation and can be incorporated into an appropriate coco feeding programme during flowering and fruit development.
Can Atami Rokzbastic be used in hydroponics?
Yes. Rokzbastic is suitable for hydroponic cultivation as well as soil and coco growing systems.
Can Atami Rokzbastic be used in soil?
Yes. Rokzbastic can be incorporated into soil-based crop nutrition programmes during the appropriate flowering, fruiting and ripening stages.
What is the difference between Rokzbastic and Rootbastic?
Rootbastic is an early-stage root stimulator designed to support root establishment. Rokzbastic is a high-PK booster intended for later flowering, fruiting and ripening. The two products therefore perform very different roles within the crop cycle.
What is the difference between Rokzbastic and Bloombastic?
Both are concentrated flowering products, but their PK profiles differ. Rokzbastic has a PK 10-20 analysis with a stronger emphasis on potassium, while Bloombastic has a more balanced PK profile. Rokzbastic is particularly focused on crops with increased potassium demand during final flower and fruit development.
How many 325ml bottles are in a full case of Atami Rokzbastic?
A full outer case contains 12 x 325ml bottles. Individual 325ml bottles can still be ordered separately.
£93.59
Unit price per£93.59
Unit price perA highly concentrated PK 10-20 flowering and fruiting booster with twice as much potassium as phosphorus, developed to support firm, dense flowers and fruits during the final stages of crop production.
Atami Rokzbastic is a powerful late-stage flowering additive formulated for crops with high phosphorus and potassium requirements. With a PK analysis of 10-20 W/W, Rokzbastic provides a distinctive phosphorus-to-potassium ratio of 1:2, supplying twice as much potassium as phosphorus.
This potassium-rich formulation has been developed specifically for the later flowering, fruiting and ripening stages. Atami highlights the high potassium concentration for its role in supporting firmer flowers and fruits, making Rokzbastic particularly relevant to productive crops with longer flowering phases or increased potassium demand.
Rokzbastic is highly concentrated and is applied at only 0.5-1ml per litre. It is suitable for soil, coco coir and hydroponic cultivation and can be incorporated alongside an appropriate base nutrient during the final stages of crop development.
The 1.25L format provides a useful balance between volume and handling for growers running medium to larger reservoirs. At the recommended application range, one bottle can prepare approximately 1,250-2,500 litres of nutrient solution.
Why choose Atami Rokzbastic?
When should Atami Rokzbastic be used?
Rokzbastic is intended for the later flowering, fruiting and ripening stages when crop demand shifts towards final flower and fruit development. Atami recommends using it during approximately the final 4 to 6 weeks of the flowering phase.
Actual crop development should take priority over rigid calendar weeks. Different crops and varieties can have substantially different flowering and fruiting periods, so Rokzbastic should be introduced when the crop reaches the appropriate stage of reproductive development.
Rokzbastic is particularly suited to plants with a longer flowering period or crops requiring additional potassium during final development. Its PK 10-20 analysis provides twice as much potassium as phosphorus, giving it a distinctly different nutritional profile from more evenly balanced PK flowering additives.
It can be used with soil, coco and hydroponic growing methods and incorporated into the existing nutrient programme during the appropriate stage of crop development.
How to use Atami Rokzbastic
Use Rokzbastic at 0.5-1ml per litre of water or nutrient solution during the later flowering, fruiting and ripening stages. Incorporate it alongside the appropriate base nutrient programme rather than using it as a standalone complete fertiliser.
At 0.5ml/L, use 5ml for 10L, 25ml for 50L, 50ml for 100L, 250ml for 500L and 500ml for a 1,000L reservoir.
At the maximum 1ml/L rate, use 10ml for 10L, 50ml for 50L, 100ml for 100L, 500ml for 500L and 1L for a 1,000L reservoir.
At the recommended application range, a 1.25L bottle prepares approximately 1,250-2,500 litres of nutrient solution, depending on whether Rokzbastic is applied at 1ml/L or 0.5ml/L.
Rokzbastic increases the EC of the base nutrient solution. Monitor EC after adding Rokzbastic and adjust the overall nutrient strength according to the crop, growing medium and stage of development.
Extra care should be taken when combining Rokzbastic with other products containing high levels of phosphorus and potassium. Excessive PK supplementation can increase the risk of overfertilisation, so the complete nutrient programme and final EC should always be considered.
Why does Rokzbastic use a PK 10-20 ratio?
Rokzbastic has been formulated with a 1:2 phosphorus-to-potassium ratio. This means the proportion of potassium is twice that of phosphorus, giving Rokzbastic a different nutritional profile from many conventional flowering boosters.
Phosphorus and potassium both play important roles during reproductive crop development. Phosphorus contributes to processes including energy transfer, while potassium is involved in numerous physiological functions associated with crop development and quality.
Atami places particular emphasis on the elevated potassium concentration in Rokzbastic, linking the PK 10-20 formulation with the development of firmer flowers and fruits.
This makes Rokzbastic particularly suited to the later stages of productive crops where the objective is to support final flower or fruit development rather than continued vegetative growth.
Atami Rokzbastic 1.25L product details
| Product | Atami Rokzbastic |
|---|---|
| Product type | Concentrated flowering & fruiting PK booster |
| Product size | 1.25L |
| Format | Liquid concentrate |
| PK analysis | PK 10-20 W/W |
| Phosphorus : potassium ratio | 1:2 |
| Application rate | 0.5-1ml/L |
| Application stage | Late flowering, fruiting & ripening |
| Typical application period | Final 4-6 weeks of flowering, according to crop development |
| 10L solution | 5-10ml |
| 50L solution | 25-50ml |
| 100L solution | 50-100ml |
| 500L solution | 250-500ml |
| 1,000L solution | 500ml-1L |
| Approximate solution from 1.25L | 1,250-2,500L at 1-0.5ml/L |
| Effect on EC | Increases the EC of the base nutrient solution |
| Soil | Suitable |
| Coco coir | Suitable |
| Hydroponics | Suitable |
| Available Atami sizes | 50ml, 100ml, 325ml, 1.25L, 5.5L & 10L |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 1.25L bottles |
Atami Rokzbastic 1.25L FAQs
What is Atami Rokzbastic?
Atami Rokzbastic is a highly concentrated PK flowering and fruiting booster formulated for the later stages of crop development. It has a PK analysis of 10-20 W/W and contains twice as much potassium as phosphorus.
What does Atami Rokzbastic do?
Rokzbastic supplies concentrated phosphorus and potassium during late flowering, fruiting and ripening. Atami developed its potassium-rich formulation to support firm flowers and fruits and final crop development.
What is the PK ratio of Atami Rokzbastic?
Rokzbastic has a PK analysis of 10-20 W/W, giving it a phosphorus-to-potassium ratio of 1:2, with twice as much potassium as phosphorus.
When should I use Atami Rokzbastic?
Rokzbastic is intended for the later flowering, fruiting and ripening stages. Atami recommends using it during approximately the final 4 to 6 weeks of flowering, with actual crop development determining the appropriate starting point.
How much Atami Rokzbastic should I use per litre?
Atami recommends 0.5-1ml of Rokzbastic per litre of water or nutrient solution. The appropriate concentration should take account of crop requirements and the overall strength of the complete nutrient programme.
Is Rokzbastic suitable for long-flowering crops?
Yes. Rokzbastic is particularly relevant to crops with longer flowering phases or increased potassium requirements during final flower and fruit development.
Can Rokzbastic be used with base nutrients?
Yes. Rokzbastic is a flowering and fruiting supplement rather than a complete standalone fertiliser and should be incorporated alongside an appropriate base nutrient programme.
Can Rokzbastic be used with other PK boosters?
Care is required when combining high-PK products. Their combined phosphorus and potassium contribution can substantially increase nutrient strength, so the complete feed programme and EC should be considered to avoid excessive fertilisation.
Does Atami Rokzbastic increase EC?
Yes. Rokzbastic increases the EC of the base nutrient solution. Check the final EC after adding Rokzbastic and adjust the overall nutrient concentration where necessary.
Can Atami Rokzbastic be used in coco?
Yes. Rokzbastic is suitable for coco coir cultivation and can be incorporated into an appropriate coco feeding programme during flowering and fruit development.
Can Atami Rokzbastic be used in hydroponics?
Yes. Rokzbastic is suitable for hydroponic cultivation as well as soil and coco growing systems.
Can Atami Rokzbastic be used in soil?
Yes. Rokzbastic can be incorporated into soil-based crop nutrition programmes during the appropriate flowering, fruiting and ripening stages.
What is the difference between Rokzbastic and Rootbastic?
Rootbastic is an early-stage root stimulator designed to support root establishment. Rokzbastic is a high-PK booster intended for later flowering, fruiting and ripening. They therefore perform very different roles within the crop cycle.
What is the difference between Rokzbastic and Bloombastic?
Both are concentrated flowering products, but their PK profiles differ. Rokzbastic has a PK 10-20 analysis with a stronger emphasis on potassium, while Bloombastic has a more balanced PK profile. Rokzbastic is particularly focused on crops with increased potassium demand during final flower and fruit development.
How many 1.25L bottles are in a full case of Atami Rokzbastic?
A full outer case contains 12 x 1.25L bottles. Individual 1.25L bottles can still be ordered separately.
£571.86
Unit price per£571.86
Unit price perA highly concentrated PK 10-20 flowering and fruiting booster with twice as much potassium as phosphorus, developed to support firm, dense flowers and fruits during the final stages of crop production.
Atami Rokzbastic is a powerful late-stage flowering additive formulated for crops with high phosphorus and potassium requirements. With a PK analysis of 10-20 W/W, Rokzbastic provides a distinctive phosphorus-to-potassium ratio of 1:2, supplying twice as much potassium as phosphorus.
This potassium-rich formulation has been developed specifically for the later flowering, fruiting and ripening stages. Atami highlights the high potassium concentration for its role in supporting firmer flowers and fruits, making Rokzbastic particularly relevant to productive crops with longer flowering phases or increased potassium demand.
Rokzbastic is highly concentrated and is applied at only 0.5-1ml per litre. It is suitable for soil, coco coir and hydroponic cultivation and can be incorporated alongside an appropriate base nutrient during the final stages of crop development.
The large 10L format is particularly well suited to commercial growers, large reservoirs and high-volume crop production. At the recommended application range, a single 10L container can prepare approximately 10,000-20,000 litres of nutrient solution.
Why choose Atami Rokzbastic?
When should Atami Rokzbastic be used?
Rokzbastic is intended for the later flowering, fruiting and ripening stages when crop demand shifts towards final flower and fruit development. Atami recommends using it during approximately the final 4 to 6 weeks of the flowering phase.
Actual crop development should take priority over rigid calendar weeks. Different crops and varieties can have substantially different flowering and fruiting periods, so Rokzbastic should be introduced when the crop reaches the appropriate stage of reproductive development.
Rokzbastic is particularly suited to plants with a longer flowering period or crops requiring additional potassium during final development. Its PK 10-20 analysis provides twice as much potassium as phosphorus, giving it a distinctly different nutritional profile from more evenly balanced PK flowering additives.
It can be used with soil, coco and hydroponic growing methods and incorporated into the existing nutrient programme during the appropriate stage of crop development.
How to use Atami Rokzbastic
Use Rokzbastic at 0.5-1ml per litre of water or nutrient solution during the later flowering, fruiting and ripening stages. Incorporate it alongside the appropriate base nutrient programme rather than using it as a standalone complete fertiliser.
At 0.5ml/L, use 5ml for 10L, 25ml for 50L, 50ml for 100L, 250ml for 500L and 500ml for a 1,000L reservoir.
At the maximum 1ml/L rate, use 10ml for 10L, 50ml for 50L, 100ml for 100L, 500ml for 500L and 1L for a 1,000L reservoir.
At the recommended application range, a 10L container prepares approximately 10,000-20,000 litres of nutrient solution, depending on whether Rokzbastic is applied at 1ml/L or 0.5ml/L.
Rokzbastic increases the EC of the base nutrient solution. Monitor EC after adding Rokzbastic and adjust the overall nutrient strength according to the crop, growing medium and stage of development.
Extra care should be taken when combining Rokzbastic with other products containing high levels of phosphorus and potassium. Excessive PK supplementation can increase the risk of overfertilisation, so the complete nutrient programme and final EC should always be considered.
Why does Rokzbastic use a PK 10-20 ratio?
Rokzbastic has been formulated with a 1:2 phosphorus-to-potassium ratio. This means the proportion of potassium is twice that of phosphorus, giving Rokzbastic a different nutritional profile from many conventional flowering boosters.
Phosphorus and potassium both play important roles during reproductive crop development. Phosphorus contributes to processes including energy transfer, while potassium is involved in numerous physiological functions associated with crop development and quality.
Atami places particular emphasis on the elevated potassium concentration in Rokzbastic, linking the PK 10-20 formulation with the development of firmer flowers and fruits.
This makes Rokzbastic particularly suited to the later stages of productive crops where the objective is to support final flower or fruit development rather than continued vegetative growth.
Atami Rokzbastic 10L product details
| Product | Atami Rokzbastic |
|---|---|
| Product type | Concentrated flowering & fruiting PK booster |
| Product size | 10L |
| Format | Liquid concentrate |
| PK analysis | PK 10-20 W/W |
| Phosphorus : potassium ratio | 1:2 |
| Application rate | 0.5-1ml/L |
| Application stage | Late flowering, fruiting & ripening |
| Typical application period | Final 4-6 weeks of flowering, according to crop development |
| 10L solution | 5-10ml |
| 50L solution | 25-50ml |
| 100L solution | 50-100ml |
| 500L solution | 250-500ml |
| 1,000L solution | 500ml-1L |
| Approximate solution from 10L | 10,000-20,000L at 1-0.5ml/L |
| Effect on EC | Increases the EC of the base nutrient solution |
| Soil | Suitable |
| Coco coir | Suitable |
| Hydroponics | Suitable |
| Available Atami sizes | 50ml, 100ml, 325ml, 1.25L, 5.5L & 10L |
Atami Rokzbastic 10L FAQs
What is Atami Rokzbastic?
Atami Rokzbastic is a highly concentrated PK flowering and fruiting booster formulated for the later stages of crop development. It has a PK analysis of 10-20 W/W and contains twice as much potassium as phosphorus.
What does Atami Rokzbastic do?
Rokzbastic supplies concentrated phosphorus and potassium during late flowering, fruiting and ripening. Atami developed its potassium-rich formulation to support firm flowers and fruits and final crop development.
What is the PK ratio of Atami Rokzbastic?
Rokzbastic has a PK analysis of 10-20 W/W, giving it a phosphorus-to-potassium ratio of 1:2, with twice as much potassium as phosphorus.
When should I use Atami Rokzbastic?
Rokzbastic is intended for the later flowering, fruiting and ripening stages. Atami recommends using it during approximately the final 4 to 6 weeks of flowering, with actual crop development determining the appropriate starting point.
How much Atami Rokzbastic should I use per litre?
Atami recommends 0.5-1ml of Rokzbastic per litre of water or nutrient solution. The appropriate concentration should take account of crop requirements and the overall strength of the complete nutrient programme.
Is Rokzbastic suitable for long-flowering crops?
Yes. Rokzbastic is particularly relevant to crops with longer flowering phases or increased potassium requirements during final flower and fruit development.
Can Rokzbastic be used with base nutrients?
Yes. Rokzbastic is a flowering and fruiting supplement rather than a complete standalone fertiliser and should be incorporated alongside an appropriate base nutrient programme.
Can Rokzbastic be used with other PK boosters?
Care is required when combining high-PK products. Their combined phosphorus and potassium contribution can substantially increase nutrient strength, so the complete feed programme and EC should be considered to avoid excessive fertilisation.
Does Atami Rokzbastic increase EC?
Yes. Rokzbastic increases the EC of the base nutrient solution. Check the final EC after adding Rokzbastic and adjust the overall nutrient concentration where necessary.
Can Atami Rokzbastic be used in coco?
Yes. Rokzbastic is suitable for coco coir cultivation and can be incorporated into an appropriate coco feeding programme during flowering and fruit development.
Can Atami Rokzbastic be used in hydroponics?
Yes. Rokzbastic is suitable for hydroponic cultivation as well as soil and coco growing systems.
Can Atami Rokzbastic be used in soil?
Yes. Rokzbastic can be incorporated into soil-based crop nutrition programmes during the appropriate flowering, fruiting and ripening stages.
What is the difference between Rokzbastic and Rootbastic?
Rootbastic is an early-stage root stimulator designed to support root establishment. Rokzbastic is a high-PK booster intended for later flowering, fruiting and ripening. They therefore perform very different roles within the crop cycle.
What is the difference between Rokzbastic and Bloombastic?
Both are concentrated flowering products, but their PK profiles differ. Rokzbastic has a PK 10-20 analysis with a stronger emphasis on potassium, while Bloombastic has a more balanced PK profile. Rokzbastic is particularly focused on crops with increased potassium demand during final flower and fruit development.
Is the 10L Rokzbastic suitable for commercial and professional growing?
Yes. The 10L format is particularly suited to commercial horticulture, large reservoirs, high plant numbers and professional growing environments where significant volumes of nutrient solution are prepared regularly.
£9.70
Unit price per£9.70
Unit price perA highly concentrated PK 10-20 flowering and fruiting booster with twice as much potassium as phosphorus, developed to support firm, dense flowers and fruits during the final stages of crop production.
Atami Rokzbastic is a powerful late-stage flowering additive formulated for crops with high phosphorus and potassium requirements. With a PK analysis of 10-20 W/W, Rokzbastic provides a distinctive phosphorus-to-potassium ratio of 1:2, supplying twice as much potassium as phosphorus.
This potassium-rich formulation has been developed specifically for the later flowering, fruiting and ripening stages. Atami highlights the high potassium concentration for its role in supporting firmer flowers and fruits, making Rokzbastic particularly relevant to productive crops with longer flowering phases or increased potassium demand.
Rokzbastic is highly concentrated and is applied at only 0.5-1ml per litre. It is suitable for soil, coco coir and hydroponic cultivation and can be incorporated alongside an appropriate base nutrient during the final stages of crop development.
The compact 100ml bottle is ideal for smaller growing systems, trial applications and lower-volume reservoirs. Despite its small size, one 100ml bottle can prepare approximately 100-200 litres of nutrient solution at the recommended application rate.
Why choose Atami Rokzbastic?
When should Atami Rokzbastic be used?
Rokzbastic is intended for the later flowering, fruiting and ripening stages when crop demand shifts towards final flower and fruit development. Atami recommends using it during approximately the final 4 to 6 weeks of the flowering phase.
Actual crop development should take priority over rigid calendar weeks. Different crops and varieties can have substantially different flowering and fruiting periods, so Rokzbastic should be introduced when the crop reaches the appropriate stage of reproductive development.
Rokzbastic is particularly suited to plants with a longer flowering period or crops requiring additional potassium during final development. Its PK 10-20 analysis provides twice as much potassium as phosphorus, giving it a distinctly different nutritional profile from more evenly balanced PK flowering additives.
It can be used with soil, coco and hydroponic growing methods and incorporated into the existing nutrient programme during the appropriate stage of crop development.
How to use Atami Rokzbastic
Use Rokzbastic at 0.5-1ml per litre of water or nutrient solution during the later flowering, fruiting and ripening stages. Incorporate it alongside the appropriate base nutrient programme rather than using it as a standalone complete fertiliser.
At 0.5ml/L, use 5ml for 10L, 25ml for 50L, 50ml for 100L, 250ml for 500L and 500ml for a 1,000L reservoir.
At the maximum 1ml/L rate, use 10ml for 10L, 50ml for 50L, 100ml for 100L, 500ml for 500L and 1L for a 1,000L reservoir.
At the recommended application range, a 100ml bottle prepares approximately 100-200 litres of nutrient solution, depending on whether Rokzbastic is applied at 1ml/L or 0.5ml/L.
Rokzbastic increases the EC of the base nutrient solution. Monitor EC after adding Rokzbastic and adjust the overall nutrient strength according to the crop, growing medium and stage of development.
Extra care should be taken when combining Rokzbastic with other products containing high levels of phosphorus and potassium. Excessive PK supplementation can increase the risk of overfertilisation, so the complete nutrient programme and final EC should always be considered.
Why does Rokzbastic use a PK 10-20 ratio?
Rokzbastic has been formulated with a 1:2 phosphorus-to-potassium ratio. This means the proportion of potassium is twice that of phosphorus, giving Rokzbastic a different nutritional profile from many conventional flowering boosters.
Phosphorus and potassium both play important roles during reproductive crop development. Phosphorus contributes to processes including energy transfer, while potassium is involved in numerous physiological functions associated with crop development and quality.
Atami places particular emphasis on the elevated potassium concentration in Rokzbastic, linking the PK 10-20 formulation with the development of firmer flowers and fruits.
This makes Rokzbastic particularly suited to the later stages of productive crops where the objective is to support final flower or fruit development rather than continued vegetative growth.
Atami Rokzbastic 100ml product details
| Product | Atami Rokzbastic |
|---|---|
| Product type | Concentrated flowering & fruiting PK booster |
| Product size | 100ml |
| Format | Liquid concentrate |
| PK analysis | PK 10-20 W/W |
| Phosphorus : potassium ratio | 1:2 |
| Application rate | 0.5-1ml/L |
| Application stage | Late flowering, fruiting & ripening |
| Typical application period | Final 4-6 weeks of flowering, according to crop development |
| 10L solution | 5-10ml |
| 50L solution | 25-50ml |
| 100L solution | 50-100ml |
| 500L solution | 250-500ml |
| 1,000L solution | 500ml-1L |
| Approximate solution from 100ml | 100-200L at 1-0.5ml/L |
| Effect on EC | Increases the EC of the base nutrient solution |
| Soil | Suitable |
| Coco coir | Suitable |
| Hydroponics | Suitable |
| Available Atami sizes | 50ml, 100ml, 325ml, 1.25L, 5.5L & 10L |
Atami Rokzbastic 100ml FAQs
What is Atami Rokzbastic?
Atami Rokzbastic is a highly concentrated PK flowering and fruiting booster formulated for the later stages of crop development. It has a PK analysis of 10-20 W/W and contains twice as much potassium as phosphorus.
What does Atami Rokzbastic do?
Rokzbastic supplies concentrated phosphorus and potassium during late flowering, fruiting and ripening. Atami developed its potassium-rich formulation to support firm flowers and fruits and final crop development.
What is the PK ratio of Atami Rokzbastic?
Rokzbastic has a PK analysis of 10-20 W/W, giving it a phosphorus-to-potassium ratio of 1:2, with twice as much potassium as phosphorus.
When should I use Atami Rokzbastic?
Rokzbastic is intended for the later flowering, fruiting and ripening stages. Atami recommends using it during approximately the final 4 to 6 weeks of flowering, with actual crop development determining the appropriate starting point.
How much Atami Rokzbastic should I use per litre?
Atami recommends 0.5-1ml of Rokzbastic per litre of water or nutrient solution. The appropriate concentration should take account of crop requirements and the overall strength of the complete nutrient programme.
Is Rokzbastic suitable for long-flowering crops?
Yes. Rokzbastic is particularly relevant to crops with longer flowering phases or increased potassium requirements during final flower and fruit development.
Can Rokzbastic be used with base nutrients?
Yes. Rokzbastic is a flowering and fruiting supplement rather than a complete standalone fertiliser and should be incorporated alongside an appropriate base nutrient programme.
Can Rokzbastic be used with other PK boosters?
Care is required when combining high-PK products. Their combined phosphorus and potassium contribution can substantially increase nutrient strength, so the complete feed programme and EC should be considered to avoid excessive fertilisation.
Does Atami Rokzbastic increase EC?
Yes. Rokzbastic increases the EC of the base nutrient solution. Check the final EC after adding Rokzbastic and adjust the overall nutrient concentration where necessary.
Can Atami Rokzbastic be used in coco?
Yes. Rokzbastic is suitable for coco coir cultivation and can be incorporated into an appropriate coco feeding programme during flowering and fruit development.
Can Atami Rokzbastic be used in hydroponics?
Yes. Rokzbastic is suitable for hydroponic cultivation as well as soil and coco growing systems.
Can Atami Rokzbastic be used in soil?
Yes. Rokzbastic can be incorporated into soil-based crop nutrition programmes during the appropriate flowering, fruiting and ripening stages.
What is the difference between Rokzbastic and Rootbastic?
Rootbastic is an early-stage root stimulator designed to support root establishment. Rokzbastic is a high-PK booster intended for later flowering, fruiting and ripening. They therefore perform very different roles within the crop cycle.
What is the difference between Rokzbastic and Bloombastic?
Both are concentrated flowering products, but their PK profiles differ. Rokzbastic has a PK 10-20 analysis with a stronger emphasis on potassium, while Bloombastic has a more balanced PK profile. Rokzbastic is particularly focused on crops with increased potassium demand during final flower and fruit development.
Is the 100ml Rokzbastic suitable for smaller growing systems?
Yes. The 100ml bottle is a convenient option for smaller reservoirs, lower plant numbers or growers wanting to use Rokzbastic without purchasing one of the larger pack sizes.
£10.47
Unit price per£10.47
Unit price perAtami B'cuzz Coco Bloom Stimulator 500ml is a concentrated flowering stimulator developed specifically for plants grown in coco substrates, supporting the transition into flowering and promoting a longer, more intense bloom period.
B'cuzz Coco Bloom Stimulator is designed to be introduced when plants begin forming their first flowers, just before they move fully into the bloom phase. At this important transition point, the plant's priorities begin shifting away from predominantly vegetative growth towards flower and fruit production.
Atami developed Coco Bloom Stimulator specifically for coco-based cultivation. Rather than acting as a high-PK flowering fertiliser, it is a specialist plant stimulator designed to support the plant's natural flowering processes and readiness to bloom.
Atami describes the effect as helping to kick-start flowering and encouraging a longer and more intense flowering period, supporting the development of dense, compact flowers and subsequent fruit formation.
Applied at only 0.5-1ml per litre, the concentrated 500ml bottle can prepare approximately 500-1,000 litres of irrigation solution, depending on the application rate used.
Why choose Atami B'cuzz Coco Bloom Stimulator?
When should Coco Bloom Stimulator be used?
B'cuzz Coco Bloom Stimulator should be introduced from the formation of the first flowers, as the crop moves from vegetative development into the flowering phase.
Atami's current coco grow programme uses Coco Bloom Stimulator through early bloom, bloom, early ripening and ripening. This makes it a flowering-cycle stimulator rather than a product intended only for a short period at the beginning of bloom.
Crop development should determine application rather than relying solely on fixed calendar weeks. Different species and varieties can have very different flowering periods, so first flower formation provides a more useful starting point.
The product is particularly suited to flowering and fruit-bearing plants grown in coco. Atami gives examples including tomatoes, herbs such as sage and basil, indoor plants and potted flowering plants.
How to use Atami B'cuzz Coco Bloom Stimulator
Add 0.5-1ml of Coco Bloom Stimulator per litre of water or nutrient solution from the beginning of flower formation.
At 0.5ml/L, use 5ml for 10L, 25ml for 50L, 50ml for 100L, 250ml for 500L and 500ml for a 1,000L reservoir.
At 1ml/L, use 10ml for 10L, 50ml for 50L, 100ml for 100L, 500ml for 500L and 1L for a 1,000L reservoir.
One 500ml bottle therefore prepares approximately 500-1,000 litres of irrigation solution at the recommended application range.
Atami recommends applying Coco Bloom Stimulator with irrigation from flower formation onwards. Its coco grow guides position it throughout early bloom, full bloom and ripening.
For optimum effect, Atami recommends using Coco Bloom Stimulator in combination with B'cuzz Coco Booster as part of the wider B'cuzz coco feeding programme.
Flower stimulation rather than a PK fertiliser
It is important to distinguish Coco Bloom Stimulator from concentrated flowering fertilisers and PK boosters.
Atami categorises its bloom stimulators separately from high-phosphorus and high-potassium flowering enhancers. Bloom stimulators do not rely on a high NPK concentration. Instead, Atami explains that its bloom stimulators use microelements and humic substances in proportions designed to positively influence the plant's readiness to flower.
This means Coco Bloom Stimulator performs a different role from products such as Bloombastic and Rokzbastic. Coco Bloom Stimulator is used to support and stimulate the flowering process, while concentrated PK products provide additional phosphorus and potassium to meet increased nutritional demands during reproductive development.
These products can therefore form different parts of the same complete coco feeding programme rather than necessarily being alternatives to one another.
Why use a coco-specific bloom stimulator?
Coco cultivation behaves differently from conventional soil growing. Coco is an airy, highly controllable growing medium in which irrigation and nutrition are normally supplied regularly throughout crop development.
Atami has developed a dedicated B'cuzz Coco range around these characteristics, including Coco A&B base nutrients, Coco Booster and Coco Bloom Stimulator.
Coco Bloom Stimulator fits into this programme as the specialist flowering stimulator, beginning as flowers start to form and continuing as the crop moves through bloom and ripening.
This targeted approach allows growers to combine a coco-specific base nutrient programme with specialist products according to the crop's changing requirements.
Atami B'cuzz Coco Bloom Stimulator 500ml product details
| Product | Atami B'cuzz Coco Bloom Stimulator |
|---|---|
| Product type | Coco-specific flowering stimulator |
| Product size | 500ml |
| Format | Concentrated liquid |
| Designed for | Coco & coco-based growing substrates |
| Application rate | 0.5-1ml/L |
| Application begins | From first flower formation |
| Crop stages | Early bloom, bloom, early ripening & ripening |
| 10L solution | 5-10ml |
| 50L solution | 25-50ml |
| 100L solution | 50-100ml |
| 500L solution | 250-500ml |
| 1,000L solution | 500ml-1L |
| Approximate solution from 500ml | 500-1,000L at 1-0.5ml/L |
| Recommended companion product | B'cuzz Coco Booster |
| Suitable crop types | Flowering & fruit-bearing crops, vegetables, fruits, herbs and suitable indoor or potted plants |
| Available Atami sizes | 100ml, 500ml, 1L & 5L |
Atami B'cuzz Coco Bloom Stimulator 500ml FAQs
What is Atami Coco Bloom Stimulator?
Atami B'cuzz Coco Bloom Stimulator is a concentrated flowering stimulator developed specifically for plants cultivated in coco substrates. It is designed to support the transition into flowering and promote a longer, more intense bloom period.
When should I start using Coco Bloom Stimulator?
Begin using Coco Bloom Stimulator when the plant starts forming its first flowers, just before it enters the main flowering phase.
How much Atami Coco Bloom Stimulator should I use?
Atami recommends 0.5-1ml per litre of water or nutrient solution from flower formation onwards.
Is Coco Bloom Stimulator a PK booster?
No. Atami classifies Coco Bloom Stimulator as a plant stimulator rather than a high-PK flowering fertiliser. It therefore performs a different role from products such as Bloombastic and Rokzbastic.
Does Coco Bloom Stimulator have an NPK ratio?
Atami does not specify an NPK analysis for Coco Bloom Stimulator. Its bloom stimulators are designed around microelements and humic substances rather than a high concentration of nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium.
Can Coco Bloom Stimulator be used throughout flowering?
Yes. Atami's coco grow programme uses Coco Bloom Stimulator through early bloom, bloom, early ripening and ripening.
Can I use Coco Bloom Stimulator with Coco A&B?
Yes. Coco Bloom Stimulator is designed to complement a coco base nutrient programme rather than replace it. B'cuzz Coco A&B can provide the main crop nutrition while Coco Bloom Stimulator performs its specialist flowering role.
Can Coco Bloom Stimulator be used with Coco Booster?
Yes. Atami specifically recommends combining Coco Bloom Stimulator with B'cuzz Coco Booster for optimum effect within its coco cultivation programme.
Can Coco Bloom Stimulator be used with Bloombastic?
Yes. They perform different roles within the feeding programme. Coco Bloom Stimulator supports the flowering process, while Bloombastic provides concentrated flowering nutrition and biostimulant support during the appropriate bloom stages.
Can Coco Bloom Stimulator be used with Rokzbastic?
Yes. Atami's coco programmes can use Coco Bloom Stimulator into the ripening stages while Rokzbastic provides concentrated PK nutrition during later flowering and ripening.
Is Coco Bloom Stimulator only for coco?
This particular version of B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator has been developed specifically for cultivation in coco-based substrates. Growers using coco should therefore choose Coco Bloom Stimulator rather than treating it as a generic flowering additive.
What plants can Atami Coco Bloom Stimulator be used on?
Atami lists flowering and fruit-bearing plants including tomatoes and herbs such as sage and basil, as well as suitable indoor and potted plants such as lavender and Alocasia.
Does Coco Bloom Stimulator improve flower development?
Atami designed the product to intensify flowering and support the development of dense, compact flowers, followed by productive fruit development.
Does Coco Bloom Stimulator support aroma and flavour?
Yes. Atami highlights natural aroma and flavour development as one of the intended benefits of Coco Bloom Stimulator during productive flowering and fruiting.
How long will a 500ml bottle of Coco Bloom Stimulator last?
At the recommended 0.5-1ml/L application rate, a 500ml bottle prepares approximately 500-1,000 litres of irrigation solution, depending on the concentration used.
£44.36
Unit price per£44.36
Unit price perAtami B'cuzz Blossom Builder Tabzz are concentrated PK 32-20 effervescent bloom-finishing tablets developed for the final 2-4 weeks of flowering and ripening, supporting larger, heavier and more compact flowers and fruits.
B'cuzz Blossom Builder Tabzz provide growers with a simple and accurately portioned way to introduce concentrated phosphorus and potassium during the final stages of crop development. Rather than measuring a liquid concentrate, the tablets dissolve directly into the nutrient solution.
With a powerful PK 32-20 W/W analysis, Blossom Builder Tabzz are specifically formulated for the flowering and ripening period. Atami positions them as a bloom finisher, designed to support increased yield, fruit size and aromatic properties as the crop approaches maturity.
The tablets are effervescent and dissolve easily into the nutrient solution. Atami recommends using 1-2 Blossom Builder Tabzz per 100 litres of nutrient solution during the final 2-4 weeks of flowering and ripening.
Each box contains 16 individually portioned Blossom Builder Tabzz, making them particularly convenient for growers running 100L or larger nutrient reservoirs who want repeatable PK supplementation without measuring concentrated liquids.
Why choose Atami B'cuzz Blossom Builder Tabzz?
When should Blossom Builder Tabzz be used?
Atami's current guidance recommends adding Blossom Builder Tabzz during the final 2-4 weeks of the flowering and ripening phase.
This positions the product firmly as a late-stage bloom finisher rather than an additive for vegetative growth or early flowering. It is designed for the period when established flowers and fruits are moving through their final development towards maturity.
Crop development should always take priority over simply counting calendar weeks. Plants with different flowering durations will reach their final flowering and ripening stages at different times.
Blossom Builder Tabzz can be incorporated into nutrient programmes for plants grown in soil, coco and hydroponic systems, making the same tablet format suitable across a wide range of cultivation methods.
How to use Atami Blossom Builder Tabzz
Add 1-2 Blossom Builder Tabzz per 100 litres of nutrient solution during the final 2-4 weeks of flowering and ripening.
Allow the effervescent tablets to dissolve thoroughly in the reservoir and mix the nutrient solution well before irrigation.
The dosage scales directly with reservoir volume. A 50L nutrient solution requires approximately half the standard 100L rate, while a 200L reservoir requires 2-4 tablets and a 500L reservoir requires 5-10 tablets.
Because Blossom Builder Tabzz contain a highly concentrated PK 32-20 formulation, they should be considered as part of the complete nutrient programme rather than simply added on top of an already aggressive flowering feed.
Avoid unnecessary stacking with other concentrated PK products. When using any strong late-stage flowering additive, monitor the overall nutrient concentration and crop response to reduce the risk of overfertilisation.
Why use a high-PK bloom finisher?
Plant nutritional requirements change substantially as crops progress from vegetative growth into flowering, fruiting and ripening.
Blossom Builder Tabzz provide a highly concentrated source of phosphorus and potassium for this final productive phase. Phosphorus contributes to important processes including energy transfer within the plant, while potassium is involved in numerous physiological functions associated with crop development and quality.
The unusual PK 32-20 W/W analysis gives Blossom Builder Tabzz a strong phosphorus emphasis while still providing substantial potassium. This differentiates the product from later-stage boosters such as Rokzbastic, which uses a potassium-dominant PK 10-20 formulation.
Blossom Builder Tabzz should therefore be viewed as a concentrated finishing tool rather than a complete base nutrient.
Why use effervescent flowering tablets?
The tablet format provides a particularly simple way of dosing larger nutrient reservoirs. Each tablet represents a defined quantity of Blossom Builder, removing the need to measure a concentrated liquid product for every application.
Once placed into the reservoir, the effervescent tablet dissolves into the nutrient solution, allowing the phosphorus and potassium formulation to be distributed throughout the irrigation water.
This makes Blossom Builder Tabzz particularly convenient for growers using 100L, 200L, 500L and other larger nutrient reservoirs, where the dosage can be calculated quickly from the standard 1-2 tablets per 100L application rate.
Atami B'cuzz Blossom Builder Tabzz product details
| Product | Atami B'cuzz Blossom Builder Tabzz |
|---|---|
| Product type | Concentrated PK bloom finisher |
| Format | Effervescent tablets |
| Pack quantity | 16 tablets |
| PK analysis | PK 32-20 W/W |
| Application rate | 1-2 tablets per 100L of nutrient solution |
| Application stage | Late flowering & ripening |
| Recommended period | Final 2-4 weeks of flowering & ripening |
| 50L nutrient solution | Approximately 0.5-1 tablet |
| 100L nutrient solution | 1-2 tablets |
| 200L nutrient solution | 2-4 tablets |
| 500L nutrient solution | 5-10 tablets |
| 1,000L nutrient solution | 10-20 tablets |
| Soil | Suitable |
| Coco | Suitable |
| Hydroponics | Suitable |
| Pack configuration | 1 box containing 16 Blossom Builder Tabzz |
Atami B'cuzz Blossom Builder Tabzz FAQs
What are Atami Blossom Builder Tabzz?
Atami B'cuzz Blossom Builder Tabzz are effervescent PK 32-20 flowering tablets designed as a late-stage bloom finisher for the final flowering and ripening phase.
What do Blossom Builder Tabzz do?
They provide concentrated phosphorus and potassium during final crop development. Atami developed them to support increased yield and fruit size and the development of larger, heavier and more compact flowers while preserving characteristic aromatic properties.
What is the PK ratio of Blossom Builder Tabzz?
Atami's current European specification gives Blossom Builder Tabzz a PK 32-20 W/W analysis.
When should I use Blossom Builder Tabzz?
Atami recommends using them during the final 2-4 weeks of flowering and ripening. The exact starting point should reflect the development and flowering duration of the crop.
How many Blossom Builder Tabzz should I use?
Use 1-2 tablets per 100 litres of nutrient solution according to Atami's current application guidance.
Do Blossom Builder Tabzz replace my base nutrient?
No. Blossom Builder Tabzz are a concentrated PK bloom finisher rather than a complete base fertiliser. They should be incorporated into an appropriate flowering nutrient programme.
Can Blossom Builder Tabzz be used in coco?
Yes. Atami Blossom Builder Tabzz are suitable for plants cultivated in coco and coco-based growing substrates.
Can Blossom Builder Tabzz be used in hydroponics?
Yes. The tablets dissolve into the nutrient solution and are suitable for hydroponic cultivation.
Can Blossom Builder Tabzz be used in soil?
Yes. They are suitable for soil cultivation when incorporated into an appropriate flowering and ripening nutrient programme.
Can I use Blossom Builder Tabzz with other PK boosters?
Caution is recommended. Blossom Builder Tabzz already provide a highly concentrated PK 32-20 formulation, so combining them with additional high-PK products can substantially increase nutrient strength and the risk of overfertilisation.
What is the difference between Blossom Builder Tabzz and Rokzbastic?
Both are late-stage PK products, but their nutrient profiles are very different. Blossom Builder Tabzz have a phosphorus-heavy PK 32-20 analysis, while Rokzbastic has a potassium-heavy PK 10-20 analysis. They should not be treated as identical flowering additives.
What is the difference between Blossom Builder Tabzz and Blossom Builder Liquid?
The Tabzz are pre-measured effervescent tablets with a PK 32-20 analysis and are specifically positioned as a late-stage bloom finisher. Blossom Builder Liquid is a liquid flowering product with a different PK analysis and application rate, so the two formats should not be dosed interchangeably.
Do Blossom Builder Tabzz dissolve in water?
Yes. They are effervescent tablets specifically designed to dissolve easily in the nutrient solution, making them particularly convenient for reservoir-based feeding.
Are Blossom Builder Tabzz suitable for larger nutrient reservoirs?
Yes. The tablet format is particularly convenient for larger reservoirs because the dosage scales directly from 1-2 tablets per 100L of nutrient solution.
How many Blossom Builder Tabzz are in a box?
This pack contains 16 Atami B'cuzz Blossom Builder Tabzz.
£79.81
Unit price per£79.81
Unit price perAtami B'cuzz Blossom Builder Liquid 5L is a highly concentrated PK 18-23 bloom finisher developed to support final flower and fruit development, increased yield, fruit size and aromatic properties during the productive flowering phase.
As flowering progresses, crop demand for phosphorus and potassium changes significantly. B'cuzz Blossom Builder Liquid provides a concentrated source of these important flowering nutrients in a distinctive PK 18-23 W/W formulation.
Atami developed Blossom Builder Liquid to support the structure and final development of flowers and fruits. It is positioned as a specialist bloom finisher, supporting strong, healthy and substantial flower and fruit formation as the crop moves through its productive stages.
The concentrated liquid formulation is applied at only 0.25-0.5ml per litre, making the 5L container particularly economical for professional growers, larger irrigation systems and high-volume nutrient reservoirs.
Blossom Builder Liquid can be used with soil, coco and hydroponic cultivation and is suitable for use through irrigation systems. Its liquid format also allows growers to adjust the application rate precisely according to crop requirements.
Why choose Atami B'cuzz Blossom Builder Liquid?
When should Blossom Builder Liquid be used?
Blossom Builder Liquid is designed for the flowering and ripening stages, when crops are directing increasing amounts of energy and nutrition towards flower and fruit development.
Current Atami grow guides introduce Blossom Builder Liquid during the productive flowering stages at 0.25-0.5ml/L. The exact timing should follow crop development rather than relying entirely on fixed calendar weeks.
Atami recommends Blossom Builder Liquid for a range of flowering and fruit-bearing crops. Manufacturer examples include chilli peppers and blueberries, as well as flowering ornamental plants such as Buddleia and Amaranth.
Because different crops have different flowering durations and nutritional requirements, growers can adjust the liquid dosage within Atami's recommended range to suit the crop and feeding programme.
How to use Atami B'cuzz Blossom Builder Liquid
Add 0.25-0.5ml of Blossom Builder Liquid per litre of nutrient solution during the appropriate flowering stages.
At 0.25ml/L, use 2.5ml for 10L, 12.5ml for 50L, 25ml for 100L, 125ml for 500L and 250ml for a 1,000L nutrient reservoir.
At 0.5ml/L, use 5ml for 10L, 25ml for 50L, 50ml for 100L, 250ml for 500L and 500ml for a 1,000L nutrient reservoir.
One 5L container can therefore prepare approximately 10,000 litres of nutrient solution at 0.5ml/L or up to 20,000 litres at 0.25ml/L.
Mix the standard nutrient solution first before adding the required quantity of Blossom Builder Liquid. Mix thoroughly to ensure even distribution throughout the reservoir.
Because Blossom Builder Liquid provides concentrated phosphorus and potassium, consider the complete nutrient programme when determining application strength. Avoid unnecessarily combining multiple high-PK products without accounting for their combined nutrient contribution.
Understanding the PK 18-23 formulation
Blossom Builder Liquid has a PK analysis of 18-23 W/W, providing a substantial concentration of both phosphorus and potassium.
Phosphorus plays important roles in plant energy transfer and reproductive development, while potassium is involved in numerous physiological processes associated with water regulation, nutrient movement and crop development.
As crops progress through flowering and fruiting, these macronutrients become particularly important to productive development. Blossom Builder Liquid provides them in a concentrated formulation designed specifically for this stage of cultivation.
The 18-23 formulation also distinguishes Blossom Builder Liquid from other Atami finishing products. It should therefore be selected and dosed according to the complete feeding strategy rather than assuming all bloom finishers perform the same nutritional role.
Suitable for soil, coco and hydroponics
One of the major advantages of Blossom Builder Liquid is its flexibility across different cultivation methods.
Atami specifies the product for use with soil, coco and hydro substrates. Its concentrated liquid formulation can be incorporated into the appropriate base nutrient programme for each growing method.
It is also suitable for use through irrigation systems, making the 5L format particularly practical for growers using larger mixing tanks, drip irrigation or automated fertigation.
The ability to measure between 0.25 and 0.5ml/L also gives professional growers more control over application strength than a fixed-dose tablet format.
Blossom Builder Liquid vs Blossom Builder Tabzz
Although both carry the Blossom Builder name, the Liquid and Tabzz versions should not be treated as interchangeable products.
Blossom Builder Liquid has a PK 18-23 W/W analysis and is dosed at 0.25-0.5ml/L. The liquid format gives growers precise control over the concentration used for different crops and reservoir sizes.
Blossom Builder Tabzz use a different PK formulation and are supplied as pre-measured effervescent tablets. They are particularly convenient where growers want a simple tablet-based finishing treatment.
Always follow the application guidance for the specific Blossom Builder product being used rather than transferring the dosage or nutrient analysis from one format to another.
Atami B'cuzz Blossom Builder Liquid 5L product details
| Product | Atami B'cuzz Blossom Builder Liquid |
|---|---|
| Product type | Concentrated liquid bloom finisher |
| Product size | 5L |
| Formulation | Liquid PK flowering nutrition & stimulator |
| PK analysis | PK 18-23 W/W |
| Application rate | 0.25-0.5ml/L |
| Application stage | Productive flowering & ripening stages |
| 10L nutrient solution | 2.5-5ml |
| 50L nutrient solution | 12.5-25ml |
| 100L nutrient solution | 25-50ml |
| 500L nutrient solution | 125-250ml |
| 1,000L nutrient solution | 250-500ml |
| Approximate solution from 5L | 10,000L at 0.5ml/L or 20,000L at 0.25ml/L |
| Soil | Suitable |
| Coco | Suitable |
| Hydroponics | Suitable |
| Irrigation systems | Suitable for use with irrigation systems |
| Recommended combination | B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator |
Atami B'cuzz Blossom Builder Liquid 5L FAQs
What is Atami Blossom Builder Liquid?
Atami B'cuzz Blossom Builder Liquid is a concentrated PK 18-23 bloom finisher developed to support final flower and fruit development, yield, fruit size and aromatic properties during productive flowering.
What does Blossom Builder Liquid do?
It supplies concentrated phosphorus and potassium during flowering and supports the development of strong, substantial flowers and fruits. Atami specifically highlights increased yield, fruit size and aromatic properties.
What is the PK ratio of Blossom Builder Liquid?
The current European Atami specification is PK 18-23 W/W.
How much Blossom Builder Liquid should I use?
Atami recommends 0.25-0.5ml per litre of nutrient solution. The appropriate concentration can be adjusted according to the crop and overall feeding programme.
When should I use Blossom Builder Liquid?
Blossom Builder Liquid is intended for the productive flowering stages. Atami's grow guides introduce it during bloom as flower and fruit development becomes established.
Can Blossom Builder Liquid be used as a flowering nutrient?
Yes. Atami states that Blossom Builder Liquid can be used as flowering nutrition and stimulator in one. It can also be incorporated alongside an appropriate base nutrient programme according to crop requirements.
Can Blossom Builder Liquid be used with Bloom Stimulator?
Yes. Atami specifically recommends combining Blossom Builder Liquid with B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator for optimum results within the B'cuzz feeding programme.
Can Atami Blossom Builder Liquid be used in coco?
Yes. Blossom Builder Liquid is suitable for coco and coco-based cultivation and can be incorporated into a suitable coco nutrient programme.
Can Atami Blossom Builder Liquid be used in hydroponics?
Yes. Atami specifies Blossom Builder Liquid for hydroponic cultivation as well as soil and coco.
Can Blossom Builder Liquid be used in soil?
Yes. It can be incorporated into soil-based flowering programmes at the recommended application rate.
Can Blossom Builder Liquid be used with drip irrigation?
Yes. Atami states that Blossom Builder Liquid can be used with irrigation systems, making the liquid format particularly practical for larger tanks and automated fertigation.
What is the difference between Blossom Builder Liquid and Blossom Builder Tabzz?
They are different formulations. Blossom Builder Liquid is a PK 18-23 liquid concentrate applied at 0.25-0.5ml/L, while Blossom Builder Tabzz are pre-measured effervescent tablets with their own nutrient analysis and application instructions.
What is the difference between Blossom Builder Liquid and Rokzbastic?
Blossom Builder Liquid has a PK 18-23 analysis, while Rokzbastic has a PK 10-20 formulation with twice as much potassium as phosphorus. Both are flowering products, but their nutrient profiles and recommended programmes are different.
Can I combine Blossom Builder Liquid with another strong PK booster?
Blossom Builder Liquid already provides concentrated phosphorus and potassium. If other high-PK products are being used, account for their combined contribution to the nutrient solution to avoid excessive fertilisation.
How much nutrient solution will a 5L container make?
A 5L container makes approximately 10,000 litres at 0.5ml/L or 20,000 litres at 0.25ml/L, making this size particularly suitable for high-volume and professional growing applications.
£571.86
Unit price per£571.86
Unit price perAtami Bloombastic 10L is a highly concentrated PK 14-15 all-in-one bloom and ripening additive developed to support dense flower development, increased sugar production, enhanced aroma and a strong finish during the final stages of flowering.
Bloombastic is Atami's award-winning all-in-one bloom additive, developed for the final 4-6 weeks of flowering and ripening. It combines the functions of a bloom stimulator, hardener, taste enhancer and activator of various enzymatic processes, providing concentrated support as flowering and fruiting crops move towards maturity.
With a powerful PK 14-15 W/W formulation, Bloombastic supplies high levels of phosphorus and potassium during the period when productive crops have significant demand for these important flowering nutrients. Atami states that Bloombastic contains more than 50% more bio-minerals in the form of phosphorus and potassium than other liquid flowering products.
No ballast substances such as sodium or chlorine are used. The concentrated formulation is designed to encourage sugar and flower production, supporting the development of thicker, denser and more aromatic flowers during the final stages of the crop cycle.
Applied at only 0.5-1ml/L, the professional 10L format can prepare approximately 10,000-20,000 litres of nutrient solution, making it particularly well suited to commercial horticulture, large irrigation systems and high-volume nutrient reservoirs.
Why choose Atami Bloombastic?
What is Atami Bloombastic suitable for?
Bloombastic can be used with a wide range of flowering and fruiting plants, including vegetables, fruits, herbs and ornamental flowering crops. Atami gives examples including chilli peppers, strawberries and blueberries, as well as flowering plants such as orchids and violets.
It is suitable for cultivation in Hydro, Coco and Soil and can be incorporated into different substrate and irrigation systems.
Bloombastic is specifically intended for established flowering crops approaching the later stages of flower and fruit development. It is not a vegetative growth additive or complete base fertiliser.
Crop development should determine application timing rather than relying entirely on fixed calendar weeks. Atami recommends Bloombastic for the final 4-6 weeks of flowering and ripening, so crops with different flowering durations will naturally begin the programme at different points.
How to use Atami Bloombastic
Apply Bloombastic during the final 4-6 weeks of flowering and ripening in combination with your basic nutrients. Use 0.5-1ml per litre of water or nutrient solution, adjusting the overall nutrient programme according to crop requirements.
At 0.5ml/L, use 5ml for 10L, 25ml for 50L, 50ml for 100L, 250ml for 500L and 500ml for a 1,000L nutrient reservoir.
At 1ml/L, use 10ml for 10L, 50ml for 50L, 100ml for 100L, 500ml for 500L and 1L for a 1,000L nutrient reservoir.
A 10L container therefore prepares approximately 20,000 litres of nutrient solution at 0.5ml/L or 10,000 litres at 1ml/L.
Bloombastic increases the EC value of the basic nutrient solution, so EC should be monitored during use. Take the strength of the base nutrient and other additives into account when preparing the final solution.
Bloombastic can be combined with a bloom stimulator such as B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator where additional flowering-phase stimulation is required.
Important: Do not combine Bloombastic with another PK nutrient. Atami advises that this is unnecessary and can increase the risk of overfertilisation.
Understanding Bloombastic PK 14-15
Bloombastic provides a concentrated but relatively balanced combination of phosphorus and potassium, with a PK analysis of 14-15 W/W.
Phosphorus is involved in essential plant processes including energy transfer and reproductive development. Potassium contributes to numerous physiological functions associated with water regulation, nutrient movement and productive crop development.
During flowering and ripening, demand for these elements becomes increasingly important as the plant directs resources towards developing flowers and fruits.
Bloombastic combines this concentrated PK nutrition with its wider bloom-stimulating formulation, which is why Atami positions the product as an all-in-one flowering additive rather than simply a conventional PK fertiliser.
Bloombastic as part of a flowering programme
Bloombastic is designed to supplement rather than replace the plant's basic nutrient programme. Continue using an appropriate base nutrient for the chosen growing medium while introducing Bloombastic during the recommended flowering and ripening stages.
A bloom stimulator can also be incorporated where appropriate because a stimulator performs a different role from concentrated PK nutrition.
However, Bloombastic already provides a substantial PK 14-15 concentration. Adding another dedicated PK booster on top of it can create excessive phosphorus and potassium levels, which is why Atami specifically advises against combining Bloombastic with another PK nutrient.
Monitoring EC and crop response allows growers to account for the contribution made by both the base nutrient and Bloombastic rather than treating additives independently.
Atami Bloombastic 10L product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Product | Bloombastic |
| Product type | All-in-one bloom & ripening additive |
| Size | 10L |
| PK analysis | PK 14-15 W/W |
| Application rate | 0.5-1ml/L |
| Application period | Final 4-6 weeks of flowering & ripening |
| 10L nutrient solution | 5-10ml |
| 50L nutrient solution | 25-50ml |
| 100L nutrient solution | 50-100ml |
| 500L nutrient solution | 250-500ml |
| 1,000L nutrient solution | 500ml-1L |
| Approximate solution from 10L | 10,000L at 1ml/L or 20,000L at 0.5ml/L |
| Growing media | Hydro, Coco & Soil |
| Irrigation | Suitable for irrigation systems |
| Use with base nutrients | Yes |
| Use with bloom stimulator | Yes |
| Use with another PK nutrient | No - Atami advises against combining Bloombastic with another PK nutrient |
Atami Bloombastic 10L FAQs
What does Atami Bloombastic do?
Bloombastic is an all-in-one bloom and ripening additive designed to support plants during the final stages of flowering. It combines bloom stimulation, concentrated PK nutrition, flower hardening, taste enhancement and activation of various enzymatic processes.
What is the PK ratio of Atami Bloombastic?
Bloombastic has a PK 14-15 W/W analysis, providing high concentrations of both phosphorus and potassium during flowering and ripening.
When should I use Atami Bloombastic?
Atami recommends using Bloombastic during the final 4-6 weeks of flowering and ripening. Follow the actual development of the crop when determining the appropriate starting point.
How much Atami Bloombastic should I use?
Use 0.5-1ml per litre of water or nutrient solution alongside the crop's basic nutrients.
Does Bloombastic increase EC?
Yes. Bloombastic increases the EC of the basic nutrient solution because it contains concentrated mineral nutrition. Monitor EC and account for the strength of the complete feeding programme.
Can I use Bloombastic with my base nutrients?
Yes. Bloombastic is intended to be used in combination with appropriate basic nutrients during flowering and ripening. It is not a complete base fertiliser on its own.
Can Bloombastic be used with Bloom Stimulator?
Yes. Atami states that Bloombastic can be combined with a bloom stimulator such as B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator because the products perform different roles within the flowering programme.
Can Bloombastic be used with another PK booster?
No. Atami advises against combining Bloombastic with another PK nutrient. Bloombastic already contains a concentrated PK 14-15 formulation, and additional PK supplementation can increase the risk of overfertilisation.
Can I use Bloombastic in coco?
Yes. Bloombastic is suitable for coco and coco-based growing systems when incorporated into an appropriate coco nutrient programme.
Can I use Bloombastic in hydroponics?
Yes. Bloombastic is suitable for hydroponic cultivation and can be added to the nutrient solution during the appropriate flowering and ripening stages.
Can I use Bloombastic in soil?
Yes. Bloombastic is suitable for soil-grown flowering and fruiting plants when used alongside an appropriate base nutrient programme.
What plants can Bloombastic be used on?
Bloombastic can be used with many flowering and fruiting crops. Atami gives examples including chilli peppers, strawberries and blueberries, along with flowering ornamental plants such as orchids and violets.
Does Bloombastic support sugar production?
Yes. Atami specifically positions Bloombastic to encourage sugar production during flowering, supporting crop weight, aroma and final flower or fruit development.
What is the difference between Bloombastic and Rokzbastic?
Bloombastic is an all-in-one PK 14-15 bloom additive with a relatively balanced phosphorus-to-potassium profile. Rokzbastic is a PK 10-20 late-flowering booster with twice as much potassium as phosphorus. They have different formulations and should not be stacked together as additional PK products.
Is the 10L Bloombastic suitable for commercial horticulture?
Yes. The 10L format is particularly well suited to professional growers, larger crop areas and high-volume irrigation systems where Bloombastic is used regularly during flowering and ripening.
How much nutrient solution will 10L of Bloombastic make?
A 10L container prepares approximately 10,000 litres at 1ml/L or 20,000 litres at 0.5ml/L.
£9.70
Unit price per£9.70
Unit price perAtami Bloombastic 100ml is a highly concentrated PK 14-15 all-in-one bloom and ripening additive developed to support dense flower development, increased sugar production, enhanced aroma and a strong finish during the final stages of flowering.
Bloombastic is Atami's award-winning all-in-one bloom additive, developed for the final 4-6 weeks of flowering and ripening. It combines the functions of a bloom stimulator, hardener, taste enhancer and activator of various enzymatic processes, providing concentrated support as flowering and fruiting crops move towards maturity.
With a powerful PK 14-15 W/W formulation, Bloombastic supplies high levels of phosphorus and potassium during the period when productive crops have significant demand for these important flowering nutrients. Atami states that Bloombastic contains more than 50% more bio-minerals in the form of phosphorus and potassium than other liquid flowering products.
No ballast substances such as sodium or chlorine are used. The concentrated formulation is designed to encourage sugar and flower production, supporting the development of thicker, denser and more aromatic flowers during the final stages of the crop cycle.
Applied at only 0.5-1ml/L, a 100ml bottle can prepare approximately 100-200 litres of nutrient solution, making this compact size ideal for smaller growing systems, trial applications and lower-volume reservoirs.
Why choose Atami Bloombastic?
What is Atami Bloombastic suitable for?
Bloombastic can be used with a wide range of flowering and fruiting plants, including vegetables, fruits, herbs and ornamental flowering crops. Atami gives examples including chilli peppers, strawberries and blueberries, as well as flowering plants such as orchids and violets.
It is suitable for cultivation in Hydro, Coco and Soil and can be incorporated into different substrate and irrigation systems.
Bloombastic is specifically intended for established flowering crops approaching the later stages of flower and fruit development. It is not a vegetative growth additive or complete base fertiliser.
Crop development should determine application timing rather than relying entirely on fixed calendar weeks. Atami recommends Bloombastic for the final 4-6 weeks of flowering and ripening, so crops with different flowering durations will naturally begin the programme at different points.
How to use Atami Bloombastic
Apply Bloombastic during the final 4-6 weeks of flowering and ripening in combination with your basic nutrients. Use 0.5-1ml per litre of water or nutrient solution, adjusting the overall nutrient programme according to crop requirements.
At 0.5ml/L, use 5ml for a 10L nutrient solution, 25ml for 50L and 50ml for 100L.
At 1ml/L, use 10ml for a 10L nutrient solution, 50ml for 50L and 100ml for 100L.
A 100ml bottle therefore prepares approximately 200 litres of nutrient solution at 0.5ml/L or 100 litres at 1ml/L.
Bloombastic increases the EC value of the basic nutrient solution, so EC should be monitored during use. Take the strength of the base nutrient and other additives into account when preparing the final solution.
Bloombastic can be combined with a bloom stimulator such as B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator where additional flowering-phase stimulation is required.
Important: Do not combine Bloombastic with another PK nutrient. Atami advises that this is unnecessary and can increase the risk of overfertilisation.
Understanding Bloombastic PK 14-15
Bloombastic provides a concentrated but relatively balanced combination of phosphorus and potassium, with a PK analysis of 14-15 W/W.
Phosphorus is involved in essential plant processes including energy transfer and reproductive development. Potassium contributes to numerous physiological functions associated with water regulation, nutrient movement and productive crop development.
During flowering and ripening, demand for these elements becomes increasingly important as the plant directs resources towards developing flowers and fruits.
Bloombastic combines this concentrated PK nutrition with its wider bloom-stimulating formulation, which is why Atami positions the product as an all-in-one flowering additive rather than simply a conventional PK fertiliser.
Bloombastic as part of a flowering programme
Bloombastic is designed to supplement rather than replace the plant's basic nutrient programme. Continue using an appropriate base nutrient for the chosen growing medium while introducing Bloombastic during the recommended flowering and ripening stages.
A bloom stimulator can also be incorporated where appropriate because a stimulator performs a different role from concentrated PK nutrition.
However, Bloombastic already provides a substantial PK 14-15 concentration. Adding another dedicated PK booster on top of it can create excessive phosphorus and potassium levels, which is why Atami specifically advises against combining Bloombastic with another PK nutrient.
Monitoring EC and crop response allows growers to account for the contribution made by both the base nutrient and Bloombastic rather than treating additives independently.
Atami Bloombastic 100ml product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Product | Bloombastic |
| Product type | All-in-one bloom & ripening additive |
| Size | 100ml |
| PK analysis | PK 14-15 W/W |
| Application rate | 0.5-1ml/L |
| Application period | Final 4-6 weeks of flowering & ripening |
| 10L nutrient solution | 5-10ml |
| 50L nutrient solution | 25-50ml |
| 100L nutrient solution | 50-100ml |
| Approximate solution from 100ml | 100L at 1ml/L or 200L at 0.5ml/L |
| Growing media | Hydro, Coco & Soil |
| Irrigation | Suitable for irrigation systems |
| Use with base nutrients | Yes |
| Use with bloom stimulator | Yes |
| Use with another PK nutrient | No - Atami advises against combining Bloombastic with another PK nutrient |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 100ml bottles |
Atami Bloombastic 100ml FAQs
What does Atami Bloombastic do?
Bloombastic is an all-in-one bloom and ripening additive designed to support plants during the final stages of flowering. It combines bloom stimulation, concentrated PK nutrition, flower hardening, taste enhancement and activation of various enzymatic processes.
What is the PK ratio of Atami Bloombastic?
Bloombastic has a PK 14-15 W/W analysis, providing high concentrations of both phosphorus and potassium during flowering and ripening.
When should I use Atami Bloombastic?
Atami recommends using Bloombastic during the final 4-6 weeks of flowering and ripening. Follow the actual development of the crop when determining the appropriate starting point.
How much Atami Bloombastic should I use?
Use 0.5-1ml per litre of water or nutrient solution alongside the crop's basic nutrients.
Does Bloombastic increase EC?
Yes. Bloombastic increases the EC of the basic nutrient solution because it contains concentrated mineral nutrition. Monitor EC and account for the strength of the complete feeding programme.
Can I use Bloombastic with my base nutrients?
Yes. Bloombastic is intended to be used in combination with appropriate basic nutrients during flowering and ripening. It is not a complete base fertiliser on its own.
Can Bloombastic be used with Bloom Stimulator?
Yes. Bloombastic can be combined with a bloom stimulator such as B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator because the products perform different roles within a flowering programme.
Can Bloombastic be used with another PK booster?
No. Atami advises against combining Bloombastic with another PK nutrient. Bloombastic already contains a concentrated PK 14-15 formulation, and additional PK supplementation can increase the risk of overfertilisation.
Can I use Bloombastic in coco?
Yes. Bloombastic is suitable for coco and coco-based growing systems when incorporated into an appropriate coco nutrient programme.
Can I use Bloombastic in hydroponics?
Yes. Bloombastic is suitable for hydroponic cultivation and can be added to the nutrient solution during the appropriate flowering and ripening stages.
Can I use Bloombastic in soil?
Yes. Bloombastic is suitable for soil-grown flowering and fruiting plants when used alongside an appropriate base nutrient programme.
What plants can Bloombastic be used on?
Bloombastic can be used with many flowering and fruiting crops. Atami gives examples including chilli peppers, strawberries and blueberries, along with flowering ornamental plants such as orchids and violets.
Does Bloombastic support sugar production?
Yes. Atami positions Bloombastic to encourage sugar production during flowering, supporting crop weight, aroma and final flower or fruit development.
What is the difference between Bloombastic and Rokzbastic?
Bloombastic is an all-in-one PK 14-15 bloom additive with a relatively balanced phosphorus-to-potassium profile. Rokzbastic is a PK 10-20 late-flowering booster with twice as much potassium as phosphorus. They have different formulations and should not be stacked together as additional PK products.
Is the 100ml Bloombastic suitable for smaller growing systems?
Yes. The 100ml bottle is a practical choice for smaller reservoirs, lower plant numbers or growers wanting to use Bloombastic without purchasing a larger container. It makes approximately 100-200 litres of nutrient solution depending on application rate.
How many 100ml bottles of Atami Bloombastic are in a full case?
A full outer case contains 12 x 100ml bottles of Atami Bloombastic.
£6.08
Unit price per£6.08
Unit price perAtami Bi Grow Mix 50L is a medium-fertilised peat and coco fibre growing substrate that combines excellent moisture retention with an open, aerated root-zone structure for balanced plant development.
Developed to sit between Atami Janeco-Light-Mix and the more heavily fertilised Kilomix, Bi Grow Mix provides growers with a versatile middle ground. It contains sufficient starter nutrition to support plants through their initial development while still allowing the grower to introduce liquid fertiliser as crop demand increases.
The substrate combines peat with approximately 20% coco fibres and chips. The coco component creates additional air spaces within the growing medium while helping the substrate retain moisture effectively, producing a forgiving balance between water availability and root-zone aeration.
With an EC of 1.25-1.50, Bi Grow Mix is classified by Atami as a medium-fertilised substrate. Plants can root directly into the mix from the initial stage and continue developing before additional liquid nutrition is introduced according to plant size, pot volume and crop requirements.
Supplied in a professional 50L bag, Bi Grow Mix is suitable for a wide range of container-grown crops and is available from Creation Horticulture individually or in full pallets of 70 x 50L bags.
Why choose Atami Bi Grow Mix?
What is Atami Bi Grow Mix suitable for?
Bi Grow Mix is designed as a versatile growing substrate for growers who want more initial nutrition than a light mix without moving to a heavily fertilised growing medium.
Atami positions it as a medium-fertilised substrate. Plants can root directly into the mix during their initial stage and then continue developing as the established starter nutrition supports early growth.
This makes Bi Grow Mix suitable for a broad range of container-grown flowering plants, ornamentals, vegetables and other productive crops where a balance between nutrient availability, moisture retention and root-zone aeration is desirable.
The combination of peat and coco also makes the substrate relatively forgiving. It retains moisture effectively while the coco fibres and chips contribute additional air spaces, helping growers maintain a more balanced root environment.
Why combine peat and coco fibre?
Peat and coco have complementary physical characteristics, which is the principle behind Atami Bi Grow Mix. Rather than relying entirely on one material, the substrate combines them to provide a balance between moisture retention and aeration.
The peat component provides the main body of the growing medium and helps maintain consistent moisture around the root zone. The approximately 20% coco fibre and chip content introduces additional air spaces into the substrate.
This produces a growing medium that can retain useful moisture without becoming unnecessarily compact when managed correctly. Roots require both water and oxygen, so maintaining this balance is an important part of healthy root-zone management.
Atami specifically highlights Bi Grow Mix as being relatively airy while retaining water well, making it a practical choice for growers who want a forgiving substrate with straightforward irrigation management.
Medium fertilisation for controlled feeding
Atami classifies Bi Grow Mix as medium fertilised. This places it between Janeco-Light-Mix, which has a relatively light nutrient charge, and Kilomix, which is designed as a heavily fertilised substrate.
Nutrients are incorporated into Bi Grow Mix to cover the crop's initial period of development. This means additional fertiliser does not automatically need to be applied immediately after planting.
Once the plant has progressed beyond this initial period, Atami recommends introducing liquid fertiliser for optimum results. The correct timing depends on factors including plant number, plant size, container volume, crop type and growing conditions.
This approach gives growers a useful balance: enough nutrition to establish the crop while retaining the ability to control subsequent feeding according to actual plant demand.
How to use Atami Bi Grow Mix
Fill the chosen container with Bi Grow Mix without excessively compressing the substrate. Maintaining its natural structure helps preserve the air spaces created by the peat and coco fibre blend.
Plant or transplant into the substrate and water thoroughly enough to establish even moisture throughout the root zone. Allow normal drainage and then manage subsequent irrigation according to plant size, container volume, environmental conditions and moisture use.
Because Bi Grow Mix already contains starter nutrition, avoid automatically applying a strong fertiliser programme immediately after planting. Monitor plant development and introduce liquid nutrition once the initial nutrient supply is no longer sufficient for the crop.
The exact point at which additional feeding becomes necessary will vary. Larger plants in smaller containers may use the available nutrition more rapidly than smaller plants growing in a larger volume of substrate.
Avoid allowing the substrate to remain permanently saturated. Although Bi Grow Mix has good moisture-retention properties, irrigation should still allow sufficient air to remain within the root zone.
Bi Grow Mix vs Janeco-Light-Mix and Kilomix
Atami offers the three substrates at different fertilisation levels, allowing growers to select a mix according to the amount of initial nutrition and feeding control required.
Janeco-Light-Mix is the lightly fertilised option. It uses peat and perlite and is particularly suitable for seedlings, cuttings and growers who want maximum control over subsequent nutrition.
Bi Grow Mix is the medium-fertilised option. Its peat and coco fibre composition provides good moisture retention and an aerated structure while supplying a moderate level of starter nutrition.
Kilomix is the heavily fertilised option. It is designed for more demanding plants and growers looking for a nutrient-rich substrate from the beginning.
Bi Grow Mix therefore provides the middle ground for growers who want more initial nutrition than a light mix while retaining greater control than a heavily fertilised substrate.
Atami Bi Grow Mix 50L product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Product | Bi Grow Mix |
| Product type | Medium-fertilised growing substrate |
| Size | 50L |
| Base materials | Peat & coco fibre |
| Coco content | Approximately 20% coco fibres & chips |
| Fertilisation level | Medium |
| EC | 1.25-1.50 |
| Structure | Moisture-retentive & aerated |
| Initial nutrition | Starter nutrition included |
| Additional feeding | Introduce liquid fertiliser after the initial feeding period according to crop requirements |
| Suitable for | Balanced & prolonged growth across a wide range of container-grown crops |
| Outer case quantity | 1 x 50L bag |
| Pallet quantity | 70 x 50L bags |
Atami Bi Grow Mix 50L FAQs
What is Atami Bi Grow Mix?
Atami Bi Grow Mix is a medium-fertilised peat and coco fibre growing substrate designed to provide a balance of moisture retention, root-zone aeration and initial plant nutrition.
What is Atami Bi Grow Mix made from?
Bi Grow Mix combines peat with coco fibre. Atami's detailed product information specifies approximately 20% coco fibres and chips, which create additional air spaces within the growing medium.
What is the EC of Atami Bi Grow Mix?
Atami specifies an EC of 1.25-1.50 for Bi Grow Mix, reflecting its medium level of initial fertilisation.
Is Atami Bi Grow Mix pre-fertilised?
Yes. Bi Grow Mix contains starter nutrition and is classified by Atami as a medium-fertilised substrate. This initial nutrient charge is designed to support plants during their early development.
Do I need to feed plants immediately in Bi Grow Mix?
Not necessarily. The substrate already contains nutrients for the initial growing period. Additional liquid fertiliser should be introduced as the crop begins to use the available nutrition, with timing adjusted to plant size, container volume and crop demand.
Does Bi Grow Mix contain coco coir?
Yes. Bi Grow Mix contains approximately 20% coco fibres and chips. The coco component helps create additional air spaces while contributing to the substrate's moisture-management characteristics.
Does Atami Bi Grow Mix contain perlite?
Atami's current specification describes Bi Grow Mix as a peat and coco fibre substrate. Unlike Janeco-Light-Mix and Kilomix, which Atami specifically describes as peat and perlite substrates, coco fibre provides the additional aeration in Bi Grow Mix.
Is Bi Grow Mix suitable for young plants?
Atami states that plants can root directly into Bi Grow Mix from their initial stage. Its medium fertilisation level provides more starter nutrition than Janeco-Light-Mix, so particularly nutrient-sensitive seedlings or cuttings may still be better suited to a lighter mix.
What is the difference between Atami Bi Grow Mix and Janeco-Light-Mix?
Janeco-Light-Mix is a lightly fertilised peat and perlite substrate designed to give growers greater control over feeding. Bi Grow Mix combines peat and coco fibre and has a medium fertilisation level, providing more initial nutrition and strong moisture retention.
What is the difference between Atami Bi Grow Mix and Kilomix?
Bi Grow Mix is medium fertilised and combines peat with coco fibre. Kilomix is heavily fertilised, uses peat and perlite and is intended for demanding plants or growers wanting a much richer nutrient supply from the start.
Does Bi Grow Mix retain water well?
Yes. Atami specifically highlights the substrate's good moisture retention. Its peat and coco fibre blend combines moisture-holding capacity with an aerated structure around the root zone.
Is Bi Grow Mix good for hand watering?
Yes. Its combination of moisture retention and aeration makes Bi Grow Mix particularly practical for hand-watered container crops, where the grower wants a forgiving substrate between irrigation events.
Can Atami Bi Grow Mix be used for a full crop cycle?
Yes. Plants can continue growing in Bi Grow Mix throughout their crop cycle, but the initial nutrient charge will eventually be used. Introduce an appropriate liquid nutrient programme as crop demand increases.
Is Atami Bi Grow Mix suitable for professional horticulture?
Yes. The 50L format is suitable for nurseries, professional growers and larger container-growing operations as well as smaller-scale cultivation. Its medium nutrient charge gives growers a useful balance between initial nutrition and subsequent feeding control.
How many 50L bags of Atami Bi Grow Mix are on a pallet?
A full pallet contains 70 x 50L bags of Atami Bi Grow Mix.
£18.70
Unit price per£18.70
Unit price perAtami Bi-Bloombastic 250ml is a highly concentrated PK 8-12 all-in-one bloom additive combining phosphorus, potassium, iron and organic compounds to support flowering, fruit development, flavour and yield during the final stages of the crop cycle.
Described by Atami as Bloombastic with a 'green twist', Bi-Bloombastic has been developed for growers looking for an organic-natured flowering additive. It works as a bloom stimulator, hardener, taste enhancer and activator of various enzymatic processes while supporting the biological activity associated with the flowering root zone.
Bi-Bloombastic contains a high concentration of phosphorus, potassium and iron alongside organic compounds. Atami explains that its fertilisers are more readily metabolised by micro-organisms than mineral fertilisers due to the product's organic nature.
During flowering, these fertilisers support micro-organisms around the root zone while the concentrated PK formulation supports flower and fruit development. Atami specifically highlights increased fruit size, yield and flavour among the benefits of Bi-Bloombastic.
Applied at 1-2ml/L, a 250ml bottle prepares approximately 125-250 litres of nutrient solution. This listing is supplied individually, with 12 x 250ml bottles per full outer case.
Why choose Atami Bi-Bloombastic?
What is Atami Bi-Bloombastic suitable for?
Bi-Bloombastic is intended for flowering and fruiting plants during the later stages of their productive cycle. Atami gives examples including chilli peppers, strawberries and blueberries, together with flowering ornamental plants such as orchids and violets.
It can be used with plants grown in Hydro, Coco and Soil, although its method of application differs from many conventional mineral flowering additives.
Atami recommends Bi-Bloombastic during the final 4-6 weeks of the flowering stage as an additive to the crop's regular nutrients.
The exact duration of flowering varies between plant species, so growers should follow actual crop development rather than treating the recommended period as a rigid calendar schedule.
What makes Bi-Bloombastic different?
Standard Bloombastic and Bi-Bloombastic share the all-in-one bloom additive concept, but their formulations are different.
Bi-Bloombastic contains organic compounds and is formulated to support micro-organisms during flowering. Atami explains that the fertilisers contained within Bi-Bloombastic are better metabolised by micro-organisms than mineral fertilisers due to their organic nature.
This makes Bi-Bloombastic particularly relevant to growers using biologically active feeding programmes who want concentrated flowering support while maintaining a strong focus on microbial activity within the root environment.
Its analysis is PK 8-12 W/W, compared with the PK 14-15 formulation of standard Bloombastic, and its recommended application rate is also different.
How to use Atami Bi-Bloombastic
Apply Bi-Bloombastic during the final 4-6 weeks of flowering as an additive to the plant's regular nutrient programme.
Use at a concentration of 1-2ml per litre of water. This equals 10-20ml for 10L, 50-100ml for 50L and 100-200ml for 100L of nutrient solution.
A 250ml bottle prepares approximately 250 litres at 1ml/L or 125 litres at 2ml/L.
Bi-Bloombastic can be combined with basic nutrients and other suitable additives, but growers should pay attention to the EC value of the complete nutrient solution and adjust the overall programme according to crop requirements.
Important irrigation guidance: Bi-Bloombastic should not be automatically dosed through irrigation systems. Atami advises that when an irrigation system is being used, Bi-Bloombastic should be administered manually with a watering can because its formulation can otherwise create a risk of clogging.
Understanding Bi-Bloombastic PK 8-12
Bi-Bloombastic has a PK analysis of 8-12 W/W, giving it a potassium-dominant phosphorus-to-potassium profile.
Phosphorus contributes to important plant processes associated with energy transfer and reproductive development, while potassium is involved in water regulation, nutrient movement and many processes associated with productive flower and fruit development.
Atami also highlights the product's high concentration of iron. Iron is an essential micronutrient involved in important plant metabolic processes and contributes to normal plant development.
Bi-Bloombastic combines this mineral contribution with organic compounds and its support for micro-organisms, giving the product a distinctly different formulation from Atami's standard mineral-focused Bloombastic.
Bi-Bloombastic as part of a flowering programme
Bi-Bloombastic is an additive rather than a complete base nutrient. Continue providing an appropriate basic nutrient programme while introducing Bi-Bloombastic during the recommended flowering period.
Atami's own grow guides pair Bi-Bloombastic with its ATA NRG nutrient range, demonstrating its role as the concentrated flowering additive within a broader feeding programme.
Because the product contributes additional phosphorus, potassium, iron and other compounds to the nutrient solution, the complete feeding programme should always be considered when assessing nutrient strength.
Crop condition, growing environment, light intensity and species can all affect nutrient demand. Use the manufacturer's application rate as a guideline and adjust feeding according to actual crop response.
Atami Bi-Bloombastic 250ml product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Product | Bi-Bloombastic |
| Product type | All-in-one bloom & ripening additive |
| Size | 250ml |
| PK analysis | PK 8-12 W/W |
| Key formulation | High concentration of phosphorus, potassium & iron with organic compounds |
| Application rate | 1-2ml/L |
| Application period | Final 4-6 weeks of flowering |
| 10L nutrient solution | 10-20ml |
| 50L nutrient solution | 50-100ml |
| 100L nutrient solution | 100-200ml |
| Approximate solution from 250ml | 250L at 1ml/L or 125L at 2ml/L |
| Growing media | Hydro, Coco & Soil |
| Automatic irrigation | No - manually apply with a watering can to avoid the risk of clogging |
| Use with base nutrients | Yes |
| EC monitoring | Recommended |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 250ml bottles |
Atami Bi-Bloombastic 250ml FAQs
What is Atami Bi-Bloombastic?
Bi-Bloombastic is Atami's highly concentrated all-in-one bloom additive with organic compounds. It works as a flowering stimulator, hardener, taste enhancer and activator of various enzymatic processes while supporting micro-organisms during flowering.
What is the PK ratio of Bi-Bloombastic?
Atami Bi-Bloombastic has a PK 8-12 W/W analysis and also contains a high concentration of iron.
When should I use Atami Bi-Bloombastic?
Atami recommends using Bi-Bloombastic during the final 4-6 weeks of flowering alongside the plant's regular nutrient programme.
How much Bi-Bloombastic should I use?
Use 1-2ml per litre of water. A 250ml bottle therefore prepares approximately 125-250 litres of nutrient solution depending on the chosen concentration.
Is Bi-Bloombastic the same as standard Bloombastic?
No. Although both are all-in-one flowering additives, the formulations are different. Bi-Bloombastic contains organic compounds, supports micro-organisms and has a PK 8-12 analysis, while standard Bloombastic has a PK 14-15 analysis and a different application rate.
Does Bi-Bloombastic support beneficial micro-organisms?
Yes. Atami states that the fertilisers in Bi-Bloombastic support micro-organisms during flowering and are better metabolised by micro-organisms than mineral fertilisers due to the product's organic nature.
Can Bi-Bloombastic increase fruit size and yield?
Atami specifically states that, in addition to supporting flowering power, Bi-Bloombastic can increase fruit size and crop yield when used correctly as part of a suitable feeding programme.
Can I use Bi-Bloombastic in soil?
Yes. Bi-Bloombastic is suitable for soil-grown flowering and fruiting crops and is particularly relevant to feeding programmes where biological activity in the root zone is important.
Can I use Bi-Bloombastic in coco?
Yes. Atami lists Bi-Bloombastic as suitable for coco-grown plants when used alongside an appropriate base nutrient programme.
Can I use Bi-Bloombastic in hydroponics?
Yes. Atami lists the product as suitable for hydro cultivation, but its application method is important. It should be administered manually rather than continuously circulated or automatically dosed through irrigation equipment.
Can Bi-Bloombastic be used through an automatic irrigation system?
Atami advises against automatically administering Bi-Bloombastic through irrigation systems because there is a risk of clogging. Where irrigation systems are installed, apply Bi-Bloombastic separately and manually with a watering can.
Can Bi-Bloombastic be used with base nutrients?
Yes. Bi-Bloombastic is designed as an additive to the regular nutrient programme and can be combined with basic nutrients. Monitor the overall EC of the nutrient solution when combining products.
What plants can Atami Bi-Bloombastic be used on?
It is suitable for many flowering and fruiting crops. Atami gives examples including chilli peppers, strawberries and blueberries, as well as flowering ornamentals such as orchids and violets.
Why does Bi-Bloombastic contain iron?
Iron is an essential micronutrient involved in important metabolic processes within plants. Atami highlights the high concentration of phosphorus, potassium and iron as part of Bi-Bloombastic's flowering formulation.
How many 250ml bottles of Bi-Bloombastic are in a full case?
A full outer case contains 12 x 250ml bottles of Atami Bi-Bloombastic.
£7.06
Unit price per£7.06
Unit price perAtami B'cuzz Soil A&B 1L is a concentrated two-part mineral base nutrient developed specifically for plants grown in soil and soil-based substrates, providing the essential nutrition required throughout growth, flowering and ripening.
Designed as the nutritional foundation of the B'cuzz soil feeding programme, Soil A&B supplies a broad range of essential mineral nutrients to support healthy plant development throughout the complete crop cycle.
The formulation is divided between two concentrates because certain mineral nutrients can react with each other when stored together at high concentration. Soil A and Soil B should therefore never be mixed together in concentrated form. Each component should be added separately to water and thoroughly mixed.
Soil A provides an NK 3-3 W/W analysis, while Soil B provides PK 3-4 W/W. Together they form the complete B'cuzz Soil base nutrient programme, with feeding strength adjusted according to crop development and the amount of nutrition already present in the growing substrate.
This 1L A&B set contains 1 litre of Soil A and 1 litre of Soil B, providing 2 litres of concentrated two-part base nutrient in total.
Why choose Atami B'cuzz Soil A&B?
What is B'cuzz Soil A&B suitable for?
B'cuzz Soil A&B is designed specifically for soil and soil-based growing substrates. It can provide the base nutrition throughout the complete crop cycle rather than requiring separate grow and bloom base fertilisers.
Atami gives examples including vegetables, fruits and herbs such as courgettes, beans and thyme, together with indoor and container-grown ornamental plants including Delphinium and ornamental grasses.
Soil substrates can differ significantly in their existing nutrient content. The correct dosage therefore depends partly on whether the plant is growing in a lightly fertilised or heavily fertilised potting compost.
A heavily fertilised substrate already contains a substantial nutrient reserve and therefore requires less additional fertiliser. A lighter substrate gives the grower greater control over nutrition but may require a stronger liquid feeding programme as the crop develops.
Why does Soil Nutrition come in A & B parts?
Two-part mineral nutrients are separated to maintain chemical stability. At the concentration found inside the original bottles, certain nutrient elements can react with one another and form compounds that are less readily available to plants.
Separating the formulation into Soil A and Soil B keeps these nutrients stable during storage. Once each concentrate is sufficiently diluted in water, they can safely form the complete nutrient solution.
For this reason, never pour concentrated Soil A directly into concentrated Soil B.
Add Part A to the required volume of water and mix thoroughly. Part B can then be added separately and mixed into the diluted nutrient solution.
Soil A NK 3-3 & Soil B PK 3-4
B'cuzz Soil A and B divide the plant's mineral nutrition between two complementary concentrates.
Soil A has an NK analysis of 3-3 W/W. Part A supplies nitrogen and potassium together with additional important mineral elements required for healthy plant development.
Soil B has a PK analysis of 3-4 W/W, supplying phosphorus and potassium alongside additional elements to complete the base feeding programme.
Nitrogen is particularly important during active vegetative development, while phosphorus and potassium become increasingly important as plants progress through reproductive growth, flowering and fruit development.
The two-part format allows growers to maintain a comprehensive base nutrient programme while adapting nutrient strength to the changing demands of the crop.
How to use Atami B'cuzz Soil A&B
The appropriate application rate depends on the nutrient content of the growing substrate and the requirements of the crop.
For heavily fertilised potting compost, Atami recommends 1-3ml of Soil A and 1-3ml of Soil B per litre of water.
For lightly fertilised potting compost, Atami recommends 1-5ml of Soil A and 1-5ml of Soil B per litre of water.
As an example, at 3ml/L of each component, a 10L nutrient solution requires 30ml A + 30ml B, a 50L reservoir requires 150ml A + 150ml B and a 100L reservoir requires 300ml A + 300ml B.
Add Soil A to the water first and mix thoroughly. Add Soil B separately and mix again. Never combine the undiluted A and B concentrates directly.
Nutrient requirements vary according to crop species, plant size, substrate volume, environmental conditions and light intensity. Begin with an appropriate concentration for the substrate being used and adjust according to plant response and measured EC.
Using Soil A&B through the crop cycle
B'cuzz Soil A&B can provide the base nutrition throughout vegetative growth, early flowering, flowering and ripening.
Rather than applying one fixed concentration throughout the entire crop cycle, feeding strength should follow actual plant demand. Young or recently transplanted plants generally require less nutrition than established plants undergoing rapid growth or productive flowering.
Soil A&B can also form the nutritional foundation of a wider Atami feeding programme incorporating suitable root stimulators, bloom stimulators, silicon, CalMag and flowering additives.
These specialist products do not replace the base nutrient. Soil A&B continues to supply the core mineral nutrition while stimulators and additives perform more specialised functions within the feeding programme.
Atami B'cuzz Soil A&B 1L product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | B'cuzz |
| Product | Soil A&B |
| Product type | Two-part mineral base nutrient |
| Pack size | 1L Soil A + 1L Soil B |
| Total concentrate | 2L |
| Soil A analysis | NK 3-3 W/W |
| Soil B analysis | PK 3-4 W/W |
| Heavily fertilised substrate | 1-3ml/L Soil A + 1-3ml/L Soil B |
| Lightly fertilised substrate | 1-5ml/L Soil A + 1-5ml/L Soil B |
| Suitable substrate | Soil & soil-based growing media |
| Crop stages | Growth, flowering & ripening |
| Indoor cultivation | Yes |
| Outdoor cultivation | Yes |
| Important mixing instruction | Never mix concentrated Soil A & Soil B directly together. Dilute each component separately in water. |
Atami B'cuzz Soil A&B 1L FAQs
What is Atami B'cuzz Soil A&B?
B'cuzz Soil A&B is a concentrated two-part mineral base nutrient formulated specifically for plants grown in soil and soil-based substrates. Together, Parts A and B provide the essential base nutrition required throughout the crop cycle.
Does the 1L B'cuzz Soil A&B set contain 1L of each part?
Yes. The set contains 1L of Soil A and 1L of Soil B, providing 2 litres of concentrated base nutrient across the two components.
What is the NPK of Atami Soil A&B?
The two components have separate analyses. Soil A is NK 3-3 W/W and Soil B is PK 3-4 W/W. They are designed to work together after dilution in water.
Why are Atami Soil A and Soil B separate?
Certain mineral nutrients can react when stored together at high concentration. Separating the formulation into A and B components maintains nutrient stability until each part is diluted into the nutrient solution.
Can I mix Soil A and Soil B together before adding water?
No. Never mix the concentrated A and B nutrients directly together. Add each component separately to water and mix thoroughly.
How much Atami Soil A&B should I use?
For heavily fertilised potting compost, Atami recommends 1-3ml/L of A and 1-3ml/L of B. For lightly fertilised potting compost, the range increases to 1-5ml/L of each component. Adjust the final concentration according to crop requirements and EC.
Can I use B'cuzz Soil A&B throughout flowering?
Yes. Soil A&B is designed for use throughout the crop cycle, including vegetative growth, flowering and ripening.
Do I need separate grow and bloom base nutrients?
No. B'cuzz Soil A&B provides the base nutrition throughout both vegetative and flowering development, with feeding adjusted according to crop stage and demand.
Can I use B'cuzz Soil A&B with Bloombastic?
Yes. Soil A&B provides the base nutrition while Bloombastic is a specialised flowering and ripening additive. The products perform different roles within the feeding programme.
Can I use B'cuzz Soil A&B with Atami stimulators?
Yes. Soil A&B can form the base of a wider Atami programme incorporating suitable root, bloom, silicon and flowering products according to crop requirements.
Is Atami Soil A&B suitable for coco?
Soil A&B is specifically formulated for soil-based substrates. For plants grown primarily in coco coir, use Atami's dedicated B'cuzz Coco A&B base nutrient.
Is Atami Soil A&B suitable for hydroponics?
Soil A&B is intended for soil-based growing media. Atami produces dedicated hydroponic base nutrition for water-based growing systems.
Can B'cuzz Soil A&B be used with pre-fertilised compost?
Yes. The existing nutrient charge should be taken into account when choosing the dosage. Atami specifies a lower 1-3ml/L range for heavily fertilised compost and allows up to 1-5ml/L for lightly fertilised compost.
Can B'cuzz Soil A&B be used indoors and outdoors?
Yes. Soil A&B can be used for suitable soil-grown crops cultivated indoors, under glass or outdoors.
What plants can I feed with Atami Soil A&B?
It can be used with a wide range of soil-grown vegetables, fruiting plants, herbs and ornamentals. Atami gives examples including courgettes, beans, thyme, Delphinium and ornamental grasses.
£42.56
Unit price per£42.56
Unit price perAtami B'cuzz Soil A&B 10L is a concentrated two-part mineral base nutrient developed specifically for plants grown in soil and soil-based substrates, providing the essential nutrition required throughout growth, flowering and ripening.
Designed as the nutritional foundation of the B'cuzz soil feeding programme, Soil A&B supplies a broad range of essential mineral nutrients to support healthy plant development throughout the complete crop cycle.
The formulation is divided between two concentrates because certain mineral nutrients can react with each other when stored together at high concentration. Soil A and Soil B should therefore never be mixed together in concentrated form. Each component should be added separately to water and thoroughly mixed.
Soil A provides an NK 3-3 W/W analysis, while Soil B provides PK 3-4 W/W. Together they form the complete B'cuzz Soil base nutrient programme, with feeding strength adjusted according to crop development and the amount of nutrition already present in the growing substrate.
This professional 10L A&B set contains 10 litres of Soil A and 10 litres of Soil B, providing 20 litres of concentrated two-part base nutrient in total. The larger format is particularly suitable for commercial horticulture, larger crop areas and growers preparing high-volume nutrient solutions.
Why choose Atami B'cuzz Soil A&B?
What is B'cuzz Soil A&B suitable for?
B'cuzz Soil A&B is designed specifically for soil and soil-based growing substrates. It can provide the base nutrition throughout the complete crop cycle rather than requiring separate grow and bloom base fertilisers.
Atami gives examples including vegetables, fruits and herbs such as courgettes, beans and thyme, together with indoor and container-grown ornamental plants including Delphinium and ornamental grasses.
Soil substrates can differ significantly in their existing nutrient content. The correct dosage therefore depends partly on whether the plant is growing in a lightly fertilised or heavily fertilised potting compost.
A heavily fertilised substrate already contains a substantial nutrient reserve and therefore requires less additional fertiliser. A lighter substrate gives the grower greater control over nutrition but may require a stronger liquid feeding programme as the crop develops.
Why does Soil Nutrition come in A & B parts?
Two-part mineral nutrients are separated to maintain chemical stability. At the concentration found inside the original containers, certain nutrient elements can react with one another and form compounds that are less readily available to plants.
Separating the formulation into Soil A and Soil B keeps these nutrients stable during storage. Once each concentrate is sufficiently diluted in water, they can safely form the complete nutrient solution.
For this reason, never pour concentrated Soil A directly into concentrated Soil B.
Add Part A to the required volume of water and mix thoroughly. Part B can then be added separately and mixed into the diluted nutrient solution.
Soil A NK 3-3 & Soil B PK 3-4
B'cuzz Soil A and B divide the plant's mineral nutrition between two complementary concentrates.
Soil A has an NK analysis of 3-3 W/W. Part A supplies nitrogen and potassium together with additional important mineral elements required for healthy plant development.
Soil B has a PK analysis of 3-4 W/W, supplying phosphorus and potassium alongside additional elements to complete the base feeding programme.
Nitrogen is particularly important during active vegetative development, while phosphorus and potassium become increasingly important as plants progress through reproductive growth, flowering and fruit development.
The two-part format allows growers to maintain comprehensive base nutrition while adapting nutrient strength to the changing demands of the crop.
How to use Atami B'cuzz Soil A&B
The appropriate application rate depends on the nutrient content of the growing substrate and the requirements of the crop.
For heavily fertilised potting compost, Atami recommends 1-3ml of Soil A and 1-3ml of Soil B per litre of water.
For lightly fertilised potting compost, Atami recommends 1-5ml of Soil A and 1-5ml of Soil B per litre of water.
At 3ml/L of each component, a 100L nutrient solution requires 300ml A + 300ml B, a 500L reservoir requires 1.5L A + 1.5L B and a 1,000L reservoir requires 3L A + 3L B.
At the maximum 5ml/L rate used with lightly fertilised substrates, a 100L nutrient solution requires 500ml A + 500ml B, a 500L reservoir requires 2.5L A + 2.5L B and a 1,000L reservoir requires 5L A + 5L B.
Add Soil A to the water first and mix thoroughly. Add Soil B separately and mix again. Never combine the undiluted A and B concentrates directly.
Nutrient requirements vary according to crop species, plant size, substrate volume, environmental conditions and light intensity. Begin with an appropriate concentration for the substrate being used and adjust according to plant response and measured EC.
Using Soil A&B through the crop cycle
B'cuzz Soil A&B can provide the base nutrition throughout vegetative growth, early flowering, flowering and ripening.
Rather than applying one fixed concentration throughout the entire crop cycle, feeding strength should follow actual plant demand. Young or recently transplanted plants generally require less nutrition than established plants undergoing rapid growth or productive flowering.
Soil A&B can also form the nutritional foundation of a wider Atami feeding programme incorporating suitable root stimulators, bloom stimulators, silicon, CalMag and flowering additives.
These specialist products do not replace the base nutrient. Soil A&B continues to supply the core mineral nutrition while stimulators and additives perform more specialised functions within the feeding programme.
10L Soil A&B for larger growing systems
The 10L format is particularly useful where nutrient solution is prepared regularly or in larger volumes. Each set supplies 10L of Part A and 10L of Part B, providing substantially more working solution than the smaller B'cuzz Soil A&B packs.
At 3ml/L of each component, each 10L part can contribute to approximately 3,333 litres of finished nutrient solution. At 5ml/L, each part can contribute to approximately 2,000 litres.
Actual consumption will vary throughout the crop cycle because the correct application rate should be adjusted according to substrate fertilisation, crop stage and plant demand.
Atami B'cuzz Soil A&B 10L product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | B'cuzz |
| Product | Soil A&B |
| Product type | Two-part mineral base nutrient |
| Pack size | 10L Soil A + 10L Soil B |
| Total concentrate | 20L |
| Soil A analysis | NK 3-3 W/W |
| Soil B analysis | PK 3-4 W/W |
| Heavily fertilised substrate | 1-3ml/L Soil A + 1-3ml/L Soil B |
| Lightly fertilised substrate | 1-5ml/L Soil A + 1-5ml/L Soil B |
| 100L solution at 3ml/L | 300ml Soil A + 300ml Soil B |
| 500L solution at 3ml/L | 1.5L Soil A + 1.5L Soil B |
| 1,000L solution at 3ml/L | 3L Soil A + 3L Soil B |
| Suitable substrate | Soil & soil-based growing media |
| Crop stages | Growth, flowering & ripening |
| Indoor cultivation | Yes |
| Outdoor cultivation | Yes |
| Important mixing instruction | Never mix concentrated Soil A & Soil B directly together. Dilute each component separately in water. |
Atami B'cuzz Soil A&B 10L FAQs
What is Atami B'cuzz Soil A&B?
B'cuzz Soil A&B is a concentrated two-part mineral base nutrient formulated specifically for plants grown in soil and soil-based substrates. Together, Parts A and B provide the essential base nutrition required throughout the crop cycle.
Does the 10L B'cuzz Soil A&B set contain 10L of each part?
Yes. The set contains 10L of Soil A and 10L of Soil B, providing 20 litres of concentrated base nutrient across the two components.
What is the NPK of Atami Soil A&B?
The two components have separate analyses. Soil A is NK 3-3 W/W and Soil B is PK 3-4 W/W. They are designed to work together after dilution in water.
Why are Atami Soil A and Soil B separate?
Certain mineral nutrients can react when stored together at high concentration. Separating the formulation into A and B components maintains nutrient stability until each part is diluted into the nutrient solution.
Can I mix Soil A and Soil B together before adding water?
No. Never mix the concentrated A and B nutrients directly together. Add each component separately to water and mix thoroughly.
How much Atami Soil A&B should I use?
For heavily fertilised potting compost, Atami recommends 1-3ml/L of A and 1-3ml/L of B. For lightly fertilised potting compost, the range increases to 1-5ml/L of each component. Adjust the final concentration according to crop requirements and EC.
Can I use B'cuzz Soil A&B throughout flowering?
Yes. Soil A&B is designed for use throughout the crop cycle, including vegetative growth, flowering and ripening.
Do I need separate grow and bloom base nutrients?
No. B'cuzz Soil A&B provides the base nutrition throughout both vegetative and flowering development, with feeding adjusted according to crop stage and demand.
Can I use B'cuzz Soil A&B with Bloombastic?
Yes. Soil A&B provides the base nutrition while Bloombastic is a specialised flowering and ripening additive. The products perform different roles within the feeding programme.
Can I use B'cuzz Soil A&B with Atami stimulators?
Yes. Soil A&B can form the base of a wider Atami programme incorporating suitable root, bloom, silicon and flowering products according to crop requirements.
Is Atami Soil A&B suitable for coco?
Soil A&B is specifically formulated for soil-based substrates. For plants grown primarily in coco coir, Atami's dedicated B'cuzz Coco A&B formulation is the appropriate base nutrient.
Is Atami Soil A&B suitable for hydroponics?
Soil A&B is intended for soil-based growing media. Atami produces dedicated hydroponic base nutrition for water-based growing systems.
Can B'cuzz Soil A&B be used with pre-fertilised compost?
Yes. The existing nutrient charge should be taken into account when choosing the dosage. Atami specifies a lower 1-3ml/L range for heavily fertilised compost and allows up to 1-5ml/L for lightly fertilised compost.
Is the 10L B'cuzz Soil A&B suitable for commercial growing?
Yes. With 10L of each component, this is the larger professional format and is particularly suitable for commercial horticulture, larger crop areas and growers preparing substantial volumes of nutrient solution.
What plants can I feed with Atami Soil A&B?
It can be used with a wide range of soil-grown vegetables, fruiting plants, herbs and ornamentals. Atami gives examples including courgettes, beans, thyme, Delphinium and ornamental grasses.
£57.12
Unit price per£57.12
Unit price perAtami B'cuzz Soil Booster Universal 5L is a concentrated soil additive developed to support vigorous vegetative development, healthy chlorophyll production, nutrient availability and plant resilience during active growth.
Soil Booster Universal is designed specifically for plants cultivated in soil and soil-based substrates. Rather than replacing the plant's base nutrient, it works alongside the normal feeding programme to provide additional nutritional and physiological support during vegetative development.
The formulation contains important elements associated with healthy chlorophyll formation and plant metabolism, including nitrogen, magnesium, iron and trace elements. These nutrients are particularly relevant during active vegetative growth, when plants are developing leaves, shoots and the structure required to support later flowering and fruiting.
Atami also positions Soil Booster Universal as a product that helps plants cope with environmental changes. Maintaining a well-supported plant during vegetative development provides a stronger foundation for the productive stages that follow.
Soil Booster Universal is highly concentrated. Atami's current B'cuzz Soil grow guide uses 0.5ml/L during active growth, meaning this professional 5L container can prepare approximately 10,000 litres of nutrient solution at that rate.
Why choose Atami B'cuzz Soil Booster Universal?
What is Soil Booster Universal suitable for?
Soil Booster Universal is designed for plants growing in soil and soil-based substrates. It is primarily used during vegetative development, once plants have established and are actively producing new leaves, shoots and structural growth.
This stage is important because the plant is building the framework that will later support flowers and fruits. Healthy vegetative development depends on an adequate supply of nitrogen and other essential elements, together with effective photosynthesis and nutrient uptake.
Soil Booster Universal can be incorporated into feeding programmes for a wide range of vegetables, fruiting crops, herbs and ornamental plants grown in suitable soil substrates.
It should be viewed as a specialist growth-stage additive rather than a complete fertiliser. Continue using an appropriate base nutrient to supply the crop's fundamental nutritional requirements.
Supporting chlorophyll & vegetative growth
Atami specifically highlights Soil Booster Universal as containing key elements for chlorophyll. Chlorophyll is the green pigment plants use to capture light energy during photosynthesis, making its production fundamental to healthy vegetative growth.
Nitrogen is required for chlorophyll, proteins and numerous compounds involved in active plant growth. Plants undergoing rapid vegetative development therefore have a substantial requirement for correctly balanced nitrogen nutrition.
Magnesium has an especially direct relationship with chlorophyll because a magnesium atom sits at the centre of the chlorophyll molecule. Adequate magnesium nutrition is therefore important for maintaining normal photosynthetic activity.
Iron and other micronutrients also participate in essential metabolic and enzymatic processes. Soil Booster Universal brings these supporting elements together as part of a concentrated additive intended to complement the plant's main feeding programme.
Building a stronger foundation before flowering
The vegetative stage determines much of the physical structure available to support later flowering and fruit development. During this period, plants produce leaves, stems, shoots and new growing points while expanding their capacity for photosynthesis.
Soil Booster Universal is positioned within the B'cuzz programme to provide additional support during this active growth period.
Atami's current B'cuzz Soil grow guide places Soil Booster Universal after the earliest establishment phase and before the main flowering programme. This reflects its role as a vegetative growth booster rather than a bloom stimulator.
Once the crop transitions into flowering, products such as B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator perform a different, flowering-specific role.
How to use Atami B'cuzz Soil Booster Universal
Atami's current B'cuzz Soil grow guide applies Soil Booster Universal at 0.5ml per litre of water during active vegetative growth.
At this concentration, use 5ml for 10L, 25ml for 50L, 50ml for 100L, 250ml for 500L and 500ml for a 1,000L nutrient reservoir.
A 5L container therefore prepares approximately 10,000 litres of nutrient solution at 0.5ml/L.
Add Soil Booster Universal to the normal nutrient solution alongside an appropriate soil base nutrient. Mix thoroughly before application.
Atami notes that stated feeding rates are indications. Actual nutrient requirements depend on the plant species, plant condition, growing environment and light intensity, so crop response and EC should always be considered when adjusting a complete feeding programme.
Using Soil Booster Universal in a B'cuzz programme
Soil Booster Universal is designed to complement rather than replace the plant's base nutrient. Within a B'cuzz soil programme, Soil A&B provides the core mineral nutrition while Soil Booster Universal performs a more specialised role during vegetative development.
Root-focused products are generally used during initial establishment, when rapid development of the root system is a priority. Soil Booster Universal then supports the plant as it progresses into stronger vegetative growth.
As flower formation begins, B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator can be introduced for flowering-specific support, while appropriate late-flowering additives can be used later in the crop cycle where required.
Thinking of the products according to crop stage and function helps avoid unnecessary duplication and creates a more structured nutrient programme.
Atami B'cuzz Soil Booster Universal 5L product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | B'cuzz |
| Product | Soil Booster Universal |
| Product type | Soil growth & plant vitality additive |
| Size | 5L |
| Primary stage | Vegetative growth |
| Growing medium | Soil & soil-based substrates |
| Current Atami grow guide rate | 0.5ml/L during active growth |
| 10L nutrient solution | 5ml |
| 50L nutrient solution | 25ml |
| 100L nutrient solution | 50ml |
| 500L nutrient solution | 250ml |
| 1,000L nutrient solution | 500ml |
| Approximate solution from 5L | 10,000L at 0.5ml/L |
| Key nutritional role | Supports chlorophyll, vegetative development & plant vitality |
| Use with base nutrient | Yes |
| Part of B'cuzz Soil programme | Yes |
Atami B'cuzz Soil Booster Universal 5L FAQs
What is Atami B'cuzz Soil Booster Universal?
Soil Booster Universal is a concentrated additive developed specifically for soil-grown plants. It is primarily used during vegetative development to support plant vitality, chlorophyll-related nutrition and healthy growth.
When should I use Soil Booster Universal?
Soil Booster Universal is primarily a vegetative growth-stage additive. Atami's current B'cuzz Soil programme places it during active growth after initial plant establishment and before the main flowering programme. [oai_citation:0‡Atami](https://atami.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/Atami-Grow-Guides-Bcuzz-soil.pdf?utm_source=chatgpt.com)
How much Atami Soil Booster Universal should I use?
Atami's current B'cuzz Soil grow guide uses 0.5ml/L during active growth. A 5L container provides approximately 10,000 litres of nutrient solution at this concentration. [oai_citation:1‡Atami](https://atami.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/Atami-Grow-Guides-Bcuzz-soil.pdf?utm_source=chatgpt.com)
Does Soil Booster Universal replace my base nutrient?
No. Soil Booster Universal is an additive rather than a complete base fertiliser. Continue using an appropriate soil base nutrient to provide the crop's fundamental nutrition.
Can I use Soil Booster Universal with B'cuzz Soil A&B?
Yes. Soil Booster Universal is designed to complement B'cuzz Soil nutrition. Soil A&B provides the base mineral nutrition while Soil Booster Universal provides additional support during vegetative growth.
Does Soil Booster Universal support chlorophyll production?
Yes. Atami highlights the product as containing key elements associated with chlorophyll, helping support the photosynthetic machinery required for healthy vegetative development.
Why is magnesium important during plant growth?
Magnesium forms part of the chlorophyll molecule and is therefore directly involved in normal photosynthetic function. It also participates in numerous other plant processes.
Does Soil Booster Universal help plants cope with environmental changes?
Yes. Atami specifically identifies support during environmental changes as one of the functions of Soil Booster Universal, making it useful during active plant development where growing conditions may fluctuate.
Is Soil Booster Universal a flowering booster?
Its primary role is vegetative growth support. For flowering-specific stimulation, Atami produces B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator, which is introduced as the plant moves into flower formation.
What is the difference between Soil Booster Universal and Root Stimulator?
Root Stimulator focuses primarily on root establishment during the early crop stages. Soil Booster Universal follows with broader support for vegetative plant development once the root system and above-ground growth are becoming established.
What is the difference between Soil Booster and Coco Booster?
Soil Booster Universal is formulated for soil and soil-based substrates. B'cuzz Coco Booster is the corresponding booster developed for plants cultivated in coco substrates.
Can Soil Booster Universal be used with Bloom Stimulator?
They perform different roles within the B'cuzz programme. Soil Booster Universal is associated primarily with vegetative development, while Bloom Stimulator is used once flowering begins.
Is Soil Booster Universal suitable for professional horticulture?
Yes. The 5L format is particularly suitable for professional growers, nurseries and larger crop areas where substantial volumes of soil nutrient solution are prepared regularly.
How much nutrient solution will a 5L container make?
At the 0.5ml/L rate shown in Atami's current B'cuzz Soil grow guide, a 5L container prepares approximately 10,000 litres of nutrient solution.
£12.73
Unit price per£12.73
Unit price perAtami B'cuzz Soil Booster Universal 1L is a concentrated soil additive developed to support vigorous vegetative development, healthy chlorophyll production, nutrient availability and plant resilience during active growth.
Soil Booster Universal is designed specifically for plants cultivated in soil and soil-based substrates. Rather than replacing the plant's base nutrient, it works alongside the normal feeding programme to provide additional nutritional and physiological support during vegetative development.
The formulation contains important elements associated with healthy chlorophyll formation and plant metabolism, including nitrogen, magnesium, iron and trace elements. These nutrients are particularly relevant during active vegetative growth, when plants are developing leaves, shoots and the structure required to support later flowering and fruiting.
Atami also positions Soil Booster Universal as a product that helps plants cope with environmental changes. Maintaining a well-supported plant during vegetative development provides a stronger foundation for the productive stages that follow.
Atami's current B'cuzz Soil grow guide uses Soil Booster Universal at 0.5ml/L during active growth. At this concentration, a 1L bottle can prepare approximately 2,000 litres of nutrient solution.
Why choose Atami B'cuzz Soil Booster Universal?
What is Soil Booster Universal suitable for?
Soil Booster Universal is designed for plants growing in soil and soil-based substrates. It is primarily used during vegetative development, once plants have established and are actively producing new leaves, shoots and structural growth.
This stage is important because the plant is building the framework that will later support flowers and fruits. Healthy vegetative development depends on an adequate supply of nitrogen and other essential elements, together with effective photosynthesis and nutrient uptake.
Soil Booster Universal can be incorporated into feeding programmes for a wide range of vegetables, fruiting crops, herbs and ornamental plants grown in suitable soil substrates.
It should be viewed as a specialist growth-stage additive rather than a complete fertiliser. Continue using an appropriate base nutrient to supply the crop's fundamental nutritional requirements.
Supporting chlorophyll & vegetative growth
Atami specifically highlights Soil Booster Universal as containing key elements for chlorophyll. Chlorophyll is the green pigment plants use to capture light energy during photosynthesis, making its production fundamental to healthy vegetative growth.
Nitrogen is required for chlorophyll, proteins and numerous compounds involved in active plant growth. Plants undergoing rapid vegetative development therefore have a substantial requirement for correctly balanced nitrogen nutrition.
Magnesium has an especially direct relationship with chlorophyll because a magnesium atom sits at the centre of the chlorophyll molecule. Adequate magnesium nutrition is therefore important for maintaining normal photosynthetic activity.
Iron and other micronutrients also participate in essential metabolic and enzymatic processes. Soil Booster Universal brings these supporting elements together as part of a concentrated additive intended to complement the plant's main feeding programme.
Building a strong foundation before flowering
The vegetative stage determines much of the physical structure available to support later flowering and fruit development. During this period, plants produce leaves, stems, shoots and new growing points while expanding their capacity for photosynthesis.
Soil Booster Universal is positioned within the B'cuzz programme to provide additional support during this active growth period.
Atami's B'cuzz Soil grow programme places Soil Booster Universal after the earliest establishment phase and before the main flowering programme, reflecting its role as a vegetative growth booster rather than a dedicated bloom stimulator.
As the crop transitions into flowering, flowering-specific products such as B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator can perform a different role within the overall feeding programme.
How to use Atami B'cuzz Soil Booster Universal
Atami's current B'cuzz Soil grow guide applies Soil Booster Universal at 0.5ml per litre of water during active vegetative growth.
At this concentration, use 5ml for 10L, 25ml for 50L, 50ml for 100L, 250ml for 500L and 500ml for a 1,000L nutrient reservoir.
A 1L bottle therefore prepares approximately 2,000 litres of nutrient solution at 0.5ml/L.
Add Soil Booster Universal to the normal nutrient solution alongside an appropriate soil base nutrient and mix thoroughly before application.
Atami notes that feeding rates are indications rather than absolute requirements. Actual nutrient demand depends on the plant species, plant condition, growing environment and light intensity, so crop response and EC should be considered when adjusting the complete feeding programme.
Using Soil Booster Universal in a B'cuzz programme
Soil Booster Universal is designed to complement rather than replace the plant's base nutrient. Within a B'cuzz soil programme, Soil A&B provides the core mineral nutrition while Soil Booster Universal performs a more specialised role during vegetative development.
Root-focused products are generally used during initial establishment, when development of the root system is a priority. Soil Booster Universal then supports the plant as it progresses into stronger vegetative growth.
As flower formation begins, B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator can be introduced for flowering-specific support, while appropriate late-flowering additives can be used later in the crop cycle where required.
Thinking of the products according to crop stage and function helps growers build a structured nutrient programme without unnecessarily duplicating products.
Atami B'cuzz Soil Booster Universal 1L product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | B'cuzz |
| Product | Soil Booster Universal |
| Product type | Soil growth & plant vitality additive |
| Size | 1L |
| Primary stage | Vegetative growth |
| Growing medium | Soil & soil-based substrates |
| Current Atami grow guide rate | 0.5ml/L during active growth |
| 10L nutrient solution | 5ml |
| 50L nutrient solution | 25ml |
| 100L nutrient solution | 50ml |
| 500L nutrient solution | 250ml |
| 1,000L nutrient solution | 500ml |
| Approximate solution from 1L | 2,000L at 0.5ml/L |
| Key nutritional role | Supports chlorophyll, vegetative development & plant vitality |
| Use with base nutrient | Yes |
| Part of B'cuzz Soil programme | Yes |
Atami B'cuzz Soil Booster Universal 1L FAQs
What is Atami B'cuzz Soil Booster Universal?
Soil Booster Universal is a concentrated additive developed specifically for soil-grown plants. It is primarily used during vegetative development to support plant vitality, chlorophyll-related nutrition and healthy growth.
When should I use Soil Booster Universal?
Soil Booster Universal is primarily a vegetative growth-stage additive. Within the B'cuzz Soil programme it is used during active growth, after initial establishment and before the main flowering phase.
How much Atami Soil Booster Universal should I use?
Atami's current B'cuzz Soil grow guide uses 0.5ml/L during active growth. A 1L bottle provides approximately 2,000 litres of nutrient solution at this concentration.
Does Soil Booster Universal replace my base nutrient?
No. Soil Booster Universal is an additive rather than a complete base fertiliser. Continue using an appropriate soil base nutrient to provide the crop's fundamental nutrition.
Can I use Soil Booster Universal with B'cuzz Soil A&B?
Yes. Soil Booster Universal is designed to complement B'cuzz Soil nutrition. Soil A&B provides the base mineral nutrition while Soil Booster Universal provides additional support during vegetative growth.
Does Soil Booster Universal support chlorophyll production?
Yes. Atami highlights the product as containing key elements associated with chlorophyll, helping support the photosynthetic processes required for healthy vegetative development.
Why is magnesium important during plant growth?
Magnesium forms part of the chlorophyll molecule and is therefore directly involved in normal photosynthetic function. It also participates in numerous other plant processes.
Does Soil Booster Universal help plants cope with environmental changes?
Yes. Atami specifically identifies support during environmental changes as one of the functions of Soil Booster Universal, helping maintain plant vitality when growing conditions fluctuate.
Is Soil Booster Universal a flowering booster?
Its primary role is vegetative growth support. For flowering-specific stimulation, Atami produces B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator for use as the plant progresses into flowering.
What is the difference between Soil Booster Universal and Root Stimulator?
Root-focused stimulators are primarily intended to support early root establishment. Soil Booster Universal provides broader support for vegetative plant development once the crop becomes established and begins stronger above-ground growth.
What is the difference between Soil Booster and Coco Booster?
Soil Booster Universal is formulated for soil and soil-based substrates. B'cuzz Coco Booster is the corresponding booster developed for plants cultivated in coco substrates.
Can Soil Booster Universal be used with Bloom Stimulator?
They perform different roles within the B'cuzz programme. Soil Booster Universal is associated primarily with vegetative development, while Bloom Stimulator provides flowering-specific support as the crop transitions into bloom.
What plants can I use Soil Booster Universal on?
It can be incorporated into feeding programmes for a wide range of vegetables, fruiting crops, herbs and ornamental plants cultivated in suitable soil or soil-based substrates.
How much nutrient solution will a 1L bottle make?
At the 0.5ml/L rate shown in Atami's current B'cuzz Soil grow guide, a 1L bottle prepares approximately 2,000 litres of nutrient solution.
£41.70
Unit price per£41.70
Unit price perAtami B'cuzz Silic Boost 500ml is a highly concentrated silicon additive formulated with plant-available silicon to support stronger stems, resilient plant structure, nutrient uptake and tolerance to environmental stress throughout active growth and early flowering.
Silicon is naturally present in soils, but the amount available to plants can vary considerably between substrates and growing systems. Silic Boost provides silicon in a stable and readily available form, allowing it to be incorporated into a controlled plant nutrition programme.
Once absorbed, silicon can accumulate within plant tissues and contribute to a stronger outer layer in leaves and stems. Atami highlights this effect as helping plants develop thicker stems and stronger structural growth.
Silic Boost also supports nutrient absorption and helps plants cope with abiotic stress, meaning non-living environmental stresses such as challenging growing conditions.
The formula is exceptionally concentrated at just 0.1ml/L. A 500ml bottle can therefore prepare approximately 5,000 litres of nutrient solution. This listing is supplied individually, with 12 x 500ml bottles per full outer case.
Why choose Atami B'cuzz Silic Boost?
What is Atami Silic Boost suitable for?
Silic Boost is suitable for growers looking to add a controlled source of plant-available silicon to an existing feeding programme.
It can be particularly useful during periods of rapid vegetative development, when plants are producing stems, branches and leaves, and as the crop progresses into flowering where stronger structural growth can help support the developing canopy.
Atami recommends using Silic Boost during the growth and flowering stages until the beginning of ripening.
Because Silic Boost is an additive rather than a complete fertiliser, plants should continue receiving the appropriate base nutrition for the chosen substrate and crop stage.
Why is silicon useful for plants?
Silicon is often described as a beneficial element in plant nutrition. Although plants can complete their life cycle without supplemental silicon, many species can absorb and accumulate significant quantities of it.
Once absorbed, silicon can become deposited within plant tissues. Atami highlights its contribution to a stronger outer layer of leaves and stems, supporting thicker stems and more robust plant structure.
This structural role becomes particularly useful as plants increase in size and weight. Strong stems and branches provide the physical framework required to support developing foliage, flowers and fruits.
Silicon is also associated with plant responses to environmental stress, which is why Atami positions Silic Boost as a product for supporting plants against abiotic stress.
Supporting plants through abiotic stress
Abiotic stress describes environmental pressure caused by non-living factors rather than pests or disease. Examples can include temperature fluctuations, water stress, salinity and other challenging growing conditions.
Atami highlights silicon's role in helping plants tolerate these environmental stresses. Silic Boost is therefore useful not only as a structural additive but also as part of a broader strategy for maintaining vigorous plants in controlled or variable growing environments.
Good environmental management remains essential. Silicon supplementation should complement correct irrigation, nutrition, temperature, humidity and root-zone management rather than being used as a substitute for them.
How to use Atami B'cuzz Silic Boost
Use Silic Boost at 0.1ml per litre of water during the growth and flowering stages until the beginning of ripening.
At this concentration, use 1ml for 10L, 5ml for 50L, 10ml for 100L, 50ml for 500L and 100ml for a 1,000L nutrient reservoir.
A 500ml bottle prepares approximately 5,000 litres of nutrient solution at 0.1ml/L.
Silic Boost can be applied through the root zone or as a foliar spray. Atami specifies the same 0.1ml/L concentration for foliar application.
Because the product is extremely concentrated, accurate measurement is important. For smaller nutrient volumes, use a suitable precision syringe or measuring device rather than estimating the dose.
Using Silic Boost with your nutrient programme
Silic Boost is designed to complement a normal feeding programme. Continue using the appropriate base nutrient for the growing medium while adding Silic Boost as the specialist silicon component.
It can be incorporated into soil, coco and hydroponic programmes and used alongside appropriate Atami base nutrients, stimulators and additives.
Silicon performs a different role from conventional NPK fertilisers. Rather than replacing nitrogen, phosphorus, potassium or other essential nutrients, Silic Boost provides additional silicon to support plant structure, nutrient absorption and environmental resilience.
As with any multi-product feeding programme, monitor the crop and adjust the complete nutrient solution according to plant condition, water quality and growing environment.
Root feeding or foliar application
Silic Boost offers growers flexibility because Atami allows it to be applied either through the root zone or directly to foliage.
For root application, dilute Silic Boost into the irrigation or nutrient solution at 0.1ml/L before applying to the growing medium.
For foliar application, prepare a fresh solution at 0.1ml/L and apply evenly to suitable plant foliage. Good foliar spraying practice should always be followed, including avoiding excessive application under intense light or unsuitable environmental conditions.
The ability to use either application method makes Silic Boost adaptable to a wide range of cultivation systems and feeding strategies.
Atami B'cuzz Silic Boost 500ml product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | B'cuzz |
| Product | Silic Boost |
| Product type | Concentrated silicon plant additive |
| Size | 500ml |
| Primary function | Plant strength, nutrient absorption & abiotic stress support |
| Application rate | 0.1ml/L |
| Application period | Growth & flowering until beginning of ripening |
| 10L nutrient solution | 1ml |
| 50L nutrient solution | 5ml |
| 100L nutrient solution | 10ml |
| 500L nutrient solution | 50ml |
| 1,000L nutrient solution | 100ml |
| Approximate solution from 500ml | 5,000L at 0.1ml/L |
| Root application | Yes |
| Foliar application | Yes - 0.1ml/L |
| Growing methods | Soil, Coco & Hydro |
| Use with base nutrients | Yes |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 500ml bottles |
Atami B'cuzz Silic Boost 500ml FAQs
What is Atami B'cuzz Silic Boost?
Silic Boost is a highly concentrated silicon additive containing silicon in a stable, plant-available form. It is designed to support stronger plant structure, nutrient absorption and resilience to environmental stress.
When should I use Atami Silic Boost?
Atami recommends using Silic Boost throughout the growth and flowering stages until the beginning of ripening.
How much Atami Silic Boost should I use?
Use 0.1ml/L. Because Silic Boost is highly concentrated, accurate measurement is recommended, particularly when preparing small quantities of nutrient solution.
How long will a 500ml bottle of Silic Boost last?
At the recommended 0.1ml/L concentration, a 500ml bottle can prepare approximately 5,000 litres of nutrient solution.
Does Silic Boost make plant stems stronger?
Atami states that silicon contributes to a stronger outer layer of leaves and stems and supports the development of thicker stems, helping plants develop a more robust structure.
Does Silic Boost help plants cope with stress?
Yes. Atami specifically highlights silicon's role in helping plants cope with abiotic stress, meaning environmental stresses caused by non-living growing conditions.
Can Atami Silic Boost improve nutrient uptake?
Atami identifies support for nutrient absorption as one of the benefits of Silic Boost. It should still be used alongside a correctly balanced base nutrient programme.
Can I use Silic Boost in soil?
Yes. Silic Boost can be incorporated into soil-based feeding programmes alongside an appropriate soil nutrient.
Can I use Silic Boost with coco?
Yes. Silic Boost can be used with coco-grown plants alongside an appropriate coco base nutrient and feeding programme.
Can I use Silic Boost hydroponically?
Yes. Silic Boost can be incorporated into hydroponic nutrient programmes at the manufacturer's recommended concentration.
Can Atami Silic Boost be used as a foliar spray?
Yes. Atami specifies that Silic Boost can be applied as a foliar treatment at 0.1ml/L as well as through the root zone.
Does Silic Boost replace my normal nutrients?
No. Silic Boost is a specialist silicon additive. It does not replace a complete base nutrient supplying essential elements such as nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium.
Should I use Silic Boost during ripening?
Atami recommends using Silic Boost until the beginning of the ripening stage. Follow crop development rather than applying it automatically throughout the entire final ripening period.
Why is accurate dosing important with Silic Boost?
The application rate is only 0.1ml/L, so small measurement errors can represent a significant change in concentration. A precision syringe or suitable measuring device is useful when preparing smaller nutrient volumes.
How many 500ml bottles are in a full case?
A full outer case contains 12 x 500ml bottles of Atami B'cuzz Silic Boost.
£22.20
Unit price per£22.20
Unit price perAtami B'cuzz Silic Boost 250ml is a highly concentrated silicon additive formulated with stable, plant-available silicon to support stronger stems, robust plant structure, efficient nutrient absorption and improved resilience to environmental stress.
Silicon is naturally abundant in soil, but much of it is not readily available for plant uptake. Silic Boost provides silicon in a stable, plant-available form, making it easy to incorporate into an existing plant nutrition programme.
Once absorbed by the plant, silicon helps reinforce the outer layers of leaves and stems. Atami highlights this effect as supporting the development of stronger, thicker stems, helping plants build the structural strength required as foliage, flowers and fruits develop.
Silic Boost also supports the regulation and absorption of nutrients and helps plants become more resilient to abiotic stresses such as heat and drought.
With an application rate of just 0.1ml/L, the 250ml bottle is extremely concentrated and can prepare approximately 2,500 litres of nutrient solution. A full outer case contains 12 x 250ml bottles.
Why choose Atami B'cuzz Silic Boost?
Why add silicon to a plant nutrition programme?
Silicon is one of the most abundant elements found in soil, but naturally occurring silicon is not necessarily available for immediate plant uptake.
B'cuzz Silic Boost addresses this by supplying silicon in a stable and plant-available form. This allows growers using soil, coco or hydroponic systems to introduce silicon at a controlled concentration.
Silicon can accumulate within plant tissues and contribute to stronger outer layers in the leaves and stems. This physical reinforcement helps explain why silicon supplementation is commonly associated with stronger and more robust plants.
Importantly, Silic Boost is a supplement rather than a complete fertiliser. It should be incorporated alongside the appropriate base nutrition for the crop and growing medium.
Stronger stems & plant structure
As a crop develops, its stems and branches must support an increasing amount of plant material. Leaves expand, branches extend and flowering or fruiting crops eventually carry additional productive weight.
Atami specifically highlights the ability of silicon to support the formation of a stronger and thicker stem. Reinforcing plant structure during active development can therefore be particularly useful before plants reach their heaviest productive stages.
Strong plant structure does not replace good environmental management or physical crop support where required, but it provides a valuable nutritional contribution to overall crop resilience.
Supporting resilience to environmental stress
Atami identifies improved resistance to abiotic stress as one of the principal benefits of Silic Boost.
Abiotic stress refers to environmental pressures caused by non-living factors. Heat, drought, temperature fluctuations and other challenging growing conditions can place additional demands on a crop.
Silicon helps strengthen plant tissues and supports the plant's ability to tolerate these environmental pressures. This can make Silic Boost particularly useful in greenhouses, indoor growing environments and outdoor production where conditions may change throughout the crop cycle.
Silicon supplementation should form part of good crop management rather than compensate for unsuitable conditions. Correct irrigation, root-zone management, temperature, humidity, light and nutrition remain fundamental.
Silicon & nutrient absorption
Atami also highlights silicon's ability to regulate and improve nutrient absorption.
This makes Silic Boost particularly useful as part of a structured feeding programme where the objective is not simply to supply more fertiliser, but to support the plant's effective use of the nutrition already being provided.
Silic Boost should therefore be used alongside a correctly balanced base nutrient appropriate to the growing medium and crop stage.
How to use Atami B'cuzz Silic Boost
Use Silic Boost at 0.1ml per litre of water. Atami recommends using it from the growth stage onwards, adding it to the nutrient solution until the early ripening stage.
At this concentration, use 1ml for 10L, 5ml for 50L, 10ml for 100L, 50ml for 500L and 100ml for a 1,000L nutrient reservoir.
A 250ml bottle can therefore prepare approximately 2,500 litres of nutrient solution at 0.1ml/L.
Because the application rate is very low, accurate measurement is important. A clean precision syringe or pipette is particularly useful when preparing smaller quantities of solution.
Root feeding or foliar application
Silic Boost can be incorporated into a normal nutrient solution for root feeding or used as a foliar spray.
For foliar application, use the same concentration of 0.1ml/L of water.
When foliar feeding, prepare a fresh solution and apply evenly to suitable foliage using good spraying practice. Avoid spraying under intense lighting, strong direct sunlight or other conditions likely to cause excessive evaporation or leaf stress.
This flexibility allows growers to incorporate Silic Boost into a wide range of cultivation and crop-management strategies.
Suitable for soil, coco & hydro
Silic Boost can be used across soil, coco and hydroponic cultivation, making it a versatile addition to both simple and more advanced feeding programmes.
In soil, it can be added alongside an appropriate soil fertiliser. Coco growers can combine it with a dedicated coco nutrient programme, while hydroponic growers can incorporate it into their normal nutrient solution.
Atami lists Silic Boost within its feeding programmes alongside products such as B'cuzz base nutrients, Root Stimulator, Bloom Stimulator and flowering additives. Each performs a different function, with Silic Boost specifically providing the silicon component.
It can therefore remain part of the programme across several crop stages rather than being limited to a short vegetative or flowering window.
Atami B'cuzz Silic Boost 250ml product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | B'cuzz |
| Product | Silic Boost |
| Product type | Concentrated silicon plant additive |
| Size | 250ml |
| Primary function | Plant strength, nutrient absorption & abiotic stress support |
| Application rate | 0.1ml/L |
| Application period | From growth stage until early ripening |
| 10L nutrient solution | 1ml |
| 50L nutrient solution | 5ml |
| 100L nutrient solution | 10ml |
| 500L nutrient solution | 50ml |
| 1,000L nutrient solution | 100ml |
| Approximate solution from 250ml | 2,500L at 0.1ml/L |
| Root application | Yes |
| Foliar application | Yes - 0.1ml/L |
| Growing methods | Soil, Coco & Hydro |
| Use with base nutrients | Yes |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 250ml bottles |
Atami B'cuzz Silic Boost 250ml FAQs
What is Atami B'cuzz Silic Boost?
Silic Boost is a highly concentrated plant additive containing silicon in a stable, plant-available form. It is designed to support plant strength, nutrient absorption and resilience to environmental stress.
When should I use Silic Boost?
Atami recommends using Silic Boost from the growth stage onwards and continuing through flowering until the early ripening stage.
How much Atami Silic Boost should I use?
The recommended concentration is 0.1ml/L of water. A 250ml bottle therefore treats approximately 2,500 litres at the standard application rate.
Does silicon make plant stems stronger?
Atami states that silicon strengthens the outer layers of leaves and stems and supports the development of stronger, thicker stems, helping create a more robust plant structure.
Can Silic Boost help plants during hot weather?
Silicon can support plant resilience to abiotic stresses such as heat and drought. Good irrigation and environmental management remain essential, but silicon can form a useful part of a stress-management strategy.
Does Silic Boost improve nutrient uptake?
Yes. Atami specifically highlights silicon's role in regulating and improving nutrient absorption. Silic Boost should still be used alongside an appropriate complete base nutrient.
Can Atami Silic Boost be used in soil?
Yes. Silic Boost is suitable for soil-grown crops and can be incorporated alongside an appropriate soil feeding programme.
Can Atami Silic Boost be used in coco?
Yes. Silic Boost is suitable for coco cultivation and can be used alongside a dedicated coco nutrient programme.
Can Atami Silic Boost be used hydroponically?
Yes. Silic Boost is suitable for hydroponic cultivation and can be added to the normal nutrient solution at the recommended concentration.
Can Silic Boost be used as a foliar spray?
Yes. Silic Boost can be used for both root feeding and foliar application at a concentration of 0.1ml/L.
Does Silic Boost replace my base nutrient?
No. Silic Boost is a specialist silicon supplement and does not provide complete plant nutrition. Continue using the appropriate base nutrient for your crop and growing medium.
Is silicon an NPK fertiliser?
No. Silicon performs a different role from the primary NPK nutrients. Silic Boost supplements a balanced feeding programme rather than replacing nitrogen, phosphorus, potassium or other essential nutrients.
Why do I need to measure Silic Boost accurately?
Silic Boost is extremely concentrated at only 0.1ml/L. A clean syringe, pipette or other precision measuring device makes it easier to dose accurately, especially when preparing small nutrient volumes.
What types of plants can Silic Boost be used on?
Silic Boost can be incorporated into feeding programmes for a wide range of vegetables, fruiting crops, herbs and ornamental plants grown in soil, coco or hydroponic systems.
How many Atami Silic Boost 250ml bottles are in a case?
A full outer case contains 12 x 250ml bottles of Atami B'cuzz Silic Boost.
£79.61
Unit price per£79.61
Unit price perAtami B'cuzz Silic Boost 1L is a highly concentrated silicon additive formulated with stable, plant-available silicon to support stronger stems, robust plant structure, efficient nutrient absorption and improved resilience to environmental stress.
Silicon is naturally abundant in soil, but much of it is not readily available for plant uptake. Silic Boost provides silicon in a stable, plant-available form, allowing growers to introduce it at a controlled concentration within an existing plant nutrition programme.
Once absorbed, silicon helps reinforce the outer layers of leaves and stems. Atami highlights this effect as supporting the development of stronger, thicker stems, helping plants build the structural strength required as foliage, flowers and fruits develop.
Silic Boost also supports nutrient absorption and helps plants become more resilient to abiotic stresses such as heat and drought.
With an application rate of just 0.1ml/L, the 1L bottle is exceptionally concentrated and can prepare approximately 10,000 litres of nutrient solution. A full outer case contains 12 x 1L bottles.
Why choose Atami B'cuzz Silic Boost?
Why add silicon to a plant nutrition programme?
Silicon is one of the most abundant elements found in soil, but naturally occurring silicon is not necessarily available for immediate plant uptake.
B'cuzz Silic Boost addresses this by supplying silicon in a stable and plant-available form. This allows growers using soil, coco or hydroponic systems to introduce silicon at a precise and controlled concentration.
Silicon can accumulate within plant tissues and contribute to stronger outer layers in leaves and stems. This physical reinforcement helps explain why silicon supplementation is commonly associated with stronger and more robust plants.
Silic Boost is a specialist supplement rather than a complete fertiliser. It should therefore be incorporated alongside the appropriate base nutrition for the crop and growing medium.
Stronger stems & plant structure
As plants develop, their stems and branches must support an increasing amount of plant material. Leaves expand, branches extend and productive crops eventually carry additional flower and fruit weight.
Atami highlights silicon's ability to support the formation of a stronger and thicker stem. Reinforcing plant structure during active development can therefore be particularly useful before plants reach their heaviest productive stages.
This makes Silic Boost relevant across a wide range of vegetables, fruiting crops, herbs and ornamentals where healthy structural development is an important part of producing a vigorous crop.
Supporting resilience to environmental stress
Atami identifies improved resistance to abiotic stress as one of the principal benefits of Silic Boost.
Abiotic stress describes environmental pressures caused by non-living factors. Heat, drought, temperature fluctuations and other challenging growing conditions can place additional demands on a crop.
Silicon helps reinforce plant tissues and supports the plant's ability to tolerate these environmental pressures. This makes Silic Boost useful in greenhouses, controlled environments and outdoor production where conditions can change throughout the crop cycle.
Silicon supplementation should complement good crop management. Correct irrigation, root-zone conditions, temperature, humidity, light and nutrition remain fundamental to healthy plant development.
Silicon & nutrient absorption
Atami also highlights silicon's role in regulating and improving nutrient absorption.
This makes Silic Boost particularly useful within a structured feeding programme where the objective is not simply to increase fertiliser concentration, but to support the plant's effective use of the nutrition already being supplied.
Silic Boost should therefore be used alongside a correctly balanced base nutrient appropriate to the growing medium and crop stage.
How to use Atami B'cuzz Silic Boost
Use Silic Boost at 0.1ml per litre of water. Atami recommends using it from the growth stage onwards and continuing through flowering until the early ripening stage.
At this concentration, use 1ml for 10L, 5ml for 50L, 10ml for 100L, 50ml for 500L and 100ml for a 1,000L nutrient reservoir.
A 1L bottle can therefore prepare approximately 10,000 litres of nutrient solution at 0.1ml/L.
Because the application rate is very low, accurate measurement is important. Use a suitable syringe, pipette or precision measuring device when preparing smaller nutrient volumes.
High-concentration silicon for larger growing systems
The 1L Silic Boost is particularly practical for growers preparing larger quantities of nutrient solution because the highly concentrated 0.1ml/L application rate provides substantial coverage from a relatively small container.
At the standard concentration, 1 litre treats approximately 10,000 litres of water. A complete outer case of 12 x 1L bottles therefore contains enough concentrate to prepare approximately 120,000 litres of solution at 0.1ml/L.
This makes the 1L format well suited to commercial horticulture, larger indoor growing systems, greenhouse production and growers running substantial nutrient reservoirs.
Root feeding or foliar application
Silic Boost can be incorporated into a normal nutrient solution for root feeding or used as a foliar spray.
For foliar application, use the same concentration of 0.1ml/L of water.
When foliar feeding, prepare a fresh solution and apply evenly to suitable foliage using good spraying practice. Avoid spraying under intense lighting, strong direct sunlight or conditions likely to cause excessive evaporation or leaf stress.
This flexibility allows Silic Boost to be incorporated into a wide range of crop-management strategies and growing systems.
Suitable for soil, coco & hydro
Silic Boost can be used across soil, coco and hydroponic cultivation, making it a versatile addition to both straightforward and advanced plant nutrition programmes.
Soil growers can add it alongside an appropriate soil fertiliser, coco growers can incorporate it into a dedicated coco nutrient programme and hydroponic growers can add it to their normal nutrient solution.
Silic Boost performs a different role from base fertilisers, root stimulators and flowering additives. Its specific purpose is to provide the silicon component of the programme.
It can therefore remain part of the feeding strategy across several crop stages rather than being restricted to a short vegetative or flowering window.
Atami B'cuzz Silic Boost 1L product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | B'cuzz |
| Product | Silic Boost |
| Product type | Concentrated silicon plant additive |
| Size | 1L |
| Primary function | Plant strength, nutrient absorption & abiotic stress support |
| Application rate | 0.1ml/L |
| Application period | From growth stage until early ripening |
| 10L nutrient solution | 1ml |
| 50L nutrient solution | 5ml |
| 100L nutrient solution | 10ml |
| 500L nutrient solution | 50ml |
| 1,000L nutrient solution | 100ml |
| Approximate solution from 1L | 10,000L at 0.1ml/L |
| Root application | Yes |
| Foliar application | Yes - 0.1ml/L |
| Growing methods | Soil, Coco & Hydro |
| Use with base nutrients | Yes |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 1L bottles |
Atami B'cuzz Silic Boost 1L FAQs
What is Atami B'cuzz Silic Boost?
Silic Boost is a highly concentrated plant additive containing silicon in a stable, plant-available form. It is designed to support plant strength, nutrient absorption and resilience to environmental stress.
When should I use Atami Silic Boost?
Use Silic Boost from the growth stage onwards and continue through flowering until the early ripening stage.
How much Atami Silic Boost should I use?
Use 0.1ml/L of water. At this concentration, a 1L bottle can prepare approximately 10,000 litres of nutrient solution.
Does Silic Boost make plant stems stronger?
Silicon helps reinforce the outer layers of leaves and stems and supports the development of stronger, thicker stems, contributing to a more robust plant structure.
Can Silic Boost help plants during hot or dry conditions?
Silicon supports resilience to abiotic stresses such as heat and drought. It should be used alongside correct irrigation and environmental management rather than as a replacement for them.
Does Silic Boost improve nutrient uptake?
Atami highlights silicon's role in regulating and improving nutrient absorption, making Silic Boost a useful addition to a balanced plant nutrition programme.
Can Atami Silic Boost be used in soil?
Yes. Silic Boost is suitable for soil cultivation and can be incorporated alongside an appropriate soil base nutrient.
Can Atami Silic Boost be used in coco?
Yes. Silic Boost can be incorporated into coco feeding programmes alongside an appropriate coco base nutrient.
Can Atami Silic Boost be used in hydroponics?
Yes. Silic Boost is suitable for hydroponic cultivation and can be incorporated into the nutrient solution at the recommended concentration.
Can Silic Boost be used as a foliar spray?
Yes. Silic Boost can be applied through the root zone or as a foliar treatment at 0.1ml/L.
Does Silic Boost replace a base nutrient?
No. Silic Boost is a specialist silicon additive and should be used alongside a complete base nutrient appropriate to the crop and growing medium.
Is the 1L Silic Boost suitable for commercial growers?
Yes. Its 0.1ml/L application rate means a 1L bottle can treat approximately 10,000 litres, making the larger format particularly practical for commercial growers and larger nutrient reservoirs.
Why is accurate measurement important?
Silic Boost is extremely concentrated. Measuring 0.1ml/L accurately helps maintain a consistent silicon concentration and prevents unnecessary over-application.
How many Atami Silic Boost 1L bottles are in a case?
A full outer case contains 12 x 1L bottles of Atami B'cuzz Silic Boost.
£135.33
Unit price per£135.33
Unit price perAtami B'cuzz Root Stimulator 5L is a concentrated root development additive formulated to encourage stronger, healthier and more abundant roots during the crucial early establishment stage of a crop.
A healthy root system provides the foundation for vigorous plant development. Roots anchor the plant within the growing medium while absorbing and transporting the water and nutrients required by developing leaves, stems, flowers and fruits.
B'cuzz Root Stimulator combines fatty acids, amino acids, humic acids and plant extracts in a specialist formulation designed to support root development during the first stages of plant growth.
By encouraging a well-developed root system early in the crop cycle, plants can establish a larger interface with the growing medium for the absorption and transport of water and nutrients.
Atami recommends using B'cuzz Root Stimulator during the first two weeks of plant development at 0.5-1ml/L. It is suitable for soil, coco and hydroponic growing systems.
Why choose Atami B'cuzz Root Stimulator?
Building a strong root system from the start
Root development is one of the most important processes during early plant establishment. While much of the initial growth is taking place below the surface, the developing root system is creating the foundation required to support the plant throughout the rest of its crop cycle.
More roots create a greater connection between the plant and its growing medium. This increases the area through which water and dissolved nutrients can be absorbed before being transported to the rest of the plant.
Atami therefore positions B'cuzz Root Stimulator specifically at the beginning of the feeding programme, when establishing a healthy root system is the priority.
Once this initial root-establishment period has passed, the feeding programme can move towards products designed to support the next stage of plant development.
Healthy roots for better nutrient & water absorption
Roots do considerably more than physically anchor a plant. They form the interface between the crop and the water and nutrients available within the growing medium.
A larger, healthy root network gives the plant greater opportunity to absorb water and available nutrition. These resources can then be transported upwards to support developing stems, leaves and later flowers and fruits.
This is why Atami links Root Stimulator not only with healthy roots, but also with better nutrient absorption and better overall plant growth.
Root Stimulator should still be used alongside the appropriate base nutrition for the crop and growing medium. It is a specialist root additive rather than a complete standalone fertiliser.
Fatty acids, amino acids, humic acids & plant extracts
B'cuzz Root Stimulator is formulated from a combination of fatty acids, amino acids, humic acids and plant extracts.
Rather than simply increasing the concentration of conventional base nutrients, the product is designed specifically around the biological requirements of plants during root establishment.
This distinguishes B'cuzz Root Stimulator from an NPK-heavy root fertiliser such as Atami Rootbastic. Root Stimulator is designed as an early-stage stimulator within the B'cuzz programme, while Rootbastic is a concentrated NPK root additive with a different formulation and feeding strategy.
How to use Atami B'cuzz Root Stimulator
Add 0.5-1ml of B'cuzz Root Stimulator per litre of water. Atami recommends adding it when watering during the first two weeks of plant development.
At 0.5ml/L, use 5ml for 10L, 25ml for 50L, 50ml for 100L, 250ml for 500L and 500ml for 1,000L of water.
At 1ml/L, use 10ml for 10L, 50ml for 50L, 100ml for 100L, 500ml for 500L and 1L for 1,000L of water.
The exact concentration should be adjusted according to the crop, plant condition, growing environment and complete feeding programme.
5L Root Stimulator for commercial growing
The 5L format is particularly useful for commercial growers, nurseries and larger controlled-environment growing systems where substantial volumes of irrigation or nutrient solution are prepared.
At the lower 0.5ml/L application rate, a 5L container can prepare approximately 10,000 litres of solution.
At the maximum 1ml/L application rate, the same 5L container can prepare approximately 5,000 litres of solution.
Because Root Stimulator is primarily used during the initial establishment period rather than throughout the complete crop cycle, the 5L size can provide substantial coverage across large numbers of young plants.
Using Root Stimulator in the B'cuzz feeding programme
B'cuzz Root Stimulator is designed for the early establishment stage. Atami recommends using it during the first two weeks before transitioning towards the appropriate B'cuzz Booster for the growing medium and subsequent crop development.
This crop-stage approach allows each specialist product to perform its intended role. Root Stimulator focuses on establishing the root system first, after which the feeding programme can place greater emphasis on vegetative development and eventually flowering and fruit production.
It can be used alongside the appropriate B'cuzz base nutrient for soil, coco or hydroponic cultivation.
Atami's grow guides are intended as a starting point. Actual crop requirements depend on plant species, plant condition, environmental conditions, light intensity and the EC of the complete nutrient solution.
B'cuzz Root Stimulator vs Atami Rootbastic
B'cuzz Root Stimulator and Rootbastic are both designed around root development, but they are different products with different formulations.
B'cuzz Root Stimulator contains fatty acids, amino acids, humic acids and plant extracts and is designed as the root-development stimulator within the B'cuzz programme.
Rootbastic is Atami's highly concentrated NPK-rich root additive and uses a different staged application programme.
Growers should therefore follow the feeding programme appropriate to the Atami range they are using rather than assuming the two products are interchangeable at the same dosage.
Atami B'cuzz Root Stimulator 5L product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | B'cuzz |
| Product | Root Stimulator |
| Product type | Concentrated root development stimulator |
| Size | 5L |
| Primary function | Root development, nutrient absorption & early plant establishment |
| Key components | Fatty acids, amino acids, humic acids & plant extracts |
| Application rate | 0.5-1ml/L |
| Application period | First 2 weeks of plant development |
| 10L solution | 5-10ml |
| 50L solution | 25-50ml |
| 100L solution | 50-100ml |
| 500L solution | 250-500ml |
| 1,000L solution | 500ml-1L |
| Approximate solution from 5L | 5,000-10,000L depending on application rate |
| Growing methods | Soil, Coco & Hydro |
| Use with base nutrients | Yes |
Atami B'cuzz Root Stimulator 5L FAQs
What does Atami B'cuzz Root Stimulator do?
B'cuzz Root Stimulator is designed to encourage stronger, healthier and more abundant roots during early plant establishment. A healthy root system supports efficient absorption and transport of water and nutrients.
When should I use B'cuzz Root Stimulator?
Atami recommends using Root Stimulator during the first two weeks of plant development. After this initial establishment period, the B'cuzz programme moves towards the appropriate Booster for the growing medium.
How much B'cuzz Root Stimulator should I use?
Use 0.5-1ml per litre of water. The exact concentration can be adjusted according to the crop, growing conditions and overall feeding programme.
What is in Atami B'cuzz Root Stimulator?
Atami states that B'cuzz Root Stimulator contains fatty acids, amino acids, humic acids and plant extracts.
Does Root Stimulator improve nutrient uptake?
It supports the development of a larger and healthier root system. More healthy roots provide a greater interface with the growing medium for the absorption and transport of water and available nutrients.
Can I use B'cuzz Root Stimulator in soil?
Yes. Root Stimulator is suitable for soil cultivation and can be incorporated alongside an appropriate soil base nutrient programme.
Can I use B'cuzz Root Stimulator in coco?
Yes. Atami lists Root Stimulator for coco cultivation as well as soil and hydroponic growing systems.
Can I use B'cuzz Root Stimulator in hydroponics?
Yes. B'cuzz Root Stimulator is suitable for hydroponic cultivation when incorporated into the appropriate nutrient programme.
Does Root Stimulator replace my base nutrient?
No. Root Stimulator is a specialist early-stage additive. Plants still require the appropriate base nutrition for their crop, growing medium and stage of development.
Is B'cuzz Root Stimulator the same as Rootbastic?
No. Both products focus on root development, but their formulations and feeding strategies differ. B'cuzz Root Stimulator contains fatty acids, amino acids, humic acids and plant extracts, while Rootbastic is a concentrated NPK-rich root additive.
Why are healthy roots important for later flowering and fruiting?
A well-established root system anchors the plant and supports the uptake and transport of the water and nutrients needed for later growth. Atami notes that healthy roots help the plant support larger flowers and fruits at later stages.
What crops can B'cuzz Root Stimulator be used with?
Atami gives examples including potatoes, sweet potatoes and flowering ornamentals such as chrysanthemums, tulips and Muscari. The dosage can be adapted to the requirements of individual plants and crops.
How long will 5L of B'cuzz Root Stimulator last?
A 5L container prepares approximately 10,000 litres at 0.5ml/L or 5,000 litres at 1ml/L, making this size particularly suitable for larger growing operations.
£16.44
Unit price per£16.44
Unit price perAtami B'cuzz Root Stimulator 500ml is a concentrated root development additive formulated to encourage stronger, healthier and more abundant roots during the crucial early establishment stage of a crop.
A healthy root system provides the foundation for vigorous plant development. Roots anchor the plant within the growing medium while absorbing and transporting the water and nutrients required by developing leaves, stems, flowers and fruits.
B'cuzz Root Stimulator combines fatty acids, amino acids, humic acids and plant extracts in a specialist formulation designed to support root development during the first stages of plant growth.
By encouraging a well-developed root system early in the crop cycle, plants can establish a larger interface with the growing medium for the absorption and transport of water and nutrients.
Atami recommends using B'cuzz Root Stimulator during the first two weeks of plant development at 0.5-1ml/L. It is suitable for soil, coco and hydroponic growing systems. A full outer case contains 12 x 500ml bottles.
Why choose Atami B'cuzz Root Stimulator?
Building a strong root system from the start
Root development is one of the most important processes during early plant establishment. While much of the initial growth is taking place below the surface, the developing root system is creating the foundation required to support the plant throughout the rest of its crop cycle.
More roots create a greater connection between the plant and its growing medium. This increases the area through which water and dissolved nutrients can be absorbed before being transported to the rest of the plant.
Atami therefore positions B'cuzz Root Stimulator specifically at the beginning of the feeding programme, when establishing a healthy root system is the priority.
Once this initial root-establishment period has passed, the feeding programme can move towards products designed to support the next stage of plant development.
Healthy roots for better nutrient & water absorption
Roots do considerably more than physically anchor a plant. They form the interface between the crop and the water and nutrients available within the growing medium.
A larger, healthy root network gives the plant greater opportunity to absorb water and available nutrition. These resources can then be transported upwards to support developing stems, leaves and later flowers and fruits.
This is why Atami links Root Stimulator not only with healthy roots, but also with better nutrient absorption and better overall plant growth.
Root Stimulator should be used alongside the appropriate base nutrition for the crop and growing medium. It is a specialist root additive rather than a complete standalone fertiliser.
Fatty acids, amino acids, humic acids & plant extracts
B'cuzz Root Stimulator is formulated from a combination of fatty acids, amino acids, humic acids and plant extracts.
Rather than simply increasing the concentration of conventional base nutrients, the product is designed specifically around the requirements of plants during root establishment.
This distinguishes B'cuzz Root Stimulator from an NPK-rich root product such as Atami Rootbastic. Root Stimulator is designed as an early-stage stimulator within the B'cuzz programme, while Rootbastic uses a different formulation and feeding strategy.
How to use Atami B'cuzz Root Stimulator
Add 0.5-1ml of B'cuzz Root Stimulator per litre of water. Atami recommends adding it when watering during the first two weeks of plant development.
At 0.5ml/L, use 5ml for 10L, 25ml for 50L, 50ml for 100L, 250ml for 500L and 500ml for 1,000L of water.
At 1ml/L, use 10ml for 10L, 50ml for 50L, 100ml for 100L, 500ml for 500L and 1L for 1,000L of water.
A 500ml bottle can prepare approximately 500-1,000 litres of solution, depending on the application rate used.
Using Root Stimulator in the B'cuzz feeding programme
B'cuzz Root Stimulator is designed for the early establishment stage. Atami recommends using it during the first two weeks before the feeding programme moves towards products intended for subsequent crop development.
This crop-stage approach allows each specialist product to perform its intended role. Root Stimulator focuses on establishing the root system first, after which the feeding programme can place greater emphasis on vegetative development and eventually flowering and fruit production.
It can be used alongside the appropriate B'cuzz base nutrient for soil, coco or hydroponic cultivation.
Feeding rates should always be adjusted where necessary according to plant species, plant condition, environmental conditions and the complete nutrient programme.
B'cuzz Root Stimulator vs Atami Rootbastic
B'cuzz Root Stimulator and Rootbastic are both designed around root development, but they are different products with different formulations.
B'cuzz Root Stimulator contains fatty acids, amino acids, humic acids and plant extracts and is designed as the root-development stimulator within the B'cuzz programme.
Rootbastic is Atami's concentrated NPK-rich root additive and uses a different staged application programme.
Growers should therefore follow the feeding programme appropriate to the Atami range they are using rather than assuming the two products are interchangeable at the same dosage.
Atami B'cuzz Root Stimulator 500ml product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | B'cuzz |
| Product | Root Stimulator |
| Product type | Concentrated root development stimulator |
| Size | 500ml |
| Primary function | Root development, nutrient absorption & early plant establishment |
| Key components | Fatty acids, amino acids, humic acids & plant extracts |
| Application rate | 0.5-1ml/L |
| Application period | First 2 weeks of plant development |
| 10L solution | 5-10ml |
| 50L solution | 25-50ml |
| 100L solution | 50-100ml |
| 500L solution | 250-500ml |
| Approximate solution from 500ml | 500-1,000L depending on application rate |
| Growing methods | Soil, Coco & Hydro |
| Use with base nutrients | Yes |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 500ml bottles |
Atami B'cuzz Root Stimulator 500ml FAQs
What does Atami B'cuzz Root Stimulator do?
B'cuzz Root Stimulator is designed to encourage stronger, healthier and more abundant roots during early plant establishment. A healthy root system supports effective absorption and transport of water and nutrients.
When should I use B'cuzz Root Stimulator?
Atami recommends using Root Stimulator during the first two weeks of plant development, when establishing a healthy root system is a priority.
How much B'cuzz Root Stimulator should I use?
Use 0.5-1ml per litre of water. A 500ml bottle can therefore prepare approximately 500-1,000 litres of solution depending on the concentration used.
What is in Atami B'cuzz Root Stimulator?
Atami states that B'cuzz Root Stimulator contains fatty acids, amino acids, humic acids and plant extracts.
Does Root Stimulator improve nutrient uptake?
Root Stimulator supports the development of a healthy root network, increasing the interface between the plant and its growing medium for the absorption of water and available nutrients.
Can I use B'cuzz Root Stimulator in soil?
Yes. Root Stimulator is suitable for soil cultivation and can be incorporated alongside an appropriate soil base nutrient programme.
Can I use B'cuzz Root Stimulator in coco?
Yes. Atami B'cuzz Root Stimulator is suitable for coco cultivation as well as soil and hydroponic growing systems.
Can I use B'cuzz Root Stimulator in hydroponics?
Yes. B'cuzz Root Stimulator is suitable for hydroponic cultivation when incorporated into an appropriate nutrient programme.
Does Root Stimulator replace my base nutrient?
No. Root Stimulator is a specialist early-stage additive. Plants still require appropriate base nutrition for their crop, growing medium and stage of development.
Is B'cuzz Root Stimulator the same as Rootbastic?
No. Both focus on root development, but their formulations and feeding strategies differ. B'cuzz Root Stimulator contains fatty acids, amino acids, humic acids and plant extracts, while Rootbastic is an NPK-rich root additive.
Why are healthy roots important for later plant growth?
A well-established root system provides the plant with the water and nutrients required to support subsequent vegetative growth and later flower and fruit development.
Is the 500ml size suitable for smaller growing systems?
Yes. The 500ml bottle provides approximately 500-1,000 litres of prepared solution, making it suitable for hobby growers, smaller nurseries and growers who do not require the larger commercial pack sizes.
How many Atami B'cuzz Root Stimulator 500ml bottles are in a case?
A full outer case contains 12 x 500ml bottles.
£8.71
Unit price per£8.71
Unit price perAtami B'cuzz Root Stimulator 250ml is a concentrated root development additive formulated to encourage stronger, healthier and more abundant roots during the crucial early establishment stage of a crop.
A healthy root system provides the foundation for vigorous plant development. Roots anchor the plant within the growing medium while absorbing and transporting the water and nutrients required by developing leaves, stems, flowers and fruits.
B'cuzz Root Stimulator combines fatty acids, amino acids, humic acids and plant extracts in a specialist formulation designed to support root development during the first stages of plant growth.
By encouraging a well-developed root system early in the crop cycle, plants can establish a larger interface with the growing medium for the absorption and transport of water and nutrients.
Atami recommends using B'cuzz Root Stimulator during the first two weeks of plant development at 0.5-1ml/L. It is suitable for soil, coco and hydroponic growing systems. A full outer case contains 12 x 250ml bottles.
Why choose Atami B'cuzz Root Stimulator?
Building a strong root system from the start
Root development is one of the most important processes during early plant establishment. While much of the initial growth is taking place below the surface, the developing root system is creating the foundation required to support the plant throughout the rest of its crop cycle.
More roots create a greater connection between the plant and its growing medium. This increases the area through which water and dissolved nutrients can be absorbed before being transported to the rest of the plant.
Atami therefore positions B'cuzz Root Stimulator specifically at the beginning of the feeding programme, when establishing a healthy root system is the priority.
Once this initial root-establishment period has passed, the feeding programme can move towards products designed to support the next stage of plant development.
Healthy roots for better nutrient & water absorption
Roots do considerably more than physically anchor a plant. They form the interface between the crop and the water and nutrients available within the growing medium.
A larger, healthy root network gives the plant greater opportunity to absorb water and available nutrition. These resources can then be transported upwards to support developing stems, leaves and later flowers and fruits.
This is why Atami links Root Stimulator not only with healthy roots, but also with better nutrient absorption and better overall plant growth.
Root Stimulator should be used alongside the appropriate base nutrition for the crop and growing medium. It is a specialist root additive rather than a complete standalone fertiliser.
Fatty acids, amino acids, humic acids & plant extracts
B'cuzz Root Stimulator is formulated from a combination of fatty acids, amino acids, humic acids and plant extracts.
Rather than simply increasing the concentration of conventional base nutrients, the product is designed specifically around the requirements of plants during root establishment.
This distinguishes B'cuzz Root Stimulator from an NPK-rich root product such as Atami Rootbastic. Root Stimulator is designed as an early-stage stimulator within the B'cuzz programme, while Rootbastic uses a different formulation and feeding strategy.
How to use Atami B'cuzz Root Stimulator
Add 0.5-1ml of B'cuzz Root Stimulator per litre of water. Atami recommends adding it when watering during the first two weeks of plant development.
At 0.5ml/L, use 5ml for 10L, 25ml for 50L, 50ml for 100L and 250ml for 500L of water.
At 1ml/L, use 10ml for 10L, 50ml for 50L, 100ml for 100L and 250ml for 250L of water.
A 250ml bottle can therefore prepare approximately 250-500 litres of solution, depending on the application rate used.
Using Root Stimulator in the B'cuzz feeding programme
B'cuzz Root Stimulator is designed for the early establishment stage. Atami recommends using it during the first two weeks before the feeding programme moves towards products intended for subsequent crop development.
This crop-stage approach allows each specialist product to perform its intended role. Root Stimulator focuses on establishing the root system first, after which the feeding programme can place greater emphasis on vegetative development and eventually flowering and fruit production.
It can be used alongside the appropriate B'cuzz base nutrient for soil, coco or hydroponic cultivation.
Feeding rates should always be adjusted where necessary according to plant species, plant condition, environmental conditions and the complete nutrient programme.
B'cuzz Root Stimulator vs Atami Rootbastic
B'cuzz Root Stimulator and Rootbastic are both designed around root development, but they are different products with different formulations.
B'cuzz Root Stimulator contains fatty acids, amino acids, humic acids and plant extracts and is designed as the root-development stimulator within the B'cuzz programme.
Rootbastic is Atami's concentrated NPK-rich root additive and uses a different staged application programme.
Growers should therefore follow the feeding programme appropriate to the Atami range they are using rather than assuming the two products are interchangeable at the same dosage.
Atami B'cuzz Root Stimulator 250ml product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | B'cuzz |
| Product | Root Stimulator |
| Product type | Concentrated root development stimulator |
| Size | 250ml |
| Primary function | Root development, nutrient absorption & early plant establishment |
| Key components | Fatty acids, amino acids, humic acids & plant extracts |
| Application rate | 0.5-1ml/L |
| Application period | First 2 weeks of plant development |
| 10L solution | 5-10ml |
| 50L solution | 25-50ml |
| 100L solution | 50-100ml |
| Approximate solution from 250ml | 250-500L depending on application rate |
| Growing methods | Soil, Coco & Hydro |
| Use with base nutrients | Yes |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 250ml bottles |
Atami B'cuzz Root Stimulator 250ml FAQs
What does Atami B'cuzz Root Stimulator do?
B'cuzz Root Stimulator is designed to encourage stronger, healthier and more abundant roots during early plant establishment. A healthy root system supports effective absorption and transport of water and nutrients.
When should I use B'cuzz Root Stimulator?
Atami recommends using Root Stimulator during the first two weeks of plant development, when establishing a healthy root system is a priority.
How much B'cuzz Root Stimulator should I use?
Use 0.5-1ml per litre of water. A 250ml bottle can prepare approximately 250-500 litres of solution depending on the concentration used.
What is in Atami B'cuzz Root Stimulator?
B'cuzz Root Stimulator contains fatty acids, amino acids, humic acids and plant extracts.
Does Root Stimulator improve nutrient uptake?
Root Stimulator supports the development of a healthy root network, increasing the interface between the plant and its growing medium for the absorption of water and available nutrients.
Can I use B'cuzz Root Stimulator in soil?
Yes. Root Stimulator is suitable for soil cultivation and can be incorporated alongside an appropriate soil base nutrient programme.
Can I use B'cuzz Root Stimulator in coco?
Yes. B'cuzz Root Stimulator is suitable for coco cultivation as well as soil and hydroponic growing systems.
Can I use B'cuzz Root Stimulator in hydroponics?
Yes. B'cuzz Root Stimulator is suitable for hydroponic cultivation when incorporated into an appropriate nutrient programme.
Does Root Stimulator replace my base nutrient?
No. Root Stimulator is a specialist early-stage additive. Plants still require appropriate base nutrition for their crop, growing medium and stage of development.
Is B'cuzz Root Stimulator the same as Rootbastic?
No. Both focus on root development, but their formulations and feeding strategies differ. B'cuzz Root Stimulator contains fatty acids, amino acids, humic acids and plant extracts, while Rootbastic is an NPK-rich root additive.
Why are healthy roots important for later plant growth?
A well-established root system provides the plant with the water and nutrients required to support subsequent vegetative growth and later flower and fruit development.
How many Atami B'cuzz Root Stimulator 250ml bottles are in a case?
A full outer case contains 12 x 250ml bottles.
£29.82
Unit price per£29.82
Unit price perAtami B'cuzz Root Stimulator 1L is a concentrated root development additive formulated to encourage stronger, healthier and more abundant roots during the crucial early establishment stage of a crop.
A healthy root system provides the foundation for vigorous plant development. Roots anchor the plant within the growing medium while absorbing and transporting the water and nutrients required by developing leaves, stems, flowers and fruits.
B'cuzz Root Stimulator combines fatty acids, amino acids, humic acids and plant extracts in a specialist formulation designed to support root development during the first stages of plant growth.
By encouraging a well-developed root system early in the crop cycle, plants can establish a larger interface with the growing medium for the absorption and transport of water and nutrients.
Atami recommends using B'cuzz Root Stimulator during the first two weeks of plant development at 0.5-1ml/L. It is suitable for soil, coco and hydroponic growing systems. A full outer case contains 12 x 1L bottles.
Why choose Atami B'cuzz Root Stimulator?
Building a strong root system from the start
Root development is one of the most important processes during early plant establishment. While much of the initial growth is taking place below the surface, the developing root system is creating the foundation required to support the plant throughout the rest of its crop cycle.
More roots create a greater connection between the plant and its growing medium. This increases the area through which water and dissolved nutrients can be absorbed before being transported to the rest of the plant.
Atami therefore positions B'cuzz Root Stimulator specifically at the beginning of the feeding programme, when establishing a healthy root system is the priority.
Once this initial root-establishment period has passed, the feeding programme can move towards products designed to support the next stage of plant development.
Healthy roots for better nutrient & water absorption
Roots do considerably more than physically anchor a plant. They form the interface between the crop and the water and nutrients available within the growing medium.
A larger, healthy root network gives the plant greater opportunity to absorb water and available nutrition. These resources can then be transported upwards to support developing stems, leaves and later flowers and fruits.
This is why Atami links Root Stimulator not only with healthy roots, but also with better nutrient absorption and better overall plant growth.
Root Stimulator should be used alongside the appropriate base nutrition for the crop and growing medium. It is a specialist root additive rather than a complete standalone fertiliser.
Fatty acids, amino acids, humic acids & plant extracts
B'cuzz Root Stimulator is formulated from a combination of fatty acids, amino acids, humic acids and plant extracts.
Rather than simply increasing the concentration of conventional base nutrients, the product is designed specifically around the requirements of plants during root establishment.
This distinguishes B'cuzz Root Stimulator from an NPK-rich root product such as Atami Rootbastic. Root Stimulator is designed as an early-stage stimulator within the B'cuzz programme, while Rootbastic uses a different formulation and feeding strategy.
How to use Atami B'cuzz Root Stimulator
Add 0.5-1ml of B'cuzz Root Stimulator per litre of water. Atami recommends adding it when watering during the first two weeks of plant development.
At 0.5ml/L, use 5ml for 10L, 25ml for 50L, 50ml for 100L, 250ml for 500L and 500ml for 1,000L of water.
At 1ml/L, use 10ml for 10L, 50ml for 50L, 100ml for 100L, 500ml for 500L and 1L for 1,000L of water.
A 1L bottle can therefore prepare approximately 1,000-2,000 litres of solution, depending on the application rate used.
1L Root Stimulator for larger growing systems
The 1L format provides a practical balance between pack size and coverage for growers preparing larger volumes of nutrient solution or establishing significant numbers of young plants.
At the lower 0.5ml/L application rate, one 1L bottle prepares approximately 2,000 litres of solution. At 1ml/L, it prepares approximately 1,000 litres.
A full outer case contains 12 x 1L bottles, providing 12 litres of Root Stimulator in total.
Using Root Stimulator in the B'cuzz feeding programme
B'cuzz Root Stimulator is designed for the early establishment stage. Atami recommends using it during the first two weeks before the feeding programme moves towards products intended for subsequent crop development.
This crop-stage approach allows each specialist product to perform its intended role. Root Stimulator focuses on establishing the root system first, after which the feeding programme can place greater emphasis on vegetative development and eventually flowering and fruit production.
It can be used alongside the appropriate B'cuzz base nutrient for soil, coco or hydroponic cultivation.
Feeding rates should always be adjusted where necessary according to plant species, plant condition, environmental conditions and the complete nutrient programme.
B'cuzz Root Stimulator vs Atami Rootbastic
B'cuzz Root Stimulator and Rootbastic are both designed around root development, but they are different products with different formulations.
B'cuzz Root Stimulator contains fatty acids, amino acids, humic acids and plant extracts and is designed as the root-development stimulator within the B'cuzz programme.
Rootbastic is Atami's concentrated NPK-rich root additive and uses a different staged application programme.
Growers should therefore follow the feeding programme appropriate to the Atami range they are using rather than assuming the two products are interchangeable at the same dosage.
Atami B'cuzz Root Stimulator 1L product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | B'cuzz |
| Product | Root Stimulator |
| Product type | Concentrated root development stimulator |
| Size | 1L |
| Primary function | Root development, nutrient absorption & early plant establishment |
| Key components | Fatty acids, amino acids, humic acids & plant extracts |
| Application rate | 0.5-1ml/L |
| Application period | First 2 weeks of plant development |
| 10L solution | 5-10ml |
| 50L solution | 25-50ml |
| 100L solution | 50-100ml |
| 500L solution | 250-500ml |
| 1,000L solution | 500ml-1L |
| Approximate solution from 1L | 1,000-2,000L depending on application rate |
| Growing methods | Soil, Coco & Hydro |
| Use with base nutrients | Yes |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 1L bottles |
Atami B'cuzz Root Stimulator 1L FAQs
What does Atami B'cuzz Root Stimulator do?
B'cuzz Root Stimulator is designed to encourage stronger, healthier and more abundant roots during early plant establishment. A healthy root system supports effective absorption and transport of water and nutrients.
When should I use B'cuzz Root Stimulator?
Atami recommends using Root Stimulator during the first two weeks of plant development, when establishing a healthy root system is a priority.
How much B'cuzz Root Stimulator should I use?
Use 0.5-1ml per litre of water. A 1L bottle can prepare approximately 1,000-2,000 litres of solution depending on the concentration used.
What is in Atami B'cuzz Root Stimulator?
B'cuzz Root Stimulator contains fatty acids, amino acids, humic acids and plant extracts.
Does Root Stimulator improve nutrient uptake?
Root Stimulator supports the development of a healthy root network, increasing the interface between the plant and its growing medium for the absorption of water and available nutrients.
Can I use B'cuzz Root Stimulator in soil?
Yes. Root Stimulator is suitable for soil cultivation and can be incorporated alongside an appropriate soil base nutrient programme.
Can I use B'cuzz Root Stimulator in coco?
Yes. B'cuzz Root Stimulator is suitable for coco cultivation as well as soil and hydroponic growing systems.
Can I use B'cuzz Root Stimulator in hydroponics?
Yes. B'cuzz Root Stimulator is suitable for hydroponic cultivation when incorporated into an appropriate nutrient programme.
Does Root Stimulator replace my base nutrient?
No. Root Stimulator is a specialist early-stage additive. Plants still require appropriate base nutrition for their crop, growing medium and stage of development.
Is B'cuzz Root Stimulator the same as Rootbastic?
No. Both focus on root development, but their formulations and feeding strategies differ. B'cuzz Root Stimulator contains fatty acids, amino acids, humic acids and plant extracts, while Rootbastic is an NPK-rich root additive.
Why are healthy roots important for later plant growth?
A well-established root system provides the plant with the water and nutrients required to support subsequent vegetative growth and later flower and fruit development.
Is the 1L Root Stimulator suitable for commercial growing?
Yes. One litre prepares approximately 1,000-2,000 litres of solution depending on dosage, making it suitable for nurseries, larger grow rooms and commercial horticultural applications.
How many Atami B'cuzz Root Stimulator 1L bottles are in a case?
A full outer case contains 12 x 1L bottles.
£25.70
Unit price per£25.70
Unit price perAtami B'cuzz Hydro A&B 5L is a concentrated two-part mineral base nutrient developed specifically for hydroponic cultivation, providing the essential nutrition plants require for strong, healthy development throughout the crop cycle.
Hydroponic growing places the grower in direct control of plant nutrition. Unlike soil-based growing media, hydroponic substrates generally hold relatively little nutrition themselves, so plants depend heavily on the nutrient solution supplied through the irrigation system.
B'cuzz Hydro A&B has been formulated specifically for these conditions. The two-part system provides a balanced supply of essential mineral nutrients suitable for use from active vegetative growth through flowering and ripening.
The formulation is divided between Hydro A and Hydro B because certain concentrated mineral nutrients can react with one another if combined before dilution. Keeping the concentrates separate maintains their stability until they are added individually to water.
This 5L set provides 5L of Hydro A and 5L of Hydro B, giving 10 litres of concentrated base nutrient in total.
Why choose Atami B'cuzz Hydro A&B?
Base nutrition developed for hydroponic growing
Hydroponic growing media behave differently from fertilised soil and compost. In many hydro systems, the substrate provides physical support and root-zone conditions but contributes relatively little stored nutrition.
This means the grower must provide the crop with an accurately prepared nutrient solution containing the mineral elements required for healthy development.
B'cuzz Hydro A&B has been developed specifically around these requirements. Atami uses a more concentrated hydroponic formulation to provide plants with the nutrients they require in systems where nutrients are not retained in the same way as they are in soil.
This makes accurate nutrient preparation, EC monitoring and pH management particularly important when using Hydro A&B.
Why does Hydro Nutrition come in A & B?
The two bottles are not separate growth and flowering nutrients. Hydro A and Hydro B are designed to be used together.
Certain mineral nutrients can chemically react with one another when present together in highly concentrated form. This can cause compounds to precipitate, potentially making some nutrients less available to the plant.
Atami therefore separates the formulation into two concentrates. Once each part is diluted into a sufficient volume of water, they can form the complete nutrient solution.
Always add Hydro A and Hydro B separately to the water. Do not mix the concentrated A and B liquids directly together.
Hydro A NK 5-5 & Hydro B PK 4-6
The current European B'cuzz Hydro A&B formulation divides the mineral nutrition between two complementary components.
Hydro A has an NK analysis of 5-5, while Hydro B has a PK analysis of 4-6.
These two parts are intended to work together rather than independently. Used correctly, they provide the nutritional foundation required across the crop cycle.
Feeding strength can then be adjusted according to crop stage, plant condition, water quality, environmental conditions and the EC of the complete nutrient solution.
How to use Atami B'cuzz Hydro A&B
Atami's general dosage is 1-3ml of Hydro A and 1-3ml of Hydro B per litre of water.
Add the required quantity of Hydro A to the reservoir or irrigation water and mix thoroughly. Then add the required quantity of Hydro B and mix again.
Never mix concentrated Hydro A and Hydro B directly together. Both concentrates should only come together after being diluted in water.
At the general application range, a 100L reservoir requires 100-300ml of Hydro A plus 100-300ml of Hydro B. A 500L reservoir requires 500ml-1.5L of each part, while a 1,000L reservoir requires 1-3L of each part.
The precise concentration should be adjusted according to the crop and its stage of development rather than automatically using the maximum rate.
Adjusting Hydro A&B through the crop cycle
B'cuzz Hydro A&B can be used throughout the crop cycle, but this does not mean plants require exactly the same nutrient concentration at every stage.
Atami's current hydro grow guide starts at a lower concentration during active growth and progressively adjusts the concentration as plants develop into early flowering, full flowering and ripening.
This approach is preferable to treating 1-3ml/L as a fixed dose. Younger or less demanding plants can require a weaker solution, while established and actively developing crops may require a higher concentration.
Crop species, water quality, environmental conditions and the use of additional nutrient products can all affect the final EC, so growers should monitor the complete nutrient solution and crop response.
pH & EC management in hydroponics
Correct pH and EC management are particularly important in hydroponic cultivation because the grower has direct control over the solution surrounding the root system.
Atami's current B'cuzz hydro grow guide uses a target nutrient-solution pH of approximately 5.5-5.8.
EC should be adjusted according to crop stage, water quality and the complete feeding programme. Atami's grow guide provides an overall EC reference range, but the appropriate target depends on the individual crop and growing conditions.
When preparing a reservoir, growers should take the starting EC of their water into account and measure the final solution after all required nutrients and additives have been thoroughly mixed.
Suitable hydroponic applications
B'cuzz Hydro A&B can provide the base nutrition for a range of hydroponic cultivation methods where plant nutrition is supplied primarily through a prepared nutrient solution.
It is suitable for growers working with inert or low-nutrient hydroponic substrates and irrigation systems, with feeding strength adapted to the crop and specific system.
Atami identifies vegetables, fruits and herbs such as aubergines, sage and basil among suitable crops. It can also be used for indoor and potted plants including ornamentals such as Anthurium, Lavender and Gerbera where a hydroponic feeding approach is appropriate.
Using Hydro A&B with the B'cuzz feeding programme
Hydro A&B forms the base nutrient within the B'cuzz hydroponic feeding programme. Specialist additives can then be introduced according to the crop stage and the grower's chosen programme.
Early in development this can include products aimed at root establishment, followed by growth and flowering stimulators as the crop progresses.
Later-stage products such as Bloombastic or Rokzbastic perform a different role from Hydro A&B and should not be viewed as replacements for the base nutrient.
When several products are used together, monitor the final EC rather than considering each product's dosage in isolation.
Atami B'cuzz Hydro A&B 5L product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | B'cuzz |
| Product | Hydro A&B |
| Product type | Two-part mineral base nutrient |
| Growing method | Hydroponics |
| Pack contents | 5L Hydro A + 5L Hydro B |
| Total concentrate | 10L |
| Hydro A analysis | NK 5-5 W/W |
| Hydro B analysis | PK 4-6 W/W |
| General dosage | 1-3ml/L Hydro A + 1-3ml/L Hydro B |
| 100L reservoir | 100-300ml A + 100-300ml B |
| 500L reservoir | 500ml-1.5L A + 500ml-1.5L B |
| 1,000L reservoir | 1-3L A + 1-3L B |
| Approximate solution from 5L of each part | Approximately 1,667-5,000L depending on application rate |
| Application period | Throughout the crop cycle |
| Hydro pH guidance | Approximately 5.5-5.8 |
| Mixing | Dilute A and B separately in water. Never mix the concentrates directly together. |
Atami B'cuzz Hydro A&B 5L FAQs
What is Atami B'cuzz Hydro A&B?
B'cuzz Hydro A&B is a two-part mineral base nutrient developed specifically for hydroponic cultivation. It supplies the nutritional foundation required for healthy plant development throughout the crop cycle.
Why is Atami Hydro Nutrition supplied as A and B?
Certain mineral nutrients can react when stored together at high concentration. Separating the formulation into Hydro A and Hydro B maintains stability until each concentrate is diluted into water.
Do I use Hydro A and Hydro B together?
Yes. Hydro A and Hydro B are complementary parts of the same base nutrient and are intended to be used together. They are not separate growth and flowering fertilisers.
Can I mix Hydro A and B concentrates together?
No. Never mix concentrated Hydro A and Hydro B directly together. Add A to the water and mix thoroughly before adding B and mixing again.
How much Atami Hydro A&B should I use?
Atami's general dosage is 1-3ml/L of Hydro A plus 1-3ml/L of Hydro B. Feeding strength should be adjusted according to the crop, growth stage, water quality and final EC.
Can Atami Hydro A&B be used throughout flowering?
Yes. Hydro A&B is designed to provide base nutrition throughout the crop cycle, including growth, flowering and ripening, with dosage adjusted as the plant develops.
What is the NPK of Atami Hydro A&B?
The current European formulation lists Hydro A as NK 5-5 W/W and Hydro B as PK 4-6 W/W. The two components are designed to work together.
What pH should I use with B'cuzz Hydro A&B?
Atami's current hydro grow guide uses approximately pH 5.5-5.8. Always consider the requirements of the individual crop and hydroponic system.
Should I monitor EC when using Hydro A&B?
Yes. EC provides a useful indication of the total concentration of dissolved mineral salts in the nutrient solution. Monitor the complete solution, particularly when combining Hydro A&B with additional nutrients or additives.
Is Hydro A&B suitable for vegetables and herbs?
Yes. Atami identifies crops including aubergines, sage and basil as suitable examples, and the nutrient can be adjusted to suit a wide range of hydroponically grown crops.
Is B'cuzz Hydro A&B the same as B'cuzz Soil A&B?
No. Hydro A&B is formulated specifically for hydroponic cultivation, while Soil A&B is designed for soil-based substrates. Their nutrient analyses and application requirements differ.
Is B'cuzz Hydro A&B the same as B'cuzz Coco A&B?
They are separate base nutrient products intended for different growing systems. Hydro A&B is designed for hydroponic cultivation, while Coco A&B is formulated specifically for coco-based substrates.
Can I use Bloombastic or Rokzbastic with Hydro A&B?
Atami includes specialist flowering additives alongside Hydro A&B in its hydro feeding programmes. These products perform different roles from the base nutrient, so the complete nutrient concentration and EC should be monitored when combining products.
How much nutrient solution can the 5L Hydro A&B set make?
With 5L of each component, the set can prepare approximately 1,667-5,000 litres of nutrient solution across Atami's general 1-3ml/L application range.
£42.56
Unit price per£42.56
Unit price perAtami B'cuzz Hydro A&B 10L is a concentrated two-part mineral base nutrient developed specifically for hydroponic cultivation, providing the essential nutrition required for healthy plant development throughout the crop cycle.
Hydroponic cultivation gives the grower direct control over plant nutrition. Unlike fertilised soil and compost, hydroponic growing media generally provide relatively little stored nutrition, meaning crops depend heavily on the nutrient solution delivered to the root zone.
B'cuzz Hydro A&B has been formulated specifically for these conditions. The two-part system supplies a balanced range of mineral nutrients and can provide the nutritional foundation from active vegetative development through flowering and ripening.
The formulation is divided between Hydro A and Hydro B because certain concentrated mineral nutrients can react with one another if combined before dilution. Separating the concentrates maintains their stability until they are individually added to water.
This commercial-size set provides 10L of Hydro A and 10L of Hydro B, giving 20 litres of concentrated hydroponic base nutrient in total.
Why choose Atami B'cuzz Hydro A&B?
Base nutrition developed for hydroponic growing
Hydroponic growing media behave differently from fertilised soils and composts. In many hydro systems, the growing medium provides physical support and suitable root-zone conditions but contributes relatively little stored nutrition.
The grower must therefore provide the crop with a carefully prepared nutrient solution containing the mineral elements required for healthy development.
B'cuzz Hydro A&B has been developed specifically around these requirements, providing concentrated mineral nutrition for crops where the nutrient solution is the primary source of plant food.
Accurate nutrient preparation together with appropriate EC and pH management allows growers to adapt the root-zone environment as the crop progresses.
Why does Hydro Nutrition come in A & B?
Hydro A and Hydro B are two complementary components of the same base nutrient. They are not separate growth and flowering fertilisers and are designed to be used together.
Certain mineral nutrients can react with one another when present together at high concentrations. These reactions can create insoluble compounds and potentially reduce nutrient availability.
Dividing the formulation between A and B keeps these concentrated components separate during storage and allows them to be combined safely after dilution.
When preparing a nutrient solution, add Hydro A to the water and mix thoroughly before adding Hydro B. Never mix concentrated Hydro A and Hydro B directly together.
Hydro A NK 5-5 & Hydro B PK 4-6
The European B'cuzz Hydro A&B formulation divides its mineral nutrition between two complementary concentrates.
Hydro A has an NK analysis of 5-5 W/W, while Hydro B has a PK analysis of 4-6 W/W.
The two components are intended to work together, providing the base mineral nutrition required by the crop rather than functioning as independent fertilisers.
Feeding strength can then be adapted according to crop stage, plant condition, source water, environmental conditions and the EC of the complete nutrient solution.
How to use Atami B'cuzz Hydro A&B
Use 1-3ml of Hydro A and 1-3ml of Hydro B per litre of water, adjusting the concentration according to the crop and its stage of development.
Add the required amount of Hydro A to the reservoir or irrigation water and mix thoroughly. Then add the required amount of Hydro B and mix again.
Never combine the undiluted A and B concentrates directly.
At the general application range, a 100L reservoir requires 100-300ml of Hydro A plus 100-300ml of Hydro B. A 500L reservoir requires 500ml-1.5L of each part, while a 1,000L reservoir requires 1-3L of each part.
Each 10L component can prepare approximately 3,333-10,000 litres of nutrient solution, depending on the application rate used.
10L Hydro A&B for commercial growing
The 10L A&B set is particularly suited to growers preparing larger reservoirs, operating multiple hydroponic systems or managing commercial horticultural production where nutrient solution is mixed regularly.
At the lower 1ml/L application rate, the 10L set provides enough of each component for approximately 10,000 litres of nutrient solution. At the upper 3ml/L rate, it provides enough for approximately 3,333 litres.
With 10L of both A and B supplied, the complete set contains 20 litres of concentrated base nutrient.
Adjusting Hydro A&B through the crop cycle
Hydro A&B can provide base nutrition throughout the crop cycle, but plants do not require exactly the same nutrient concentration at every stage.
Atami's hydro feeding programme varies nutrient strength as crops progress through active vegetative development, early flowering, full flowering and ripening.
Younger plants and less demanding crops may require a weaker solution, while established plants experiencing rapid growth, flowering or fruit development can have a greater nutrient requirement.
The general 1-3ml/L dosage should therefore be treated as an adjustable application range rather than a requirement to use the maximum concentration throughout the crop cycle.
pH & EC management in hydroponics
Monitoring pH and EC is particularly useful in hydroponic cultivation because the nutrient solution has such a direct influence on the root environment.
Atami's hydro feeding guidance uses a nutrient-solution pH of approximately 5.5-5.8.
EC should be adapted according to crop stage, source water and the complete nutrient programme. When additional additives or stimulators are included, their contribution to the final nutrient concentration should also be considered.
Measure the complete nutrient solution after all required components have been added and thoroughly mixed.
Using Hydro A&B with the B'cuzz feeding programme
Hydro A&B forms the base nutrient within the B'cuzz hydroponic programme. Specialist products can then be introduced according to the crop's stage of development.
During early establishment, growers may incorporate products focused on root development. The programme can then progress towards growth and flowering stimulators as the crop develops.
Later-stage products such as Bloombastic and Rokzbastic perform different roles from Hydro A&B and should not be considered replacements for the base nutrient.
When combining several nutrient products, monitor the final EC of the complete solution rather than considering each product's dosage independently.
Hydro A&B vs Soil A&B and Coco A&B
Atami produces different A&B base nutrients because hydroponic systems, soil-based substrates and coco coir have different nutritional characteristics.
B'cuzz Hydro A&B is formulated specifically for hydroponic cultivation where plant nutrition is supplied predominantly through the nutrient solution.
B'cuzz Soil A&B is formulated for soil and soil-based substrates, while B'cuzz Coco A&B is designed around the particular characteristics of coco coir.
Selecting the base nutrient designed for the growing method provides a more appropriate nutritional foundation for the crop.
Atami B'cuzz Hydro A&B 10L product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | B'cuzz |
| Product | Hydro A&B |
| Product type | Two-part mineral base nutrient |
| Growing method | Hydroponics |
| Pack contents | 10L Hydro A + 10L Hydro B |
| Total concentrate | 20L |
| Hydro A analysis | NK 5-5 W/W |
| Hydro B analysis | PK 4-6 W/W |
| General dosage | 1-3ml/L Hydro A + 1-3ml/L Hydro B |
| 100L reservoir | 100-300ml A + 100-300ml B |
| 500L reservoir | 500ml-1.5L A + 500ml-1.5L B |
| 1,000L reservoir | 1-3L A + 1-3L B |
| Approximate solution from 10L of each part | Approximately 3,333-10,000L depending on application rate |
| Application period | Throughout the crop cycle |
| Hydro pH guidance | Approximately 5.5-5.8 |
| Mixing | Dilute A and B separately in water. Never mix the concentrates directly together. |
Atami B'cuzz Hydro A&B 10L FAQs
What is Atami B'cuzz Hydro A&B?
B'cuzz Hydro A&B is a two-part mineral base nutrient developed specifically for hydroponic cultivation. It provides the nutritional foundation required for healthy plant development throughout the crop cycle.
What is included in the 10L Hydro A&B set?
The set contains 10L of Hydro A and 10L of Hydro B, providing 20 litres of concentrated base nutrient in total.
Why is Atami Hydro Nutrition supplied as A and B?
Certain mineral nutrients can react when stored together at high concentration. Separating the formulation into Hydro A and Hydro B maintains stability until each component is diluted into water.
Do I use Hydro A and Hydro B together?
Yes. Hydro A and Hydro B are complementary components of the same base nutrient and are designed to be used together.
Can I mix Hydro A and B concentrates together?
No. Never mix concentrated Hydro A and Hydro B directly together. Add Hydro A to the water and mix thoroughly before adding Hydro B.
How much Atami Hydro A&B should I use?
The general application range is 1-3ml/L of Hydro A plus 1-3ml/L of Hydro B. Adjust the final concentration according to crop stage, plant demand, source water and EC.
Can Hydro A&B be used throughout flowering?
Yes. Hydro A&B can provide base nutrition throughout growth, flowering and ripening, with feeding strength adjusted as the crop develops.
What is the NPK of Atami Hydro A&B?
The European formulation lists Hydro A as NK 5-5 W/W and Hydro B as PK 4-6 W/W. Both parts are intended to work together.
What pH should I use with Atami Hydro A&B?
Atami's hydro feeding guidance uses approximately pH 5.5-5.8. The requirements of the individual crop and hydroponic system should also be considered.
Should I monitor EC with Hydro A&B?
Yes. EC provides a useful indication of the total concentration of dissolved mineral nutrients in the solution and is particularly useful when additional additives and stimulators are being used.
Is the 10L Hydro A&B set suitable for commercial horticulture?
Yes. The larger 10L A + 10L B format is well suited to nurseries, larger hydroponic installations and commercial growers preparing significant volumes of nutrient solution.
Is Hydro A&B the same as Soil A&B?
No. Hydro A&B is formulated for hydroponic cultivation, while Soil A&B is designed for soil and soil-based growing media.
Can I use Hydro A&B in coco?
Atami produces a dedicated B'cuzz Coco A&B formulation for coco cultivation. Where coco is the primary growing medium, the coco-specific base nutrient is the more appropriate Atami programme.
Can I use Atami additives with Hydro A&B?
Yes. Hydro A&B provides the base nutrition within the B'cuzz hydro programme and can be combined with appropriate Atami root, growth and flowering products according to crop stage. Monitor the final EC when combining nutrient products.
How much nutrient solution does the 10L Hydro A&B set make?
With 10L of each component, the set can prepare approximately 3,333-10,000 litres of nutrient solution across the general 1-3ml/L application range.
£57.12
Unit price per£57.12
Unit price perAtami B'cuzz Hydro Booster Uni 5L is a concentrated hydroponic growth booster designed to complement B'cuzz Hydro A&B and support healthy, vigorous plant development during the active growth and early flowering stages.
Hydroponic plants rely heavily on the nutrient solution supplied by the grower. B'cuzz Hydro Booster Uni has been developed specifically for this growing method, providing additional nutritional support alongside the main hydroponic base feed.
The formulation supplies key elements involved in chlorophyll production and is designed to support plants as they respond to environmental changes and progress through active vegetative development.
Rather than replacing the main base nutrient, Hydro Booster Uni works alongside products such as B'cuzz Hydro A&B, allowing growers to build a more complete crop-stage feeding programme.
Atami's current B'cuzz Hydro feeding programme uses Hydro Booster Uni at 0.5ml/L during growth and early bloom. The concentrated 5L format can therefore prepare approximately 10,000 litres of nutrient solution.
Why choose Atami B'cuzz Hydro Booster Uni?
Additional support during active growth
Once a young plant has established its initial root system, its nutritional priorities begin to change. The crop moves into a period of active above-ground development as leaves, shoots and stems expand.
Hydro Booster Uni is positioned within the B'cuzz Hydro programme specifically for this transition. It follows the initial rooting stage and provides additional nutritional support alongside the main Hydro A&B base feed.
This makes it particularly relevant during active vegetative development and the transition into early flowering, rather than being used as a general additive throughout the entire crop cycle.
Key elements for chlorophyll
Atami highlights the presence of key elements involved in chlorophyll as one of the principal characteristics of B'cuzz Hydro Booster Uni.
Chlorophyll is the green pigment plants use to capture light energy during photosynthesis. Supporting normal chlorophyll production is therefore an important part of maintaining healthy plant development during periods of active growth.
Hydro Booster Uni is designed to complement the plant's main mineral nutrition during this demanding stage rather than functioning as a replacement for a complete hydroponic base nutrient.
Support through changing growing conditions
Plants are continually responding to their environment. Temperature, humidity, light intensity, irrigation frequency and nutrient concentration can all change as a crop develops.
Atami positions Hydro Booster Uni as a product that supports plants with environmental changes, making it a useful addition during the period of rapid development between early establishment and flowering.
Good environmental management remains essential. Hydro Booster Uni should be viewed as part of a well-managed feeding programme alongside appropriate irrigation, temperature, humidity, light, pH and EC control.
How to use Atami B'cuzz Hydro Booster Uni
Atami's current B'cuzz Hydro feeding programme uses 0.5ml of Hydro Booster Uni per litre of water during the growth and early bloom stages.
At this concentration, use 5ml for 10L, 25ml for 50L, 50ml for 100L, 250ml for 500L and 500ml for 1,000L of nutrient solution.
A 5L container can therefore prepare approximately 10,000 litres of nutrient solution at the current 0.5ml/L programme rate.
Atami notes that feeding schedules are guidelines. Actual requirements can vary according to plant species, crop condition, environment and light intensity, so growers should also use EC and plant response when adjusting their nutrient programme.
Where Hydro Booster Uni fits in the B'cuzz programme
Hydro Booster Uni has a specific position within the B'cuzz hydroponic feeding programme rather than being used indiscriminately throughout the crop cycle.
During initial establishment, B'cuzz Root Stimulator focuses on development of the root system. As the plant moves into active vegetative development, Hydro Booster Uni provides additional growth-stage support alongside Hydro A&B.
Hydro Booster Uni continues into the early bloom transition before the programme places greater emphasis on dedicated flowering products such as B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator and other appropriate bloom or ripening additives.
This crop-stage approach allows growers to adjust the feeding programme as the nutritional priorities of the plant change.
Hydro Booster Uni vs Hydro A&B
Hydro Booster Uni and Hydro A&B perform different roles and should not be confused.
B'cuzz Hydro A&B is the base nutrient, providing the main mineral nutrition required throughout the crop cycle.
B'cuzz Hydro Booster Uni is a supplementary booster used during active growth and early bloom to provide additional crop-stage support.
Hydro Booster Uni should therefore be used as part of an appropriate nutrient programme rather than as a standalone replacement for Hydro A&B.
5L Hydro Booster Uni for larger hydroponic systems
The 5L format is particularly suited to commercial horticulture, larger hydroponic installations and growers regularly preparing significant volumes of nutrient solution.
At the current 0.5ml/L programme rate, 5L is sufficient for approximately 10,000 litres of prepared solution.
This makes the larger pack practical for reservoir-based growing, multi-system installations and professional growers using the complete B'cuzz Hydro programme.
Atami B'cuzz Hydro Booster Uni 5L product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | B'cuzz |
| Product | Hydro Booster Uni |
| Product type | Hydroponic growth booster |
| Size | 5L |
| Growing method | Hydroponics |
| Primary function | Additional nutritional support during active growth & early bloom |
| Key feature | Contains key elements involved in chlorophyll |
| Current programme dosage | 0.5ml/L |
| Application stages | Growth & early bloom |
| 10L solution | 5ml |
| 50L solution | 25ml |
| 100L solution | 50ml |
| 500L solution | 250ml |
| 1,000L solution | 500ml |
| Approximate solution from 5L | 10,000L at 0.5ml/L |
| Use with base nutrient | Yes - designed to complement B'cuzz Hydro A&B |
| Standalone base nutrient | No |
Atami B'cuzz Hydro Booster Uni 5L FAQs
What does Atami B'cuzz Hydro Booster Uni do?
Hydro Booster Uni is a supplementary hydroponic booster designed to support plants during active growth and early bloom. Atami highlights support during environmental changes and the presence of key elements involved in chlorophyll.
When should I use Hydro Booster Uni?
In Atami's current B'cuzz Hydro feeding programme, Hydro Booster Uni is used during the growth and early bloom stages.
How much B'cuzz Hydro Booster Uni should I use?
Atami's current hydro programme uses 0.5ml/L. A 5L container can therefore prepare approximately 10,000 litres of solution at this rate.
Is Hydro Booster Uni a base nutrient?
No. Hydro Booster Uni is a supplementary growth-stage booster. B'cuzz Hydro A&B provides the main base nutrition within Atami's hydroponic programme.
Can I use Hydro Booster Uni with Hydro A&B?
Yes. Hydro Booster Uni is designed to complement B'cuzz Hydro A&B and appears alongside it in Atami's hydro feeding programme.
Does Hydro Booster Uni contain elements for chlorophyll?
Yes. Atami identifies key elements involved in chlorophyll as one of the important characteristics of Hydro Booster Uni.
Why is chlorophyll important for plant growth?
Chlorophyll is the pigment that enables plants to absorb light energy for photosynthesis, making normal chlorophyll production an important part of healthy vegetative development.
Can Hydro Booster Uni help plants with environmental changes?
Atami specifically positions Hydro Booster Uni as providing support when plants experience environmental changes. Good environmental and irrigation management should still remain the foundation of the growing programme.
Do I use Hydro Booster Uni during the rooting stage?
Atami's current programme positions Root Stimulator during early establishment and Hydro Booster Uni during the subsequent growth stage, so Hydro Booster Uni is not the dedicated rooting product.
Do I use Hydro Booster Uni throughout flowering?
The current B'cuzz Hydro programme uses Hydro Booster Uni through growth and early bloom. Dedicated flowering products take a greater role as the crop progresses further into flowering and ripening.
Can I use Hydro Booster Uni with B'cuzz Bloom Stimulator?
Yes. The B'cuzz programme transitions into Bloom Stimulator as plants enter flowering. During early bloom there can be overlap between growth-stage and flowering-stage products within the feeding programme.
Should I monitor EC when using Hydro Booster Uni?
Yes. Atami advises growers to use EC when adjusting nutrient doses, particularly when several base nutrients, boosters and additives are combined in the same feeding programme.
Is the 5L size suitable for commercial hydroponics?
Yes. At 0.5ml/L, a 5L container prepares approximately 10,000 litres of solution, making it particularly useful for larger reservoirs, nurseries and commercial hydroponic production.
£12.73
Unit price per£12.73
Unit price perAtami B'cuzz Hydro Booster Uni 1L is a concentrated hydroponic growth booster designed to complement B'cuzz Hydro A&B and support healthy, vigorous plant development during active growth and early flowering.
Hydroponically grown plants depend heavily on the nutrient solution supplied by the grower. B'cuzz Hydro Booster Uni has been developed specifically for this growing method, providing additional nutritional support alongside the main hydroponic base feed.
The formulation supplies key elements involved in chlorophyll production and is designed to support plants as they respond to environmental changes and progress through active vegetative development.
Rather than replacing the main base nutrient, Hydro Booster Uni works alongside products such as B'cuzz Hydro A&B, allowing growers to build a crop-stage feeding programme around the changing requirements of the plant.
Atami's current B'cuzz Hydro feeding programme uses Hydro Booster Uni at 0.5ml/L during growth and early bloom. At this concentration, a 1L bottle can prepare approximately 2,000 litres of nutrient solution.
Why choose Atami B'cuzz Hydro Booster Uni?
Additional support during active growth
Once a young plant has established its initial root system, its priorities begin to change. The crop enters a period of active above-ground development as new leaves, shoots and stems are produced.
Hydro Booster Uni is positioned within the B'cuzz Hydro programme specifically for this transition. It follows the initial root-establishment stage and provides additional nutritional support alongside Hydro A&B during active vegetative development.
Atami continues Hydro Booster Uni into the early bloom transition, allowing the plant to receive this additional support as it moves from vegetative growth towards flowering.
It is therefore a crop-stage-specific hydroponic booster rather than a general additive intended to be used at the same rate throughout the entire crop cycle.
Key elements for chlorophyll
Atami highlights the presence of key elements involved in chlorophyll as one of the principal characteristics of B'cuzz Hydro Booster Uni.
Chlorophyll is the green pigment responsible for capturing light energy during photosynthesis. Through photosynthesis, plants convert light energy into chemical energy that can be used to support growth and development.
Supporting normal chlorophyll production is therefore particularly relevant during active vegetative development, when plants are producing and maintaining substantial photosynthetically active leaf growth.
Hydro Booster Uni provides this supplementary support alongside the crop's main base nutrition rather than replacing it.
Support through changing growing conditions
Plants continually respond to changes within their growing environment. Light intensity, temperature, humidity, irrigation frequency and nutrient concentration can all vary as a crop develops.
Atami positions Hydro Booster Uni as a product that supports plants with environmental changes, making it particularly relevant during periods of rapid vegetative development and transition.
Environmental management remains fundamental to successful hydroponic growing. Hydro Booster Uni should be used as part of a well-managed programme alongside suitable irrigation, temperature, humidity, lighting, pH and EC control.
How to use Atami B'cuzz Hydro Booster Uni
Atami's current B'cuzz Hydro feeding programme uses 0.5ml of Hydro Booster Uni per litre of water during the growth and early bloom stages.
At this concentration, use 5ml for 10L, 25ml for 50L, 50ml for 100L, 250ml for 500L and 500ml for 1,000L of nutrient solution.
A 1L bottle can therefore prepare approximately 2,000 litres of nutrient solution at the current 0.5ml/L programme rate.
Feeding programmes should still be adapted where necessary according to crop species, plant condition, source water, environmental conditions, light intensity and the EC of the complete nutrient solution.
Where Hydro Booster Uni fits in the B'cuzz programme
Hydro Booster Uni has a specific position within the B'cuzz hydroponic feeding programme rather than being used indiscriminately throughout the crop cycle.
During initial establishment, B'cuzz Root Stimulator focuses on development of the root system. As the plant moves into active vegetative development, Hydro Booster Uni provides additional growth-stage support alongside Hydro A&B.
Hydro Booster Uni continues into the early bloom transition before the feeding programme places greater emphasis on dedicated flowering and ripening products.
This crop-stage approach allows growers to adapt supplementary nutrition as the priorities of the plant change.
Hydro Booster Uni vs Hydro A&B
Hydro Booster Uni and Hydro A&B perform different roles within the B'cuzz hydroponic programme.
B'cuzz Hydro A&B is the base nutrient, supplying the main mineral nutrition required by the plant throughout the crop cycle.
B'cuzz Hydro Booster Uni is a supplementary booster, providing additional support during active vegetative development and early bloom.
Hydro Booster Uni should therefore be used alongside an appropriate base nutrient rather than as a standalone replacement for Hydro A&B.
Concentrated hydroponic booster for professional growing
The 1L format provides useful coverage for growers running larger reservoirs or multiple hydroponic systems without moving to the larger 5L container.
At 0.5ml/L, each 1L bottle prepares approximately 2,000 litres of nutrient solution.
A full outer case contains 12 x 1L bottles, providing 12 litres of Hydro Booster Uni concentrate in total.
Atami B'cuzz Hydro Booster Uni 1L product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | B'cuzz |
| Product | Hydro Booster Uni |
| Product type | Hydroponic growth & plant vitality booster |
| Size | 1L |
| Growing method | Hydroponics |
| Primary function | Additional nutritional support during active growth & early bloom |
| Key feature | Contains key elements involved in chlorophyll |
| Current programme dosage | 0.5ml/L |
| Application stages | Growth & early bloom |
| 10L solution | 5ml |
| 50L solution | 25ml |
| 100L solution | 50ml |
| 500L solution | 250ml |
| 1,000L solution | 500ml |
| Approximate solution from 1L | 2,000L at 0.5ml/L |
| Use with base nutrient | Yes - designed to complement B'cuzz Hydro A&B |
| Standalone base nutrient | No |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 1L bottles |
Atami B'cuzz Hydro Booster Uni 1L FAQs
What does Atami B'cuzz Hydro Booster Uni do?
Hydro Booster Uni is a supplementary hydroponic booster designed to support plants during active growth and early bloom. Atami highlights support through environmental changes and key elements involved in chlorophyll.
When should I use Hydro Booster Uni?
In Atami's current B'cuzz Hydro programme, Hydro Booster Uni is used during the growth and early bloom stages.
How much B'cuzz Hydro Booster Uni should I use?
Atami's current hydro programme uses 0.5ml/L. A 1L bottle can therefore prepare approximately 2,000 litres of nutrient solution at this rate.
Is Hydro Booster Uni a base nutrient?
No. Hydro Booster Uni is a supplementary growth-stage booster. B'cuzz Hydro A&B provides the main base nutrition within Atami's hydroponic programme.
Can I use Hydro Booster Uni with Hydro A&B?
Yes. Hydro Booster Uni is designed to complement B'cuzz Hydro A&B and appears alongside it within Atami's hydro feeding programme.
Does Hydro Booster Uni contain elements for chlorophyll?
Yes. Atami identifies key elements involved in chlorophyll as an important characteristic of Hydro Booster Uni.
Why is chlorophyll important for plant development?
Chlorophyll captures light energy for photosynthesis, the process plants use to convert light into chemical energy. Normal chlorophyll production is therefore fundamental to healthy plant development.
Can Hydro Booster Uni support plants through environmental changes?
Atami specifically identifies support during environmental changes as one of the benefits of Hydro Booster Uni. Suitable environmental and irrigation management should still form the foundation of the growing programme.
Do I use Hydro Booster Uni during the rooting stage?
Atami positions Root Stimulator during early establishment, followed by Hydro Booster Uni during active growth. Hydro Booster Uni is therefore not the dedicated rooting product within the B'cuzz programme.
Do I use Hydro Booster Uni throughout flowering?
The current B'cuzz Hydro programme uses Hydro Booster Uni through growth and early bloom before dedicated flowering products take a greater role later in the crop cycle.
Can Hydro Booster Uni be used with flowering stimulators?
The B'cuzz programme transitions towards dedicated flowering products as plants enter bloom. During the early bloom transition, products can overlap within the wider crop-stage feeding programme.
Should I monitor EC when using Hydro Booster Uni?
Yes. When base nutrients, boosters and other additives are combined, monitoring the final EC helps growers manage the overall concentration of the nutrient solution.
How many 1L bottles are in a case?
A full outer case contains 12 x 1L bottles.
£7.77
Unit price per£7.77
Unit price perAtami B'cuzz Cocos Substrate 50L is a premium, lightly fertilised coco coir growing medium made from high-quality ripened, washed and buffered coco fibres, combining excellent water retention with a light, oxygen-rich root environment.
Coco coir has become a popular growing medium for growers who want a highly responsive root zone with excellent control over irrigation and plant nutrition. Atami Cocos Substrate combines the natural water-holding properties of coco fibre with an open structure that allows plenty of oxygen around developing roots.
Unlike Atami's unfertilised Washed & Buffered Cocos, this substrate is lightly fertilised. Atami states that it contains sufficient initial nutrition for approximately the first week of the growth cycle, after which an appropriate liquid nutrient and stimulator programme can be introduced.
The coco fibres are ripened, washed and buffered before use, helping create a consistent growing medium suitable for controlled coco cultivation.
With an official EC of 0.80-1.00, this is a prepared coco substrate rather than a completely unfertilised blank medium. Each bag contains 50L, with 70 x 50L bags per pallet.
Why choose Atami B'cuzz Cocos Substrate?
Excellent balance between water & oxygen
One of the major advantages of coco coir is its ability to retain a useful quantity of water while maintaining a comparatively open physical structure.
Atami Cocos Substrate holds nutrient-rich irrigation water within the growing medium, making moisture readily available to the root system.
At the same time, the substrate remains relatively light and airy. This helps maintain oxygen around the roots rather than creating the dense, poorly aerated conditions that can occur in unsuitable or compacted growing media.
This balance between water availability and root-zone aeration is one of the reasons coco has become widely used for intensive container growing and controlled-environment horticulture.
Designed to support healthy root development
Roots require both water and oxygen. While irrigation provides the moisture and dissolved nutrients required by the crop, oxygen within the root zone is also fundamental to normal root function.
Atami specifically highlights the light structure of its Cocos Substrate and the resulting availability of oxygen to the roots.
A healthy, well-developed root system creates a larger interface between the plant and the growing medium, helping the crop access the water and nutrition supplied through the irrigation programme.
Maintaining appropriate irrigation frequency is therefore important. Coco should remain evenly moist without being treated exactly like a conventional soil or compost.
Ripened, washed & buffered coco fibres
Atami Cocos Substrate is produced from coco fibres that have been ripened, washed and buffered before being supplied as a finished growing medium.
Washing helps remove unwanted soluble salts accumulated within raw coco material, while buffering prepares the cation exchange sites naturally present within coco fibre.
These preparation stages are particularly important with coco because untreated coir does not behave in the same way as a conventional peat-based growing medium.
Using a properly prepared coco substrate gives growers a much more suitable starting point for controlled crop nutrition and irrigation.
Lightly fertilised for initial establishment
Atami B'cuzz Cocos Substrate differs from completely unfertilised coco products because it already contains a light initial nutrient charge.
Atami states that the substrate contains sufficient nutrition for approximately the first week of the growth cycle.
After this initial period, liquid fertilisers and stimulators can be introduced to provide the continuing nutrition required by the developing crop.
The exact point at which feeding needs to increase will depend on plant species, crop size, irrigation frequency and growing conditions, so the condition of the crop should always be considered alongside a feeding schedule.
EC 0.80-1.00
Atami specifies an electrical conductivity of EC 0.80-1.00 for Cocos Substrate.
This is an important distinction from Atami Washed & Buffered Cocos, which contains no added fertiliser and consequently has a much lower EC.
Cocos Substrate is intended to provide some initial nutrition before the grower transitions onto an appropriate liquid feeding programme.
Once regular feeding begins, growers using controlled coco cultivation can monitor the EC and pH of their nutrient solution to manage crop nutrition more precisely.
Feeding plants in Atami Cocos Substrate
Once the initial nutrient charge has been utilised, Atami recommends introducing liquid fertilisers and stimulators for optimum results.
A coco-specific base nutrient is the logical choice because coco has different nutrient-management characteristics from conventional soil and peat-based substrates.
Atami's B'cuzz Coco A&B programme is designed specifically for coco cultivation and allows nutrient strength to be adjusted as plants progress from growth through flowering and ripening.
Atami's current coco grow guide uses a nutrient-solution pH of approximately 5.5-6.0. EC and nutrient strength should be adapted according to crop stage, source water and plant response.
Cocos Substrate vs Washed & Buffered Cocos
Although the names are similar, these are two different Atami coco substrates.
Atami B'cuzz Cocos Substrate is lightly fertilised and has an EC of 0.80-1.00. It contains enough initial nutrition for approximately the first week of growth.
Atami Washed & Buffered Cocos contains no added fertiliser and has an EC below 0.3. It is intended for growers who want to take control of nutrition from the very beginning.
Cocos Substrate therefore provides a more immediately prepared starting medium, while Washed & Buffered Cocos provides a lower-EC blank canvas for growers who want complete control over the initial feed.
Cocos Substrate vs High Porosity Cocos
Standard Cocos Substrate should also be distinguished from Atami High Porosity Cocos.
High Porosity Cocos combines prepared coco with 30% perlite to create additional air space and faster drainage. Standard Cocos Substrate does not contain this added perlite.
Standard Cocos Substrate therefore provides the characteristic water-retention and aeration properties of prepared coco fibre, while High Porosity Cocos is intended for growers specifically seeking increased porosity and drainage.
50L coco substrate for professional horticulture
The 50L bag is suitable for individual container production as well as larger nursery and controlled-environment growing operations.
Each pallet contains 70 x 50L bags, providing a total nominal substrate volume of 3,500 litres per pallet.
The consistent, prepared nature of the substrate makes it suitable for growers who need a repeatable coco growing medium across larger numbers of containers or successive crop batches.
Atami B'cuzz Cocos Substrate 50L product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | B'cuzz |
| Product | Cocos Substrate |
| Product type | Coco coir growing substrate |
| Bag size | 50L |
| Growing medium | Prepared coco fibre |
| Coco preparation | Ripened, washed & buffered |
| Fertilisation | Lightly fertilised |
| Initial nutrition | Approximately the first week of the growth cycle |
| EC | 0.80-1.00 |
| Key characteristics | Water retention, aeration & strong root-zone structure |
| Recommended ongoing nutrition | Coco-specific liquid fertiliser & appropriate stimulators |
| Atami coco pH guidance | Approximately 5.5-6.0 for the nutrient solution |
| Outer case quantity | 1 x 50L bag |
| Pallet quantity | 70 x 50L bags |
| Total nominal volume per pallet | 3,500L |
Atami B'cuzz Cocos Substrate 50L FAQs
What is Atami B'cuzz Cocos Substrate?
It is a prepared coco coir growing medium made from high-quality ripened, washed and buffered coco fibres. It is lightly fertilised and designed to combine good water retention with an airy root-zone structure.
Is Atami Cocos Substrate pre-fertilised?
Yes. Cocos Substrate is lightly fertilised. Atami states that it contains sufficient nutrition for approximately the first week of the growth cycle.
What is the EC of Atami Cocos Substrate?
Atami specifies an EC of 0.80-1.00 for Cocos Substrate.
Is Atami Cocos Substrate washed and buffered?
Yes. Atami describes the coco fibres as ripened, washed and buffered before they are supplied as the finished substrate.
When should I start feeding plants in Atami Cocos Substrate?
The substrate contains initial nutrition for approximately the first week. After this initial period, Atami recommends introducing appropriate liquid fertilisers and stimulators according to the requirements of the crop.
Does coco coir hold water well?
Yes. Coco fibre has excellent water-retention characteristics while maintaining a relatively light and airy physical structure around the roots.
Is Atami Cocos Substrate good for root development?
Yes. Its combination of moisture retention and an open structure helps maintain both water and oxygen within the root zone, supporting healthy root development.
Should I use a coco-specific nutrient with this substrate?
A coco-specific feeding programme is recommended for ongoing cultivation because coco behaves differently from conventional soil and peat-based growing media. Atami produces B'cuzz Coco A&B specifically for coco cultivation.
What pH should I use when growing in Atami coco?
Atami's current coco feeding guide uses a nutrient-solution pH of approximately 5.5-6.0.
Is Cocos Substrate the same as Atami Washed & Buffered Cocos?
No. Cocos Substrate is lightly fertilised with an EC of 0.80-1.00. Washed & Buffered Cocos contains no added fertiliser and has an EC below 0.3, giving growers control of nutrition from the start.
Does Atami Cocos Substrate contain perlite?
Standard Cocos Substrate does not use the 30% perlite formulation found in Atami High Porosity Cocos. Growers specifically wanting additional drainage and air space should consider the High Porosity version.
Is Atami Cocos Substrate suitable for commercial horticulture?
Yes. The 50L format and prepared, consistent nature of the substrate make it suitable for nurseries, controlled-environment horticulture and larger-scale container production as well as hobby cultivation.
How many 50L bags are on a pallet?
A full pallet contains 70 x 50L bags, providing a total nominal substrate volume of 3,500 litres.
£7.06
Unit price per£7.06
Unit price perAtami B'cuzz Coco A&B 1L is a concentrated two-part mineral base nutrient developed specifically for plants grown in coco and coco-based substrates, providing the essential nutrition required for strong, healthy development throughout the crop cycle.
Coco coir offers growers excellent root-zone aeration, water retention and close control over crop nutrition. However, its nutritional characteristics differ significantly from conventional soil and peat-based compost, making a dedicated coco fertiliser particularly useful.
B'cuzz Coco A&B has been formulated specifically around these characteristics. Coco A has an NK analysis of 5-5 W/W and contains approximately 4% calcium W/W, while Coco B has a PK analysis of 4-6 W/W and provides phosphorus and essential micronutrients.
This calcium content is particularly relevant in coco cultivation. Coco substrates are naturally rich in potassium but naturally poor in calcium, so Atami has formulated Coco A to provide calcium as part of the base feeding programme.
Atami recommends 1-3ml/L of Coco A plus 1-3ml/L of Coco B. Both parts are used together and can provide base nutrition throughout growth, flowering and ripening.
Why choose Atami B'cuzz Coco A&B?
Why coco needs dedicated nutrition
Coco is not nutritionally identical to soil or peat-based compost. Its physical and chemical characteristics influence how nutrients behave within the root zone and how they are made available to the plant.
Atami highlights one particularly important characteristic: coco is naturally rich in potassium but naturally poor in calcium.
Coco A has therefore been formulated with approximately 4% calcium W/W alongside nitrogen and other base elements, helping provide appropriate nutrition for crops grown in high-quality coco substrates.
Coco B complements the A component by supplying phosphorus and the necessary micronutrients. Used together, the two components form the nutritional foundation of the B'cuzz Coco programme.
Why does Coco A&B come in two parts?
Some mineral nutrients can react chemically with one another when they are present together at very high concentrations.
These reactions can produce compounds that are less available to plants, which is why Atami separates the concentrated formulation into Coco A and Coco B.
Keeping the two concentrates separate maintains their stability during storage. They are only brought together once they have been diluted into water.
Coco A and Coco B are complementary components rather than separate grow and bloom fertilisers. Both are required when preparing the complete base nutrient solution.
Important: never mix Coco A & B concentrates directly
Never pour undiluted Coco A and undiluted Coco B directly together.
Add the required amount of Coco A to the irrigation water and mix thoroughly. Once Coco A is fully dispersed, add the required quantity of Coco B and mix the solution again.
Compatible stimulators and additives can then be incorporated according to the chosen feeding programme.
Once the complete nutrient solution has been prepared, check and adjust the final EC and pH as required for the crop and growing system.
Base nutrition throughout growth, flowering & ripening
B'cuzz Coco A&B can be used throughout the entire crop cycle rather than requiring completely different base fertilisers for vegetative and flowering stages.
During vegetative growth, Coco A&B supplies the mineral foundation required as roots, leaves, shoots and stems develop.
As plants transition into flowering, the same A&B base nutrient remains in the programme while specialist flowering products can be introduced according to crop requirements.
This approach allows the base nutrition to remain consistent while supplementary products and feeding strength are adjusted as the crop develops.
How to use Atami B'cuzz Coco A&B
Atami recommends a general dosage of 1-3ml/L of Coco A plus 1-3ml/L of Coco B.
At this dosage range, a 10L reservoir requires 10-30ml of Coco A plus 10-30ml of Coco B. A 50L reservoir requires 50-150ml of each part, while a 100L reservoir requires 100-300ml of each part.
Each 1L component can prepare approximately 333-1,000 litres of nutrient solution across the general 1-3ml/L application range.
Feeding strength should be adapted according to crop species, development stage, plant condition, environmental conditions, light intensity, source water and any additional products in the feeding programme.
Monitoring the EC of the complete nutrient solution provides an important reference when adjusting the final concentration.
Managing pH & EC when growing in coco
One of the advantages of coco cultivation is the degree of control it gives growers over the nutrient solution supplied to the root zone.
Atami's current coco cultivation guidance recommends maintaining the nutrient solution at approximately pH 5.5-6.2, while EC should be adjusted according to crop stage and plant requirements.
Source water and any stimulators, boosters or flowering additives will contribute to the final nutrient solution, so EC should be checked after the complete feed has been mixed.
The foundation of the B'cuzz Coco programme
Coco A&B provides the base mineral nutrition around which the wider Atami B'cuzz Coco feeding programme can be built.
During early establishment, B'cuzz Root Stimulator can be incorporated to support root development. Coco Booster Uni can then provide additional support as plants move into active vegetative development.
Once flowers begin to form, Coco Bloom Stimulator can be introduced to support generative development, with appropriate bloom and ripening products used later according to the chosen crop programme.
Coco A&B remains the base nutrient throughout these stages, with the application rate adjusted according to plant demand and the overall nutrient solution.
Coco A&B vs Coco Booster Uni
Coco A&B and Coco Booster Uni perform different roles within the B'cuzz Coco programme.
Coco A&B is the base nutrient, providing the fundamental mineral nutrition required throughout the crop cycle.
Coco Booster Uni is a supplementary booster containing plant extracts, magnesium and iron and is positioned around the transition between rooting and flowering.
Coco Booster Uni therefore complements Coco A&B rather than replacing it.
Coco A&B vs Coco Bloom Stimulator
Coco Bloom Stimulator is also a supplementary product rather than a replacement for Coco A&B.
Coco A&B supplies the main mineral nutrition throughout the crop cycle, while Coco Bloom Stimulator is introduced from flower formation to provide specialist flowering-stage support.
Using crop-stage products around a consistent base nutrient allows the wider B'cuzz Coco programme to change as the developmental priorities of the plant change.
Coco A&B vs Soil A&B
Atami produces different base nutrients for coco and soil because the growing media have different nutritional characteristics.
Coco A&B is formulated specifically around coco-based substrates, including their naturally low calcium content.
Soil A&B is formulated for soil and soil-based substrates and uses a different nutrient analysis.
Growers using coco should therefore choose the dedicated Coco A&B formulation rather than treating coco as conventional potting compost.
Atami B'cuzz Coco A&B 1L product details
| Brand | Atami |
|---|---|
| Range | B'cuzz |
| Product | Coco A&B |
| Product type | Two-part mineral base nutrient for coco |
| Pack size | 1L Coco A + 1L Coco B |
| Total concentrate | 2L |
| Growing medium | Coco & coco-based substrates |
| Coco A analysis | NK 5-5 W/W |
| Coco A calcium content | Approximately 4% W/W |
| Coco B analysis | PK 4-6 W/W |
| General dosage | 1-3ml/L Coco A + 1-3ml/L Coco B |
| Application stages | Entire crop cycle |
| 10L solution | 10-30ml Coco A + 10-30ml Coco B |
| 50L solution | 50-150ml Coco A + 50-150ml Coco B |
| 100L solution | 100-300ml Coco A + 100-300ml Coco B |
| Approximate solution from each 1L part | 333-1,000L across the 1-3ml/L dosage range |
| Atami coco pH guidance | Approximately 5.5-6.2 |
| Mixing | Dilute A and B in water - never mix the concentrates directly |
Atami B'cuzz Coco A&B 1L FAQs
What is Atami B'cuzz Coco A&B?
Coco A&B is a concentrated two-part mineral base nutrient formulated specifically for plants grown in coco and coco-based substrates. It can provide the base nutrition throughout the entire crop cycle.
What is the nutrient analysis of Atami Coco A&B?
Coco A has an NK 5-5 W/W analysis, while Coco B has a PK 4-6 W/W analysis. Coco A also contains approximately 4% calcium W/W.
Why does Atami Coco A contain calcium?
Coco substrates are naturally poor in calcium. Atami therefore formulates Coco A with approximately 4% calcium W/W to help provide appropriate base nutrition for plants grown in coco.
Why are Coco A and Coco B supplied separately?
Certain mineral nutrients can react when present together at high concentration. Keeping the A and B concentrates separate maintains their stability until they are diluted into water.
Can I mix Coco A and Coco B directly together?
No. Never mix the undiluted concentrates directly. Add Coco A to water and mix thoroughly before adding Coco B to the diluted nutrient solution.
How much Atami Coco A&B should I use?
Atami gives a general dosage of 1-3ml/L of Coco A plus 1-3ml/L of Coco B. Final feeding strength should be adjusted to the crop and complete nutrient solution.
Can Atami Coco A&B be used throughout flowering?
Yes. Coco A&B is designed for use throughout the entire crop cycle, including vegetative growth, flowering and ripening.
Do I need separate grow and bloom base nutrients?
No. Coco A and Coco B are complementary parts of the same base nutrient and remain in the programme throughout the crop cycle. Specialist stimulators and additives can be changed according to crop stage.
Can I use Coco Booster Uni with Coco A&B?
Yes. Coco Booster Uni is designed to complement the B'cuzz Coco programme and provides additional support during active growth and the transition towards flowering.
Can I use Coco Bloom Stimulator with Coco A&B?
Yes. Coco Bloom Stimulator can be introduced from flower formation while Coco A&B continues to provide the main base nutrition.
What pH is recommended when growing in coco?
Atami's current coco cultivation guidance recommends a nutrient-solution pH of approximately 5.5-6.2.
Should I monitor EC when using Coco A&B?
Yes. Monitoring EC allows the concentration of the complete nutrient solution to be adjusted according to crop stage, plant condition, environment and the other products being used.
Is Coco A&B suitable for soil-grown plants?
Coco A&B is specifically formulated for coco-based substrates. Atami B'cuzz Soil A&B is the dedicated alternative for plants grown in soil and soil-based composts.
How much product is included in the 1L Coco A&B pack?
The pack contains 1L of Coco A and 1L of Coco B, giving 2 litres of concentrated two-part nutrient in total.
Plant Nutrition
Feeding plants well isn’t just science—it’s good growing.
Every grower knows that getting nutrition right makes all the difference. That’s why we offer a carefully selected range of feeds and fertilisers built around what plants actually need at different stages of growth.
Whether you're looking for a slow-release fertiliser for bedding plants, a soluble feed to green up tired foliage, or an organic liquid that’s gentle but effective—we’ve sourced it, used it, and seen it work.
We stock what we trust. That means brands with solid reputations and products that have proven themselves in commercial growing settings—not just on paper, but in polytunnels, glasshouses and nursery beds.
In short: good products, well tested, that help plants grow stronger and look better—without overcomplicating things.
Popular lines include:
Controlled-release fertilisers for pots and containers
Soluble and liquid feeds for fast, targeted results
Organic options for growers who want to go peat-free or pesticide-light
Nutrient support across propagation, growth and flowering stages
Apply for a trade account today to browse the full range, view live stock, and order at wholesale prices.